OpenText RightFax 10.6 FP2 Administrator Guide

OpenText RightFax 10.
6 Feature Pack 2
Administrator Guide
Edition
OpenText RightFax 10.6 Feature Pack 2
Wednesday, August 19, 2015
Trademarks
OpenText is a registered trademark of Open Text Corporation Corporation. All other company names, brand names, and product
names are the property and/or trademarks of their respective companies.
Copyright Notice
2015 Open Text Corporation All rights reserved.
Open Text Corporation
275 Frank Tompa Drive
Waterloo, Ontario, Canada
N2L 0A1
(519) 888-7111
http://www.opentext.com
Copyright Statement
Portions of this product Copyright 2002-2006 Glyph & Cog, LLC. Portions Copyright 2001 artofcode LLC.
This software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group. This software is based in part on the work of the
Freetype Team.
Portions Copyright 1998 Soft Horizons. Portions Copyright 2001 URW++. All Rights Reserved. Includes Adobe PDF Library
technology. Adobe, Acrobat and the Acrobat logo are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated. Portions Copyright TMS, Inc.
1994-2001. All rights reserved.
Administrator Guide
Contents
Chapter 1: Introduction
10
About the RightFax System
10
RightFax Server options
10
Chapter 2: User assistance
12
Using this guide
12
Getting help online
12
Editing contact information in FaxUtil
12
RightFax training services
12
OpenText professional services
13
Customer support
13
Chapter 3: How RightFax works
Chapter 4: Managing fax servers with RightFax

Enterprise Fax Manager (EFM)
18
Starting Enterprise Fax Manager
18
Using the Enterprise Fax Manager window
18
Opening RightFax servers
19
Setting preferences
20
Viewing RightFax server information
22
Working with objects
23
Monitoring the status of RightFax servers and services24

Configuring services
27
Copying service configuration settings to other nodes 27
14
Changing service accounts
28
Synchronizing the RightFax server with external

systems
29
Running Enterprise Fax Manager Web Edition
29
Chapter 5: Configuring the RightFax Server

module
31
RightFax components
14
Fax image files
14
Fax database
15
RightFax services
15
The RightFax queues
16
RightFax client programs
16
Configuring the general settings
31
Installing the RightFax server
17
Configuring the advanced settings
34
Administrator Guide
Configuring feature activation
36
Configuring T.37 Fax over IP
78
Configuring custom messages
36
Configuring Fax over IP failover
78
Configuring user messages
40
Configuring SMS via the Push-Proxy Gateway
79
Configuring admin messages
42
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector channels
80
Configuring data sharing
43
Configuring RightFax Connect
81
Configuring eTransport
44
Configuring Automated Billing Codes
82
Starting and stopping the RightFax server
46
Running DocTransport on remote computers
83
Chapter 6: Configuring the WorkServer modules 48

Telephony server routing
50
InterConnect retry settings
50
Optimize faxing
50
Archive settings
50
Selecting a service account
53
Adding and deleting WorkServers
55
Printing a time strip on faxes
55
Configuring Kofax NetScan
56
Configuring PeopleSoft
57
Installing WorkServers on remote computers
58
Chapter 7: Configuring the DocTransport

modules
Chapter 8: Configuring server-side application

conversion
61
Configuring global DocTransport settings
63
Brooktrout Fax Board configuration
63
Configuring Docs-on-Demand
76
About server-side application conversion
87
About the RightFax Conversion Engine
88
Configuring the service account
93
To configure timeout on a failed conversion
93
Controlling server-side application conversion
94
Troubleshooting the Conversion Engine
94
Chapter 9: Enabling and using the RightFax Sync

module
95
61
Adding transport methods
About the Sync module
95
Getting started
95
Defining data sources and destinations
96
Configuring a data source
97
Configuring a destination database
102
Creating mappings
103
Verifying user synchronization
103
Chapter 10: Creating RightFax users
87
106
Administrator Guide
Managing RightFax users
106
Customizing the names of billing code fields
144
Creating a user profile
108
Managing billing codes
144
Using Integrated Windows Authentication
121
Editing billing code properties
145
Importing users
123
Importing Billing Codes
145
124
Requiring billing codes
146
Managing groups
124
Configuring RightFax to validate billing codes
147
Editing group properties
125
Making ODBC billing codes available
147
Chapter 11: Creating groups of users
Chapter 12: Creating signatures
132
Chapter 16: Creating library documents
149
Managing signature files
132
Creating a new library document
149
Editing signature file properties
133
Editing library document properties
150
Adding a signature to a fax
134
Managing library documents
151
Chapter 13: Creating overlay forms
135
Managing overlay forms
135
Editing form file properties
136
Using two overlay forms in one fax
137
Adding an overlay form to a fax
138
Chapter 14: Connecting printers and scanners
139
Managing printers
139
Editing printer properties
139
Importing printers into RightFax
140
Configuring RightFax to automatically print faxes
141
Using Scanners with RightFax
141
The Standalone Fax Connector
142
Chapter 15: Creating billing codes
Chapter 17: Text messaging using the Push

Proxy Gateway
About message types
152
About connectors
152
About two-way SMS support
153
About log files
153
Installing the Push Proxy Gateway
154
Configuring the Push Proxy Gateway
155
Chapter 18: Adding SMS and pager services
161
Managing SMS and pager services
161
Editing SMS and pager service properties
162
Logging SMS and pager alerts
164
Chapter 19: Using the Alerting and Monitoring

service
144
152
165
Administrator Guide
Installing the Alerting and Monitoring service
165
Creating a PCL cover sheet template
205
Configuring the RightFax Alerting service
165
Inserting cover sheet codes
205
Managing statistics to monitor and alerts
167
Managing cover sheet template files
209
Editing Alert Properties
168
Granting user permission to select a cover sheet
210
172
Setting default cover sheets
211
Setting required cover sheet information
211
Chapter 20: Using SNMP Alerting
Configuring the SNMP Service on the RightFax server172

Configuring the Network Monitor application
173
Receiving RightFax alerts in your network monitor
173
Querying RightFax status variables
175
Chapter 23: Using Optical Character

Recognition
213
Enabling OCR processing on the WorkServers
213
Configuring the Conversion Engine for OCR
214
Controlling RightFax services from your network

monitor
181
Configuring RightFax users for OCR conversion
214
Troubleshooting the RightFax alerts
181
Using OCR to route received faxes
216
Creating and managing OCR text files
218
Chapter 24: Routing inbound faxes
220
Chapter 21: Creating dialing rules and LeastCost Routing plans
185
Creating, deleting, and copying dialing rules
185
Editing dialing rules
186
Load balancing
195
Creating, deleting, and copying destination tables
196
Testing dialing rules and fax routes
198
Blocking calls and handling spam
200
Least-Cost Routing examples
201
Chapter 22: Creating fax cover sheet templates 204

Creating an HTML cover sheet template
204
Creating a Microsoft Word (.doc) cover sheet

template
205
Configuring DID/DNIS routing
220
Configuring DTMF routing
221
Configuring channel routing
221
Configuring ANI routing
222
Configuring CSID routing
223
Configuring delivery methods for users
224
Distributing faxes to a group of users
225
Assigning unique ID numbers to fax file names

androutingtoanetwork folder
226
Chapter 25: Responding to inbound faxes with

AutoReply
227
Administrator Guide
Requirements
227
Installing AutoReply
227
Installing the E-mail Gateway software
262
Configuring AutoReply
228
Sending a fax via SMTP/POP3
264
Customizing the reply fax
230
Configuring users to receive faxes via email
266
Troubleshooting the AutoReply Service
232
Email notification of faxes
267
Embedded codes in mail messages
268
Running the email gateway remotely
269
Troubleshooting the email gateways
270
Adding and configuring email gateways
271
Chapter 26: Creating, sending, and managing

faxes
233
Creating and sending a fax
233
Using embedded codes
241
Viewing received faxes
242
Managing faxes
245
Chapter 27: Working with PDF files
Chapter 29: Using RightFax email gateways
Chapter 30: Inbound faxing with Microsoft

Exchange Unified Messaging (UM)
262
277
248
Overview
277
Converting received faxes to PDF
248
Requirements
277
Creating and sending a PDF by email
248
Configuring Exchange UM for faxing
277
Configuring RightFax for Exchange UM
278
Using the PDF module to convert PDF files for faxing 249
Chapter 28: Creating phonebooks
andbroadcastingfaxes
Chapter 31: Configuring the Web Client

251
Using the RightFax phonebook
251
Importing entries into the RightFax phonebook
253
Saving phonebook entries to a comma-separated

value (CSV) file
255
Using MAPI phonebooks
255
Using ODBC phonebooks
256
LDAP phonebooks
258
Fax broadcasting
259
Configuring the RightFax Web Client
280
280
Chapter 32: Using TeleConnect to access faxes

by phone
283
Configuring TeleConnect
283
Retrieving faxes via TeleConnect
290
Chapter 33: RightFax Dashboard
292
Configuring the RightFax Dashboard
292
Viewing the RightFax Dashboard
292
Chapter 34: RightFax Internet Connector
296
Administrator Guide
Creating a RightFax Internet Connector account
296
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector in the

RightFax Sync Module
297
Registering the fax system
298
Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector

transport
299
Enabling the dialing rule
299
Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector receiver300
ATTIME
312
BILLINFO1 +
312
BILLINFO2 +
313
BROADCAST
313
CHANNEL
313
COMPLETEEVENT
314
COVER
314
DELETE
314
Chapter 35: Backing up and maintaining

RightFax
302
DELETEALL
314
Changing the connection to the SQL server
302
DELETEFIRSTPAGE
314
DELETELASTPAGE
314
FCSFILE
315
FINE
315
FORMTYPE
315
FROMFAXNUM
315
FROMGENFAXNUM
315
FROMGENPHONE
315
FROMNAME
316
FROMPHONE
316
IGNORE
316
LIBDOC
316
LIBDOC2
316
NEWDEST
316
NEWLIB
317
Enabling RightFax to use SQL Server database

mirroring
304
Backing up and restoringthe RightFax server and

database
305
Purging deleted fax records from the database
308
Purging fax records using DBPurge
308
Purging faxes from users fax mailboxes
309
Removing orphaned faxes
309
Supported database collations
309
Chapter 36: RightFax embedded codes
310
ADDDOC2
311
ADDDOC3
311
ADDDOC4
311
ATDATE
312
Administrator Guide
NEWLIB2
317
NOBODY
317
NOCOMPLETEEVENT
318
NOCOVER
318
NORMAL
318
NOSMARTRESUME
318
NOTE
318
NOTIFY_ERROR
318
NOTIFY_OK
318
NOTIFY_RETRY
318
PREVIEW
319
PRIORITY
319
RETRYCOUNT
319
RETRYINTERVAL
319
SAVE
319
SIGNATURE
319
SMARTRESUME
320
TOALTFAXNUM
320
TOCITYSTATE
320
TOCOMPANY
320
TOCONTACTNUM
320
TOFAXNUM
320
TONAME
320
UNIQUEID
321
Chapter 37: File formats that convert to fax

format
322
Chapter 38: Error and status messages
324
Chapter 39: Alerting and Monitoring Statistics
330
Fax Server Statistics
330
Database Statistics
331
Workserver Statistics
333
Gateway Statistics
334
Local BoardServer Statistics
335
All BoardServers Statistics
339
RPC Server Statistics
340
Paging Server Statistics
340
Local Document Transport Server Statistics
341
Chapter 40: Registry keys and values

DocTransport Registry Entries
346
FaxServer Registry Entries
350
Gateway Registry Entries
354
RightFaxRegistry Entries
355
WorkServer Registry Entries
357
Chapter 41: Web Services API
345
360
Starting the Web Services
360
Inquiring about fax status
361
Sample Web.config
378
Sample Default.aspx
381
Administrator Guide
A RightFax email gateway acts as a communication link

between the RightFax server and an email server. With an
email gateway, the users customary email client software
can serve as the fax client. RightFax includes an email
gateway for SMTP/POP3. Advanced gateways for Microsoft
Exchange and Lotus Notes are available as separate modules.

The RightFax system is a comprehensive network fax
solution for creating, sending, receiving, and managing faxes
from a users desktop computer. RightFax features and
intuitive design make faxing as easy as printing to a network
printer.
RightFax Server options
A user can enhance the fax by adding a cover page,

overlaying a form, attaching documents, and inserting
graphics.
RightFax offers the following fax server software options:
FaxUtil is the RightFax mailbox where users create, view,

print, and manage faxes. With FaxUtil, users can forward,
route, and delete faxes.
The RightFax server manages network print queues
assigned to faxing, converts outgoing faxes, schedules
outgoing faxes, and routes incoming faxes. Routing can be
optimized with Intelligent Least-cost Routing rules. The
server consists of several services that run on one server
computer or several networked computers to distribute
heavy workloads.
RightFax Business Server
RightFax Enterprise Server and Enterprise Suite
RightFax Server with the Integration Module
RightFax Branch Office Server
RightFax Business Server

The RightFax Business Server supports unlimited user
accounts. It includes one fax channel, but is expandable to up
to 30 fax channels.
RightFax Enterprise Server and Enterprise Suite
Similarly, RightFax fax board services can be installed on

remote servers to distribute the workload across several
computers and to provide expanded channel capacity and
system redundancy.
The RightFax Enterprise Server supports unlimited user

accounts. It includes three WorkServers and one fax channel,
expandable to support unlimited fax channels. This server
includes the RightFax Web Client and the OCR Router,
10
Administrator Guide
OCR Converter, Docs-on-Demand, and TeleConnect

modules.
The Enterprise server is also available as a product suite that
includes the RightFax Enterprise server, plus the Gateway for
Microsoft Exchange, the Gateway for Lotus Notes, the
Document Management Connector, the SNMP Alerting,
and the PDF modules.
RightFax Server with the Integration Module

The RightFax server and the RightFax Integration module
enable applications for information exchange. The
Integration module integrates RightFax with applications on
mainframe, mid-range, and local area network host systems.
l
The RightFax Small Business Integration module can be

installed on the RightFax Business and Enterprise servers.
The RightFax Enterprise Integration module can be
installed on the Enterprise server.
RightFax Branch Office Server

This RightFax Branch Office server supports up to 100 user
accounts. It includes three WorkServers and two fax
channels, and can be updated for a total of four fax channels.
11
Administrator Guide
Using this guide
Using this guide

The RightFax Administrator Guide is for RightFax
administrators who install and configure the RightFax
software on both client and server computers. This guide
assumes you have knowledge of the Windows operating
systems as well as knowledge of networking systems and
your own organizations network.
Getting help online

The OpenText Knowledge Center at
http://knowledge.opentext.com has the latest product
information, such as:
l
Updated documentation
A searchable customer support knowledge base
Software downloads
To customize the Contact Information text that appears in

FaxUtil
l
RightFax training services
Editing contact information in FaxUtil
RightFax training from OpenText facilitates successful

deployment and saves time installing, configuring and
maintaining Fax Servers. Regularly scheduled courses are
delivered virtually. On-site and custom training are also
available.
To look up OpenText Customer Support contact

information
l
In FaxUtil, on the Help menu, select Contact

Information. The information appears in English.
Open the text file Contact.txt located in the \RightFax\Bin

folder on the RightFax server. You can enter 24 lines of
text and up to 59 characters per line.
12
Administrator Guide
We can help you develop a customized training plan for your

organization.
Customer support
OpenText Customer Support maximizes the value of your
RightFax server by providing access to a wide variety of
resources and support tools. Through the OpenText
Knowledge Center, customers have access to:
To get more information and register for RightFax training

l
Visit our web site at:

http://www.opentext.com/what-we-do/services/trainingand-learning-services/course-catalogue/opentext-faxand-document-distribution-solutions-learning-offerings
Email us at:
l
System upgrades and maintenance
An extensive product knowledgebase
Product documentation
Product discussion groups
IX-learning@opentext.com

Experienced OpenText implementation engineers can help
you quickly and efficiently deploy RightFax in your production
environment.
OpenTexts team of Technical Support Engineers and

Product Specialists
To open the OpenText Knowledge Center

Go to http://knowledge.opentext.com.
OpenText Professional Services engineers and consultants

are experts in the implementation, deployment and
integration of RightFax solutions. Services include basic
installation and configuration, upgrades and migrations,
configuration review, systems assessment and health check,
and other advanced integration services. Services can be
performed remotely, on-site, or a combination of both.
To view OpenTexts complete line of Customer Support

offerings
Go to http://www.opentext.com/support.
To view OpenText customer support contact information

Go to
www.opentext.com/2/global/services-home/servicessupport-contact.htm
OpenText Professional Services provides a cost effective

alternative for organizations in need of getting their
enterprise fax infrastructure up and running quickly,
particularly with limited resources or expertise.
To contact professional services

l
Send an email at FaxSolutions@opentext.com.
13
Administrator Guide
RightFax components
SQL database.
RightFax components
Each individual page of a fax is saved as a separate file. All

files associated with a single fax will have the same file
name, but different file extensions will indicate the page
number. File extensions for RightFax image files are
numeric, starting with number 301, indicating the first page
of the fax. The file extension increments by 1 for each
subsequent page of the fax.
Basic RightFax components include:

l
Fax image files
Fax database (SQL)
RightFax services
Fax client programs

Caution If you re-name RightFax image files, they will not
be recognized by the RightFax server.
Before configuring RightFax for your particular network

installation, you should understand the function of each
component.
Size
A typical fax consumes 35Kb, though some can be as large
as 150 Kb or as small as 5 Kb per page. Because fax images
can consume a large amount of disk space dedicate at least
500 Mb of storage to your RightFax server. More space may
be required depending on the number of faxes sent and
received, and how frequently old faxes are deleted.
Fax image files

By default, all sent and received faxes are stored as
compressed graphic image files (CCITT Group III format) in
the RightFax\Image folder and are not encrypted. With the
appropriate license the RightFax server can be configured to
encrypt the image folder so that they can only be viewed
using RightFax applications. See Configuring the general
settings on page 31.
Disk space
RightFax monitors the amount of free disk space on the
server and shuts down certain processing elements when
available disk space falls below 50Mb. When sufficient disk
space is restored, fax processing continues automatically.
Names
Fax image files are assigned file names by the RightFax
server and these file names are referenced by the RightFax
14
Administrator Guide
Fax database
outgoing faxes, and works with the DocTransport module to

schedule outgoing faxes and route incoming faxes.
Fax database
RightFax uses a SQL database to manage RightFax system
objects (such as users, groups, and printers) and to organize,
track, and route faxes. RightFax provides some database
management and diagnostic utilities. Third-party and custom
SQL utilities can also be applied to the RightFax database. For
more information on the RightFax database and applicable
SQL database management tools, see Backing up and
maintaining RightFax on page 302.
The RightFax WorkServer module

The RightFax WorkServer module performs one or more
functions on behalf of the RightFax Server module. It
periodically asks the RightFax database if its services have
been requested, executes requested tasks, and notifies the
database when tasks are complete.
You can configure multiple WorkServer modules to handle
processor-intensive tasks such as print-to-fax file
conversions. For example, one WorkServer can convert PCL5 print files into fax images while another WorkServer
handles automatic printing of incoming faxes.
RightFax services
The RightFax server consists of several services:
l
RightFax Server module
The RightFax DocTransport module
RightFax WorkServer modules
RightFax DocTransport module
RightFax Database module
RightFax RPC Server module
RightFax Queue Handler
Email gateway modules (optional)
The RightFax DocTransport module acts as an interpreter

between the fax boards and the Server module. It handles
requests to schedule outgoing faxes for transmission and
informs the Server module when a new fax has been
received and needs to be processed. Multiple DocTransport
modules can be installed on remote servers to distribute the
workload across several machines and provide expanded
channel capacity and system redundancy.
Integration modules (optional)
In the RightFax DocTransport module you configure the

different methods by which documents are transmitted. You
can configure fax boards for conventional fax transmission or
Fax-over-IP boards as well as set up RightFax for SMS
messaging.
In most cases, all the services run on the same machine so

that the Server module can automatically start and stop the
programs as necessary. The RightFax WorkServer and
DocTransport modules can run on different computers to
redistribute heavy workloads.
The RightFax Database module

The RightFax Database module accesses the SQL fax
database to provide client programs with the information
used in fax transactions including deleting, forwarding,
creating, viewing, and printing faxes.
The RightFax Server module

The RightFax Server module manages the network print
queues assigned to faxing, controls the conversion of
15
Administrator Guide
The RightFax queues
can be viewed by running Server Manager. The queues that

relate to RightFax are Private Queues in the Message Queuing
Feature.
The RightFax RPC module

The RightFax RPC module acts as an interpreter between the
RightFax client programs and the fax database on the server.
RightFax Queue Handler
The RightFax queues
RightFax Queue Handler monitors the HPFAX print queue for

inbound jobs and directs them to RightFax for processing.
RightFax Internal Event Queue

The RightFax Server module is responsible for queuing and
monitoring each of the fax server internal processes, which
are collectively called the Event Queue. The status of the
Event Queue is measured as a percentage of server
resources that are occupied with Server module functions
(such as sending and routing faxes).
RightFax client programs

FaxUtil
FaxUtil is RightFaxs Windows-based client application. With
FaxUtil, users can view, print, and manage their faxes and
faxes for which they are delegate or administrator. Version
10.6 servers support versions 10.0 or higher of the FaxUtil
client.
The Event Queue is represented as the ratio of fax traffic

volume to server resources. The higher the traffic volume,
the higher this number will be. The Event Queue status
appears in Enterprise Fax Manager when you open and select
a RightFax server.
RightFax Web Access

RightFax Web Access (WebUtil) is a browser-based client
application that includes most of the functionality of FaxUtil.
It does not work with Internet Explorer 10 or later.
When the Event Queue of a RightFax server reaches 90

percent, the server will suspend certain functions. At 90
percent, all new outbound and inbound faxes will be held
(temporarily set aside) as the server processes the existing
workload. After the Event Queue falls to 75 percent, these
held faxes will be scheduled for processing along with all new
fax traffic.
RightFax Web Client

RightFax Web Client is a RightFax browser-based client
application that includes the basic functionality of FaxUtil. It
can be accessed from any HTML5-compliant browser.
Enterprise Fax Manager

Enterprise Fax Manager is the primary RightFax
administrator application. With Enterprise Fax Manager, the
RightFax administrator can manage items such as users,
groups, printers, cover sheets, and billing codes, as well as
least-cost routing, and the general functions of the fax
system.
This internal workload regulation is handled by the Server

module and cannot be overridden. If the fax server is
consistently reaching the 90 percent capacity level, consider
upgrading the fax servers system resources and/or fax
channels.
Microsoft Message Queue
Enterprise Fax Manager Web Edition
RightFax uses the Microsoft Message Queue (MSMQ) protocol

to communicate with the RightFax DocTransport service.
MSMQ is installed with RightFax Version 10.5 and later and
Enterprise Fax Manager Web Edition is a browser-based

RightFax management tool. It includes most of the
16
Administrator Guide
functionality of Enterprise Fax manager, but can be accessed

from a Web browser.

For information and instructions on installing the RightFax
server software, refer to the RightFax Installation Guide.
17
Administrator Guide
Chapter 4: Managing fax servers with RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager (EFM)
Chapter 4: Managing fax servers with RightFax Enterprise Fax

Manager (EFM)
Use RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager (EFM) to administer
multiple RightFax servers, configure their services, and
manage administrative components, such as users, groups,
signatures, forms, printers, billing codes, library documents,
and more.
Using the Enterprise Fax Manager

window
The Enterprise Fax Manager window shows in the left
pane all open RightFax servers and below each server, the
administrative components you can define for it. When you
click a server in the left pane, the right pane shows the
RightFax services; when you click a component, the right
pane shows a list of items defined for the selected
component. For information about opening a RightFax server,
see Opening RightFax servers on page 19.

To start EFM
l
On the Start menu, click All Programs, Open Text, and

then RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager.
Note When you start EFM for the first time, it attempts
to log on under your network user ID. If you did not log
on to the network as Administrator, the Login dialog
box opens. Enter a user ID and password with RightFax
administrative access.
The RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager window opens.
To quit EFM
l
On the File menu, click Exit. All of your changes and

additions are saved.
18
Administrator Guide
To configure a RightFax service

l
To open a RightFax server

1. To show a server name in the list, on the File menu,
click Open Server.
In the left pane, click the server, and in the right pane,
right-click the service, and then click Configure Service.
To create, delete, or modify administrative components

l
In the left pane, expand the server and then click the
component type.
l
To create a new object, on the Edit menu, click New.

To edit or delete an object, select it in the list in the
right pane, and on the Edit menu, click Edit or Delete.
2. In the Server Name box, type the name of the

RightFax server to open. In the Protocol box, enter
the network protocol used by that server.
To display administrative components added or modified

in FaxUtil
l
After one or more RightFax servers have been opened

in EFM, the servers, by default, open each time you run
the program. This default setting can be changed in
Preferences.
On the Edit menu, click Refresh.
To close a RightFax server
You can open the same servers on all computers using a

master list created on one computer:
1. On one computer,
a. Open the servers. As needed, move the servers
into the desired position in the list.
Click the server name and on the File menu, click Close
Server.
To move a server to a different position in the list

1. Click Fax Servers on the left.
b. Export the list and save it to a text file in an

easily accessible location.
2. In the tree view on the left or the server list on the

right, drag the server into the desired position.
2. On all other computers, import the text file into EFM.

The same servers open and appear in the same order a
on the master list.
To create a master list of servers

1. Make sure the servers you want are open and appear in
the desired position.
2. On the File menu, click Export Server List, and then
19
Administrator Guide
Setting preferences
save the serverlist.txt file to an easily accessible

location.
To open multiple RightFax servers from a master list

1. On each computer where you want to open the same
servers, on the File menu, click Import Server List.
2. Browse to the serverlist.txt file, and then click Open.
Any open servers close and the servers in the master
list open.
Setting preferences
EFM has several customizable preferences.
Always Prompt
To open the Preferences window
Before copying users, RightFax will prompt with this list of

options and require a selection.
On the Edit menu, click Preferences. The Preferences

window opens.
Copy for InterConnect (no faxes or phonebooks)

The user information will be copied and the users Routing
Type will be set to RightFax InterConnect, pointing back
to the server that the user was copied from.
The User Copy Defaults settings

The User Copy Default settings determine which information
is copied when you drag selected users to another server in
the list to copy them to the other RightFax server. For
information about users, see Creating RightFax users on page
106.
Not copied: faxes and phonebook entries.
Copy without Faxes or Phonebooks

The user information will be copied.
Not copied: faxes and phonebook entries.
To open the User Copy Defaults settings

l
Copy with Faxes and Phonebooks
In the Preferences window, click the User Copy

Defaults tab. Select one of the following options to
specify what information is copied when copy users to
another server..
The user information, faxes, and phonebook entries will be

copied. Duplicate users will receive all faxes in the source
account, even if these faxes already exist on the destination
server, creating multiple copies of the same fax.
Copy with Faxes Only

The user information and faxes will be copied. Duplicate
users will receive all faxes in the source account, even if
20
Administrator Guide
these faxes already exist on the destination server, creating

multiple copies of the same fax.
Setting preferences
To open the Dialing Rule Copy Options settings

l
Not copied: phonebook entries.
In the Preferences window, click the Dialing Rule

Copy Options tab.
Copy with Phonebooks Only

The user information and phonebook entries will be copied.
Not copied: faxes.
Append Faxes and Phonebooks

All faxes and phonebook entries for duplicate users will be
copied. Duplicate users will receive all faxes in the source
account, even if these faxes already exist on the destination
server, creating multiple copies of the same fax.
Not copied: user information.
Append Faxes Only

All faxes for duplicate users will be copied. Duplicate users
will receive all faxes in the source account, even if these
faxes already exist on the destination server, creating
multiple copies of the same fax.
Replace all rules on destination

If selected, the dialing rules on the destination server will be
deleted before the dialing rules from the source server are
copied to the destination server.
Not copied: user information and phone book entries.
Copy Receive into Local rules
Append Phonebooks Only
If selected, dialing rules set to receive into the local server

will be included. Otherwise, these rules are ignored.
All phonebook entries for duplicate users will be copied. All

phonebook entries from the source user account will be
added to the destination user account.
Copy Send Locally rules

If selected, dialing rules set to send via the local server will
be included. Otherwise, these rules are ignored.
Not copied: user information and faxes.
The Dialing Rule Copy Options settings
The General Preferences settings
The Dialing Rule Copy Options settings determine which

information is copied when you drag selected dialing rules to
another server in the list to copy them to the other RightFax
server. For information about dialing rules, see Creating
dialing rules and Least-Cost Routing plans on page 185.
The General Preferences settings set general preferences for

views and actions in Enterprise Fax Manager.
To open the General Preferences settings

l
21
In the Preferences window, click the Preferences tab.
Administrator Guide
Use black and white icons

Select this check box if your monitor is set to high contrast
black and white. This changes the EFM server status icons to
colors that can be read in this color mode.
Enable duplicate routing code warning

If selected, a warning message appears when a user is
created with a routing code already assigned to another user.
Enable service control warning

If selected, a warning message appears when you make any
changes to the state of any of the RightFax services.
Automatically re-open servers upon startup
Enable database locked warning
If selected, the servers that were open when you last quit
EFM will be opened upon startup. Otherwise you have to open
the servers each time.
If selected, a warning message appears when you attempt to

access the database when it has been locked by certain
database management tools.
Confirm object deletions
If selected, the user must confirm the deletion before an

object, such as a user or library document, is deleted.
To view the status of all open RightFax servers
Confirm object overwrites
If selected, the user must confirm overwriting an object,

such as when an object with the same name is copied into the
system.
In the left pane, at the top of the list, click Fax Servers.
The right pane shows the following information about each
open server.
Column
Description
Automatically adjust status display column width

If selected, the widths of the columns in the Server Status
and Services pane will be adjusted to fit the columns
contents. This option does not affect the column widths in any
other EFM view. You can still manually adjust the column
widths, but the columns resize each time the screen image is
refreshed. For information about the Server Status and
Services pane, see Monitoring the status of RightFax servers
and services on page 24
22
Administrator Guide
Server name
The name of the open RightFax

server and network protocol.
Fax board availability index
An icon to the left of the name

indicates the status of the
RightFax service.
l
The higher the number, the more

available the server is for sending
faxes. RightFax uses this value
when an outgoing fax number has
two equally weighted dialing rules
that send it to two different servers.
RightFax sends the fax via the
server with the highest availability
index.
Green - All services are running

normally.
Yellow - One or more services
are not running, Normal fax
operations are available.
Red - One or more services are
not running. Normal fax
operations are not available.
Version
The version of the RightFax server

software.
Serial Number
The serial number entered when

the RightFax server was installed.
You must provide this number
when you contact OpenText
Customer Support.
Time running
The length of time that has elapsed

since the RightFax Server service
was last started. Display is in the
format DDDD:HH:MM:SS.
Queue usage
The percentage of the fax servers

internal Event Queue that is
currently in use. For more
information on the RightFax Event
Queue, see RightFax Internal
Event Queue on page 16.
The relative availability of the

servers fax boards expressed as a
number.
Character set mode
The OEM or ANSI code page being

used by the server. The code page
determines the language character
sets that are supported for fax
conversion.

You can use standard Windows procedures to select objects,
move columns, and to sort the objects in a list.
Before adding objects, make sure you plan the structure and
anticipate the needs of your network users. Consider groups
within the organization, group or department cover sheets,
and who will act as administrator or alternate administrator
for the group. Determine a block of routing codes sufficient
for the entire system and decide upon any custom notification
types desired. Create new objects in RightFax only after you
carefully consider these issues.
23
Administrator Guide
Monitoring the status of RightFax servers and services
Monitoring server statistics
Monitoring the status of RightFax

servers and services
Statistics about the server appear in the lower-left corner in

the right pane of the window.
EFM shows statistics and fax channel information and

manages services on each RightFax server.
The following server statistics are available:
Note Remote DocTransports can be displayed in EFM but

will not include data.
Server Statistic
Description
RightFax Event Queue Usage
The percentage of the fax

servers internal Event Queue
currently in use. For more
information, seeRightFax Internal
Event Queue on page 16.
RightFax Events Processed
The total number of events

processed by the fax server since
the Server module was started.
Fax Availability Index
The relative availability of the fax

boards on the server. The higher
the number, the more available
the server for sending faxes.
RightFax uses this value when an
outgoing fax number has two
equally weighted dialing rules that
send it to two different servers. In
such a case, RightFax sends the
fax via the server with the highest
Availability Index.
To view and manage the status and services of each

RightFax server
l
Click the name of the server.
Current Faxes Queued for Sending The current number of outgoing

faxes waiting to be sent.
If you are viewing EFM from the server, the top line of this
window shows the most recent update time for the data
display.
If you logged on to EFM as administrator from a client
machine, click Update Now to recompile and update the
server statistics. This button is only active from the client
software.
24
Current Pages Queued for

Sending
The current number of outgoing

fax pages waiting to be sent.
All-Time Send Attempts
The total number of faxes sent

from this server since the AllTime Counter Starting Date.
Administrator Guide
All-Time Pages Sent
The total number of fax pages

sent from this server since the
All-Time Counter Starting Date.
All-Time Faxes Received
The total number of faxes

received on this server since the
All-Time Pages Received
The total number of fax pages

received on this server since the
All-Time Counter Starting Date
Operation
The current operational status of each

channel.
Routing Code
The inbound routing code of this fax

channel for incoming faxes.
User ID
The destination user ID of this fax

channel for incoming faxes.
Monitoring services
The lower-right pane of the window lists each RightFax
service, its status (running or stopped), the length of time it
has been running, and its startup method (manual or
automatic).
The starting date from which the

All-Time statistics are
calculated.
Note All of the All-Time
statistics report an error
message if you are running fax
boards in simulation mode.
Note Monitoring services on remote servers requires

network administrative access to the server as well as
RightFax administrative access.
Starting and stopping services
To monitor the health and performance of the SQL Server

for your RightFax Server
l
To start or stop a service
Use the Microsoft SQL tools. See your SQL documentation

or the Microsoft site at http://technet.microsoft.com/enus/sqlserver/default.
Right-click the service, and then select Start Service or

Stop Service from the shortcut menu.
To start or stop all services in the appropriate sequence
Monitoring fax channel information
Information about the fax channels on the server appears in

the upper-right corner in the right pane of the window.
Monitoring queues
Fax channel information Description

Channel
You can display a list of RightFax queues that show actions

that are currently in process.
Each fax channel that is available on this

RightFax server.
Right-click any service, and then select Start all

Services or Stop all Services from the shortcut menu.
25
Administrator Guide
To view the queues

l
In the left pane, in the Fax Servers list, click the server,
and then click Queues. The queues appear in the right
pane.
For each queue, the number of items in the queue is shown,

with the Value column showing the numeric and the Scale
column showing the graphic format. The following queues
appear:
Displayed queue
Description
Pending conversion results
Number of results from

WorkServer conversions not yet
processed by a Server module.
Total server events
Total number of events currently

scheduled on a Server module.
Documents in queue on FaxServ

(s)
Total number of document-related

events currently scheduled on a
Server module.
Documents in queue on
DocTransport(s) (on
DocTransport, not yet sent)
Number of documents on
DocTransport scheduled to be
sent.
Documents sent by
DocTransports(s) (send
completed but not yet discovered
by a FaxServ)
Number of documents sent by

DocTransport, but not yet
processed by a Server module.
Total documents
All documents in the system.
Deleted documents
All documents flagged in the

database as deleted. Associated
value fluctuates based on the
days to keep deleted fax records
setting of each user group.
Transmission check events
Number of "Scheduled to be sent"

and "Sending" documents that
are pending Server module
action.
Conversion events
Number of events in the queue

that are preparing an outbound fax
to be scheduled for transmission.
System messages in the database Messages from a Database

module to a Server module that
have deferred fax processing.
26
Quick kicks from Database

module to Server module
Messages kicked by a Database

module and passed to a Server
module.
PCL5 conversion requests
Number of requests to convert

PCL documents.
Postscript conversion requests

Postscript documents.
General purpose conversion

requests

documents from any format,
including compound requests for
multiple types of conversion.
Coversheet creation requests
Number of requests to create

cover sheets.
Gateway route requests
Number of requests from a Server

module to gateways to pick up
documents.
Administrator Guide
l
Copying service configuration settings to

other nodes
Double-click the service. A configuration window opens.
In a shared services environment, you can create service

configuration settings on one server, save them, and then
copy them to the other nodes. The following table shows the
services and settings that will be copied.
To configure
See
RightFax Server
Configuring the RightFax Server

module on page 31
DocTransport
Configuring the DocTransport modules

on page 61
Service
WorkServer
Configuring the WorkServer modules

on page 48
Conversion Engine All settings, except service account and logging

settings.
AutoReply
Responding to inbound faxes

withAutoReply on page 1
Integration Module
All settings, except event log level settings,
Remoting Service
All settings, except logging settings.
Using RightFax email gateways on

page 262 or respectively:
Server Module
All settings, except event log level, exclude this

server, and service account settings.
Sync Module
All settings, except logging settings.
RightFax email gateway
RightFax Integration
The RightFax Connector for

Microsoft Exchange Administrator
Guide.
To copy the configuration settings of a service to other

nodes
The RightFax Lotus Notes Module

Administrator Guide .
1. On the RightFax server, start RightFax Enterprise

Fax Manager.
The RightFax Integration Module

Administrator Guide.
2. Click the name of the RightFax server that has the

desired settings.
3. In the Service Name list, right-click the name of the
service, and then click Copy Settings to Other
Nodes.
While configuring a service, you can change the service

accounts used for the different services.
In a shared services environment, you can save time by
creating the service configuration settings on one server,
saving them, and then copying them to the other nodes.
Settings copied
The other nodes in your shared services environment

appear in the Copy the current settings to these
shared services nodes list.
27
Administrator Guide
4. Clear the check boxes of those nodes to which the

settings should not be copied, and then click OK.
predefined accounts.

You can change the service accounts used for the services
while configuring a service. One service account is initially
selected during the RightFax installation. For each service,
the service account used must have access to all the network
resources required by that service.
You can use a separate account for each service or a single
account for multiple services. To change service accounts,
for all services, first set the account for the Server Service
and then copy the settings to the other services.
To view the service account settings

l
On the Data Sharing tab in the Server Configuration

window or the configuration window of another service,
click Select Service Account. The Service Account
Editor window opens, showing for each service the
currently defined account. The default is to use one of the
To change service accounts

1. In the Service Account Editor window, next to the
account you want to change, click Modify. To define
account settings once and then copy them to all other
services, first modify the Server Service Account.
28
Administrator Guide
Synchronizing the RightFax server with external systems

c. In the text box, enter a name or partial name,
and then click Check Names. A list of
account names appears from which to choose.
3. As needed enter the case-sensitive password for the

selected user account in both the Password and
Confirm Password boxes, and then click OK.
4. To copy the Server Service account information to the
other services, click Copy to all.
5. Click OK.
2. Do one of the following:

l
Click Built-in Account, select one of the accounts
from the list, and then click OK.
l
Synchronizing the RightFax server with

external systems
Click This Account, and then either type a new

service account name or click Browse to find all
user accounts on a specified network. After entering
or selecting an account, click OK.
The RightFax WorkServer modules synchronize with external

systems such as the Kofax NetScan user tables, library
document catalogs, and import files for billing codes on a
periodic, scheduled basis.
Caution If you manually type a name that is

longer than 15 characters, you may encounter
errors in services performed by the WorkServer.
If the desired user account resides on a domain
whose name is longer than 15 characters, select
the user by clicking Browse.
You can force the server to synchronize immediately, without

change of schedule.
To force the server to synchronize

l
In the Select User window, make the following

entries:
On the Utility menu, click Synchronize External

Systems, and then click ASAP.
Running Enterprise Fax Manager Web

Edition
a. To change the types of objects to search for,

click Object Types, and then select Built-in
security prinicipals, Users, or both.
You can remotely manage your RightFax servers using the

Web-based version of Enterprise Fax Manager (EFM).
b. To change the location to search, click

Location, and then select a location.
EFM Web Edition is included with all RightFax servers but

must be installed separately on an IIS server on your
29
Administrator Guide
3. Enter the name of the RightFax server and a RightFax

user ID and password that has administrative access to
the RightFax server. Click Logon RightFax Server.
network. For more information, see the RightFax Installation

Guide.
Throughout this guide, references to EFM describe the
Windows version of EFM. In almost all cases, the instructions
also apply to the Web Edition.
4. The RightFax server opens in the frame in the left side

of the page.
To open Enterprise Fax Manager Web Edition

1. Open a Web browser and point the URL to the /webefm
folder on the IIS server.
Example http://server.domain.com/webefm
2. Unless your IIS server is configured to allow
anonymous access, a logon dialog box appears. Enter
your logon information to log on to the IIS server, and
then click OK. The browser prompts you for
information to open a RightFax server.
5. Managing RightFax servers in EFM Web Edition is

similar to managing RightFax servers in EFM for
Windows.
To change the language of EFM Web Edition

l
30
On the Language menu in the upper-right corner of the

page, select the language.
Administrator Guide
Chapter 5: Configuring the RightFax Server module
The RightFax Server module manages the network print

queues assigned to faxing, controls the conversion of
outgoing faxes, and works with the RightFax DocTransport
module to schedule outgoing faxes and route inbound faxes.
You can configure the RightFax Server module to customize
global fax settings, inbound fax routing, and notifications
about document processing and server status.
To configure the RightFax Server module

Fax Manager. For more information, see Starting
Enterprise Fax Manager on page 18.
2. In the left pane, click the name of the RightFax
server.The list of services appears at the lower-right
pane of the window.
3. In the list of services, double-click RightFax Server
Module. The Server Configuration window opens.
Enable CSID Routing

Select this check box to enable automatic inbound routing
using CSID (caller subscriber identification).

To open the general settings
l
CSID data is information about the calling party sent to the

fax board by the phone company. The CSID is different for
each caller, and can be anything from a phone number to a
company name.
In the Server Configuration window, click the General

tab.
31
Administrator Guide
If you select to enable CSID routing, you must create a CSID

routing table listing RightFax routing codes and the CSIDs to
route to them. For more information on CSID routing and
creating a CSID routing table see Configuring CSID routing on
page 223.
Caution Leaving the verbose log level for long periods

of time can fill up the Event Log and may prevent new
events from being logged.
Enable Quick Headers

Select this check box so that a second line can be added
below the TTI line and to apply quick headers to all outgoing
faxes.
Delay All Faxes Until

Specify the time of day after which all faxes sent by users
without RightFax administrative access will be sent. To send
faxes without delay, select None Set.
The TTIline lists the date, time, page number, total pages,
and fax ID at the top of each fax page.
Forced delays can also be set for groups of RightFax users.

For more information on groups, see Creating groups of
users on page 124.
If you select to enable quick headers, you can customize the

text in the DocTransport module (see Configuring Brooktrout
global transport settings on page 64).
Auto Delete Failed Gateway Faxes
Create New User when Printing to the Fax Queue
Select this check box to remove faxes that fail gateway

routing.
Select this check box to assign a new RightFax user ID to

network users who print to the fax queue but do not have a
RightFax user ID. RightFax uses the user ID called "Default"
as a template when creating new users.
Enable Shared Services client failover

Select this check box to supply client applications in a Shared
Services environment with a list of alternative servers to
connect to. The RightFax client application writes the list of
currently active members to its local registry. Clear the
check box if you are using a load balancing solution for your
client connections.
Disable Routing of Faxes with Errors

Select this check box to prevent routing of incomplete faxes
through an email gateway or network directory. Faxes with
errors will still be available through FaxUtil with the status
"Incompletely Received."
Enable Notifications
Event Log Level
Select this check box to send notification messages to

RightFax users based on the notification options specified in
FaxUtil.
Select at which level to log information in the Application

Event Log under the service name RightFax Server Module.
l
None No information.
Terse Critical errors only.
Normal Errors and major events only.
Verbose All significant events. Use temporarily to track

and resolve problems.
Note By default, the RightFax server sends periodic

notifications to users every five minutes. To change this
interval, modify the Notify_Freq keyword in the Windows
Registry. See Notify_Freq on page 350.
32
Administrator Guide
When using notifications, specify how often to send

reminders to users and administrators that a fax has not yet
been viewed or printed. See Reminder notifications settings
on page 33.
To not send reminders to this user type, select Never.
To send a reminder once, select Once.
Encrypt Image Directory

Select this check box to store all files in the image directory
in encrypted format so that they can only be viewed using
RightFax applications. You are asked to confirm the selection
as this setting cannot be changed after it has been made.
To send multiple reminders, select Duration, and in the

minutes box, enter in minutes for how long this user type
will receive reminder notifications.
Retry settings
The settings under Retry Settings determine how many
times an outgoing fax transmission and outgoing notification
will be attempted in case of a non-fatal error, such as a busy
signal.
Caution This check box cannot be cleared after you select

it and confirm the selection.
You can encrypt the image directory if you have a license to
do so. By default, files in the image directory are stored in
compressed graphic image (CCITT Group III) format and are
not encrypted.
Note The count of attempts includes the first attempt.
Count
Specify the number of times an outgoing fax transmission
will be attempted.
Reminder notifications settings
Interval
The settings under Reminder Notifications determine if

and when different user types are sent reminders of faxes
not yet viewed or printed and of faxes needing approval.
Reminder notifications are escalated from user to group
administrator and from group administrator to alternate
group administrators.
Specify the minimum delay in minutes before a failed fax

transmission is rescheduled to send.
SMS Count
Specify the number of times an outgoing notification will be
attempted.
Send reminders every
SMS Interval
In the minutes box, enter a number for the time interval at

which to send reminders.
Specify the minimum delay in minutes before a failed

notification is rescheduled to send.
Reminders will be sent in this sequence
While a fax is being retried, it appears with a yellow status

icon in the senders FaxUtil mailbox. If the fax has not been
successfully sent after the specified number of attempts, it
will be abandoned and saved in the senders FaxUtil mailbox
with a red status icon. The sender can force RightFax to
For each user type listed (User, Group Administrator,

Alternate Group Administrator) specify if reminder
notifications should be sent. After notifications have been
sent or not sent according to the settings for one user type,
the settings for the next user type come into effect.
33
Administrator Guide
manually retry sending the fax by selecting the fax and

pressing CTRL+K.

To open the advanced settings

l
In the Server Configuration window, click the Advanced

tab.
Maintenance cycle
Scheduled Time
Enter the time of day when the server will perform its daily
maintenance (such as automatic file backup, fax aging, and
purging). Choose a time with low server activity.
Exclude this server

In a shared services environment, select this check box if
maintenance should not be run on this server.
Purge audit data older than

Select to specify when to purge audit data. In the days box,
enter the number of days after which to purge the data.
Billing code settings

Billing code settings can be changed without stopping and
restarting the RightFax services.
Database settings
Validate from Email Gateways
Event LogLevel
Select this check box to validate all billing codes added to

fax-bound email messages. If a billing code cannot be
validated, the fax will not send and the user will receive
notification that the fax did not send due to an invalid billing
code. If this check box is cleared, billing codes can be added,
but do not prevent faxes from being sent.

Event Log under the service name RightFax Database
Module:
l
34
Administrator Guide
Use External Validation
To save faxes with XML metadata
Select this check box to have RightFax use an external

program to verify billing codes on outbound faxes. This gives
the user the ability to validate faxes based on several
different criteria, not just billing codes. This requires a
program written using the RightFax API to perform the
verification of billing codes. For information on downloading
and using the RightFax API, visit the OpenText Knowledge
Center at knowledge.opentext.com.
For information about the remaining external document

connector settings, see the RightFax XML
GeneratorAdministrator Guide or the RightFax Vault
SQL connections
These fields display the connection strings that define the
RightFax servers connection to the SQL database. To make
changes to either SQL connection click [...]. For more
information on changing and editing the connections to the
RightFax database on the SQL server, see Changing the
connection to the SQL server on page 302.
Separate Validation
Select how required billing codes will be validated against the
RightFax database:
l
Both Fields Both the Billing Code 1 and the Billing Code 2
field must contain valid codes.
Character Set Mode
Field 1 or Field 2 One of the billing code fields must

contain a valid code, but not both.
ANSI Mode
Select this check box to use the ANSI code page for the
character sets used in faxed documents. Clear it to use the
default OEM code page and character sets.
Field 1 Only The Billing Code 1 field must contain a valid

code.
Field 2 Only The Billing Code 2 field must contain a valid
code.
External document connector
RightFax installed on non-English language operating

systems such as German or Turkish may not display special
characters (such as umlauts) correctly. Selecting the ANSI
code page can resolve this.
The external document connector is used to:
MSMQ server
Integrate RightFax and third-party systems such as

FileNet.
Enter the name of the server on which the Microsoft Message

Queue service is installed. All servers on the RightFax system
must point to the same MSMQ Server.
Save faxes with XML metadata to be used by an external

archiving or document management system.
Web delivery
To integrate RightFax with a third-party system
Specify the web application that will open faxes for web
delivery and the IIS server where it is installed.
Select the Enabled check box. In all other cases, clear the
check box.
35
Administrator Guide
2. Click the name of the RightFax server in the tree in the

left pane of the Enterprise Fax Manager window.The list
of services appears at the lower-right pane of the
window.
IIS server
Enter the IISserver where Web Access or Web Client is
installed.
Use SSL
3. In the Service Name list, double-click RightFax

Licensing Service (or right-click and choose Status
from the menu). The Licensing Service Status dialog
box opens.
Select to send the link as a secure ("https://) HTTP link.
Provide link to
Specify the web application for web delivery of faxes:
l
4. The status shows the enabled services with information

about each license. Use the scroll bars to view
additional services, if necessary.
Web Access. The link and URL provided in the email

notification will open the fax in Web Access.
Web Client. The link and URL provided in the email
notification will open the fax in Web Access.
Configuring custom messages
You can customize the text of messages that are sent for fax
status notifications for users (described in The Notification
tab on page 120).
Use the Product Licensing Utility (PLU) to change or add to

your feature set.
If you are unsure about the current licenses on a server, you
can look them up in Enterprise Fax Manager.
To launch the Product Licensing Utility (PLU)

1. In the Server Configuration window, click the
Feature Activation tab.
2. Click Product Licensing Utility. For more
information on upgrading your server license, adding
additional fax channels, and adding new RightFax
components, refer to the RightFax Installation Guide.
To show the current licenses on a server

1. On the RightFax server, on the Start menu, point to
Programs, then Open Text, and then click RightFax
Enterprise Fax Manager.
36
Administrator Guide
Notification messages can contain a combination of text and

variable data. The maximum length of a notification message
is 200 characters. If you include a URL, the maximum length
is for both the URL and the message text. The maximum
length of the URL is 80 characters.
The variable options for each message are described in the
following table.
Notification
message
Variable options
Sending fax
~1 = Recipients name
Variable options
When used
Ready for
preview
~1 = User ID
The fax was held for

preview and is now
ready.
~3 = Recipients fax
number
~4 = Billing code 1
When used
~5 = Billing code 2
~2 = Recipients fax
number
The fax starts to send or

is still sending after a few
minutes.
~6 = Unique ID of the fax

~7 = Subject line of
original fax email
~3 = User ID
Bad fax phone ~1 = User ID

number
~2 = Fax phone number
~4 = Recipients
company
Imaging error
Notification
message
~1 = User ID
The fax number contains

invalid characters.

The server cannot
generate a fax image.
original fax
~3 = Recipients fax
number
~4 = Error encountered
original fax email
Bad form type
~1 = User ID
A bad form was

specified.
37
Administrator Guide
Notification
message
Variable options
Too many
retries
~0 = Unique ID of the fax The fax was abandoned

after the maximum
number of send attempts.
~2 = Recipients fax
number
When used
Notification
message
Variable options
When used
Sending error
original fax email
The fax could not be sent.
~2 = Recipients fax
number
~3 = Fax error code
~3 = Fax error code
~4 = Number of retries
~5 = User ID
~5 = User ID
~6 = Billing code 1
~6 = Billing code 1
~7 = Billing code 2
~7 = Billing code 2
~8 = Recipients
company
~8 = Recipients
company
~9 = URL link to the fax

on the RightFax server
(this option can only be
used with RightFax email
gateway)

Incomplete fax ~1 = User ID
The sender did not

complete all of the
required fax information
fields.
original fax email
~A = Subject line of
original fax email
Invalid billing
code
~1 = User ID
~2 = Billing code 1
The sender did not

provide a valid billing
code.
~3 = Billing code 2
original fax email
38
Administrator Guide
Notification
message
Variable options
When used
Notification
message
Variable options
When used
New fax
~1 = Number of pages
received
A new fax was received.
Successful
send
The fax transmission was

successful.
~2 = User ID
~3 = Received remote ID
~3 = Recipients
company
~4 = TeleConnect ID

used with a RightFax
email gateway)

on theRightFax server
used with a RightFax
email gateway)

~6 = Fax transmission
speed
~7 = Fax transmission
speed
original fax email
~8 = Fax status
Viewed or
printed fax
~1 = User ID
~2 = Recipients fax
number
A received fax has not

been viewed or printed.
Fax needs
approval
~1 = User ID
One of the senders

outgoing faxes needs
approval.
~3 = Recipients fax
number
original fax email
39
Administrator Guide
Notification
message
Variable options
When used
Notification
message
Fax number
blocked
The recipients fax

number is blocked by the
RightFax DocTransport.
Fax numbers can be
blocked using either
dialing rules or the call
blocking Windows
Registry entry on the
DocTransport.
Fax blocked by ~0 = Subject line of

Do Not Dial
original fax email
~2 = Recipients fax
number
~3 = Fax error code
~5 = Billing code 1
~6 = Billing code 2
~2 = Recipients fax
number
~3 = Fax error code
A fax was not sent

because the destination
fax number was blocked
by the Do Not Dial
feature. (described on
The DnD Notifications
tab on page 195.)
~5 = Billing code 1
~6 = Billing code 2
~7 = Recipients
company
gateway)
~8 = Unique IDof the fax

original fax email
~3 = Fax error code
When used
~4 = Senders user ID

on theRightFax server
gateway
Human
Answered Fax
~2 = Recipients fax
number
Variable options
The fax was canceled

(not accepted) by the
recipient when the
recipient responded to the
RightFax voice prompt.

To return a notification message to the default setting, select
the text, delete it, and then click OK. The next time you open
the dialog box, the default message will be listed.
~5 = User ID
You can replace the default pager/SMS fax notification

messages for users with customized messages. Users
receive pager/SMS notifications only if they have been
configured to do so in the Pager Notification tab of their user
configuration in Enterprise Fax Manager (described in
Creating a user profile on page 108). For more information
original fax email
40
Administrator Guide
on configuring SMS and pager notifications, see Adding SMS

and pager services on page 161.
Alert
Variables
Outgoing fax ~1 = Recipients name

abandoned
~2 = Recipients fax
number
When used
Sent to a RightFax user
whose outbound fax has
failed to send for any
reason.
~3 = Short error
description (last attempt)
~4 = Send attempts
~5 = Owner ID
~6 = Billing code 1
~7 = Billing code 2
~8 = Recipients company
~6 = URL link to the fax on
the RightFax server (this
option can only be used
with RightFax email
gateway
For each user message type, enter the custom message text
you want. Each message type has its own set of variables,
described in the following table.
Alert
Variables
When used
New fax
received
~1 = Page count
~2 = CSID or ANI of
sender
~3 = TeleConnect ID
~4 = CSID
~5 = ANI
Sent to a RightFax user

when a new fax is
received.
Recipient
has been
sent a fax
~1 = From name
~2 = To name
Sent to the fax recipient to

notify that a fax has been
sent from the RightFax
server. The fax recipient
notification address is
entered by the RightFax
client user when creating a
new outbound fax.

41
Administrator Guide
For each admin message type, enter the custom message

text you want. Each message type has its own set of
available variables, described in the following table.

Use the options on the Admin Messages tab in the Server
Configuration window to customize the text of SMS or pager
administrative alerts (described in Creating a user profile on
page 108). For information about configuring SMS and pager
notifications in RightFax, see Adding SMS and pager services
on page 161.
Alert
Default message
BoardServer All DocTransports are

failed, none down. Fax sending and
running
receiving is not currently
operating.
Variables
None
BoardServer The DocTransport on ~1 ~1 = DocTransport

failed, one
is no longer running. Fax machine
running
sending and receiving
operations are functioning
on other DocTransports.
RightFax Enterprise includes a more comprehensive Alerting

and Monitoring service where you can select from hundreds
of server statistics to monitor and define the event
thresholds, alert types, and alert messages to send. For
more information about the RightFax Alerting and Monitoring
service, see Using the Alerting and Monitoring service on
page 165.
Disk space
critically low
One or more drives on the None

fax server are critically
low on disk space
(<50MB). Many fax server
functions have been
suspended.
Disk space
getting low
One or more drives on the None

fax server are approaching
critically low disk space
(<150MB).
Heartbeat
(periodic
status
including
statistics on
fax activity).
Fax server ~1 up for ~2

(d:h:m:s); load:~3; faxes
sent:~4, rcvd:~5.
~1 = Fax server name

~2 = Up time
(dd:hh:mm:ss)
~3 = Fax server internal
queue usage
~4 = Total faxes sent
since install date
~5 = Total faxes received
since install date
42
Administrator Guide
Alert
Default message
Variables
Internal
The fax server internal
queue
queue is more than 90%
reached 90% utilized.
None
Probable bad Probable bad phone line

line
detected.
None
Send queue
too deep
~1 = Queue depth (faxes)
The send queue depth on

server ~3 is currently:
~1/~2 (faxes/pgs).
~2 = Queue depth
(pages)
~3 = DocTransport
machine
Server
shutdown
incorrectly
The fax server process

was not properly shut
down.
~1 = Fax server name
2. Specify the file paths for the resource files. Select the
Use this root path for all file types check box to
use a single path for all file types or select for each file
type the folder that must be shared. The following table
lists and describes the shared data folders.


The Data Sharing tab shows the folders that must be shared
among all RightFax servers in a shared environment.
Field
Folder Name
Description
Images
IMAGE
Contains sent and

received faxes stored
as compressed
graphic image files.
Signatures
SIG
Contains graphic
images of user
signatures for
placement on faxes.
Installing and configuring multiple RightFax servers to share

a RightFax database and corresponding resource folders
increases the capacity of your RightFax servers.
To configure data sharing

1. In the Server Configuration window, click the Data
Sharing tab.
43
Administrator Guide
Field
Folder Name
Description
Forms
PAPERS
Contains the names

of overlay form files.
Outgoing Files
OUTGOING
Contains outbound
files from all
submission methods
that are held while
being processed into
fax images, such as
temporary fax queue
spool files.
Account. See Selecting a service account on page 53.
Troubleshooting performance issues with

Windows Server 2008 and 2008 R2
If you use data sharing and encounter performance issues,
you can try to address the issue by setting the following two
Windows registry keys to zero to disable the caches
DirectoryCacheLifetime and FileNotFoundCacheLifetime.
To set the registry keys

1. Open the Windows Registry on the RightFax server.
Attachments
BFT
Contains text files

created by the OCR
process.
2. Browse to the subkey of HKEY_LOCAL_

MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\
Services\Lanmanworkstation\Parameters
Native
Documents
CMDDATA
Contains transaction
files for each fax sent
via email or via
SecureDocs.
3. If they do not exist, create the following REG_DWORD

entries and edit them to contain a value of 0 (zero):
Each of these folders can be located in common disk

storage, such as a storage area network (SAN),
network share on file server, or network access to a
local drive on one of the RightFax servers. The folders
must be accessible to all the servers in the shared
configuration.
DirectoryCacheLifetime
FileNotFoundCacheLifetime
The eTransport options configure the server to send outbound
fax documents to email addresses in addition to fax numbers.
3. To save all sent and received faxes to two image

folders, select the Use second image path check
box, and then specify the file path for the second image
folder.
4. Share permissions must be given to the account used
to run both the Server module and DocTransport
module. This account must have full control of these
folders. To specify this account, click Select Service
44
Administrator Guide
SMTP service extensions (ESMTP)

If the SMTP mail server uses SMTP service extensions, select
this check box. SMTP service extensions start an SMTP
session by issuing the EHLO command instead of the HELO
command.
Email Subject
You can customize the subject line of messages sent through
the eTransport module. Use the following variables:
l
~1 = Page count
~2 = Sender's name.
The default message is: E-Document: ~1 page from ~2.
Web Server
Enter the Internet host name of the machine running the IIS
server that the RightFax SecureDocs module is installed on.
This field is required if you have installed the RightFax
SecureDocs module. For more information on this option and
configuring RightFax for certified document delivery, refer to
the RightFax SecureDocs Module Administrator Guide.
SMTP Hostname
Enter the name of the SMTP mail server to which outbound
documents sent to email addresses via the RightFax client
applications will be sent. If no SMTP mail server is specified
here, RightFax users using the FaxUtil client will not have the
option to address fax documents to an email address.
To verify that eTransport is configured correctly

1. From EFM, stop the RighFax eTransport service.
Account and Password
2. Right-click the eTransport service, select debug to open

a command prompt window. Leave this window open.
If the specified server uses anonymous access, leave the

Account and Password fields blank. If the specified server
uses basic or Windows Integrated Security, enter the user
name (in the format Domain\Username) in the Account field
and the password for that account in the Password field. Do
not use TLS security on the SMTP server.
3. From FaxUtil, submit an email.

4. Check the open debug window for potential error
messages.
Note Anonymous authentication requires relay to be

enabled on the SMTP server.
45
Administrator Guide
Note Never start the RightFax Database, WorkServer, or

Email Gateway modules separately. They must be started
by the RightFax Server module.
Starting and stopping the RightFax

server
The RightFax server includes several services, called
modules. These services are configured and started during
installation. You should only need to stop and start RightFax
services during server or network maintenance.
To stop the RightFax server using the Services program

In the Services program, do the following:
l
Starting or stopping the RightFax server requires starting or

stopping the separate processes.
To start the server using the Services program
Click RightFax DocTransport Module, and then click

Stop.
To stop the RightFax server at a command prompt
1. On the Start menu, under Administrative Tools,

click Services.
From a command prompt, type the following:

l
2. Click RightFax RPC Server Module, and then click

Start.
net stop serviceshortname

(for example, net stop rfemail)
3. Click RightFax DocTransport Module, and then click

Start.
About the services
4. Click RightFax Server Module, and then click Start.

This starts the RightFax Database module, RightFax
Server module, and the RightFax WorkServer modules.
The following table describes each RightFax service and tells

whether the service is started automatically or manually by
Windows on startup. Note that if the startup is automatic, it
can be stopped and started as needed.
Note To view the RightFax control panel icons on x64

systems, be sure to select Classic View in Control Panel.
To start the server at a command prompt

In a command prompt window at any prompt, enter the
following command:
net start serviceshortname
(for example, net start rfserver)
Click RightFax Server Module, and then click Stop.
46
Service name
Short name Startup
Description
RightFax
Conversion
Engine
RFIsoConv
Auto
Configurable server that

controls conversion of
Office, HTML, and OCR
documents.
RightFax Sync
module
CapaSync
Auto
Configurable server that

controls one-way
synchronization from
Active Directory or
LDAP data sources.
Administrator Guide
Service name
Short name Startup
RightFax
RFDB
Database module
Manual
RightFax
DocTransport
module
RFDOC
TRANS
RightFax
Licensing
RFLicensing Auto
RightFax
eTransport
RFMIME
RightFax Email
RFEMAIL
Gateway module
Auto
Description
Service name
Short name Startup
Description
A multi-threaded module
that handles
communication between
the database files
(located in the
RightFax\Database
folder) and the fax
clients.
RightFax Queue
Handler
RFQUEUE
Auto
Monitors the RightFax

print queue for jobs to be
forwarded to the server
for fax conversion.
RightFax RPC
Server module
RFRPC
Auto
The communication
bridge to fax clients that
use IPX, SPX or TCP/IP
via remote procedure
calls.
RightFax
Remoting
RFRemote
Auto
Handles communication
with remote RightFax
services and
applications.
RightFax Server
module
RFSERVER Auto
The bridge between all

other RightFax services.
Also responsible for
stopping and starting the
WorkServer, Database,
and email gateway
modules.
RightFax
WorkServer
modules
RFWORK#
One or more modules

responsible for
RightFaxs most
processor-intensive
functions such as cover
sheet generation, PCL5to-fax conversion, and
optical character
recognition.
Allows configuration of
the methods by which
RightFax will transmit
documents.
Manages license
distribution for RightFax
services.
Manual
Automates delivery of
email documents from
the fax server.
Manual
The communication
bridge to an optional
email gateway.
RightFax Paging
module
RFPAGE
Auto
Monitors RightFax for

pager notification events
and handles
communication between
RightFax and the SMS
or pager services.
RightFax
Integration
module
RFPROD
Auto
Allows applications on a
mainframe to send
custom faxes through
the fax server.
47
Manual
Administrator Guide
Chapter 6: Configuring the WorkServer modules
Each RightFax WorkServer module performs one or more

processor-intensive functions on behalf of the RightFax
Server module. They regularly query the Database module
for jobs to be performed, execute those jobs, and notify the
database when finished.
Configuration window opens, showing all

Workservers in the left pane.
With the default configuration of the RightFax WorkServer

modules, you can send and receive fax documents and you
can customize the WorkServer modules to meet the needs of
your enterprise.
Each WorkServer is configured separately.
You can also enable product integrations with Kofax and
PeopleSoft through the RightFax WorkServer modules. For
more information, see Configuring Kofax NetScan on page 56
and Configuring PeopleSoft on page 57.
To configure the RightFax WorkServer modules

4. Click the WorkServer number in the left pane.
Remote WorkServer Service

pane of the window.
Tells RightFax that this WorkServer will execute on a

separate Windows machine on the network. If this check box
is selected, the WorkServer service will not be started
automatically by the RightFax Server service. For more
information on running WorkServers remotely, see Installing
WorkServers on remote computers on page 58.
3. In the list of services, double-click RightFax

WorkServer1 Module. The WorkServer
48
Administrator Guide
Use PCL Converters for Text Files
Service
Function
Uses the RightFax Printer Control Language (PCL) when

converting PCL and ASCII text files to fax format. This
conversion usually produces more accurate fax images of
PCL and ASCII text files than the RightFax native document
conversion engine. If you notice that PCL or ASCII text files
are not converting to fax format as accurately as you expect,
clear this check box to return to using the RightFax native
document conversion engine.
Overlay
Overlay faxes with forms.
PCL
PCL-to-fax conversion.
PostScript
PostScript-to-fax conversion (requires the

RightFax PDF or SecureDocs module).
Print
Handle requests for both on-demand and

automatic fax printing.
Event LogLevel
Services

Event Log under the service name RightFax WorkServer
Module.
Click the services you want to assign to the current

WorkServer, or shift-click to select multiple services. You
can assign a single service to multiple WorkServers or
dedicate a WorkServer to one service only. How you
configure your WorkServers depends on your organization's
needs and RightFax workload. The following table lists the
available WorkServer services and their functions.
Service
Function
Archive
Archive sent faxes.
Coversheets
Create cover sheets.
CVL
Handle faxes with multiple LIBDOC or LIBDOC2

and ADDDOC embedded codes.
Delete Image
Files
Delete fax image files.
FileRoute
Route received faxes to network folders.
InterConnect
Route received faxes to another RightFax server.
Network
Messaging
This service no longer functions with any of the

supported Windows operating systems.
OCR
Optical Character Recognition (requires the

RightFax OCR Converter or OCR Router module).

Frequency
Specify how often, in seconds, the WorkServer will query the
Database module for new requests. If you only have one
WorkServer module, 5 to 10 seconds is an appropriate
setting. If you run multiple WorkServers, a longer time (for
example, 15 seconds) will prevent requests from overloading
the Database module.
49
Administrator Guide
Billing Code Import Interval
Specify how often, in minutes, the WorkServer will check for

a new billing code delta file Codechg.csv. This file is used to
query billing codes from external billing code source. If the
file exists, the WorkServer imports the additions, changes,
and deletions specified in the file. For more information on
using billing codes from an external source, see Importing
Billing Codes on page 145.
Automatically route faxes received on one RightFax

Enterprise server to a fax mailbox of the same name on a
different RightFax Enterprise server on the same network.
Send interoffice faxes via the network that links the
RightFax Enterprise servers, rather than via the phone
lines.
Count
Specify the number of times the originating RightFax server
will attempt to forward the fax to the destination RightFax
server when it encounters a non-fatal error such as server
temporarily down.

Enable
Select Enable to integrate the RightFax system with your
enterprise telephony server system. For information on
custom integrations with your RightFax server, refer to your
telephony server documentation.
Interval
Specify the time delay, in minutes, between retries.
Optimize faxing
Caution Any WorkServer that has telephony server

routing enabled must be dedicated to telephony routing
only. Any other assigned service will be ignored by this
WorkServer.
Optimize Covers
Select this check box to make fax cover sheets only as long
as the cover sheet text requires (ignoring any blank space at
the end of the cover sheet), potentially reducing transmission
times. This may produce a partial page on some destination
fax machines.
Server
Specify the name of the telephony server on your network to
integrate with the RightFax server.
Short Bodies
Protocol
Select this check box to make each page in the body of the
fax only as long as the text requires (ignoring any blank
space at the end of pages), potentially reducing transmission
times. This may produce partial pages on some destination
fax machines.
Select the network protocol to use for communicating

between the RightFax and telephony servers.

These settings are only available if you select InterConnect
under Services. For information on enabling and configuring
InterConnect, see RightFaxInterConnect on page 225).
Archive settings
To use WorkServer archiving the following must be set:
Use RightFax InterConnect to:
50
Administrator Guide
Path
At least one WorkServers must have Archive selected

under Services.
Specify the folder, in UNC (universal naming convention)

format, where archived faxes will be stored. The WorkServer
creates the specified path if it does not already exist.
The archive settings must be configured for each

WorkServer that manages archiving.
The Archive Sent Faxes permission must be enabled for
all users whose outbound faxes should be archived.
Note If you enter an incomplete path, the path you

entered will be created relative to the worksrv.exe working
directory. For example, if you enter XXX\ZZZ, the image
can be found at C:\PROGRA~2\RIGHTFAX\WORKSRV\
XXX\ZZZ \.
Important WorkServer archiving is disabled and its

archive settings ignored if you use the optional XML
Generator module to archive inbound and outbound faxes.
For information about XML Generator, see the RightFax XML
GeneratorAdministrator Guide or RightFax Vault
The path can be customized using special variables that are

replaced in the path name each time a fax is archived. Using
variables in the path name you can archive faxes to separate
folders based on the sender, the date, the fax destination, or
any combination of these. The following table lists each of the
archive path variables and their definitions.
Using WorkServer archiving you can track and store your

organization's outbound faxes or integrate RightFax with
archiving software systems. For information about
configuring a RightFax user for fax archiving, see Archive
Sent Faxes on page 110.
Each fax is archived individually upon completion, regardless
of whether it was sent successfully. If a user configured for
archiving sends a fax to multiple recipients, each instance of
that outbound fax is archived.
Format
Select the file format for archived faxes. The file format you
choose depends on how you use the archived faxes. By
default, files are archived in a multi-page TIFF-G3 format
with GroupIII data compression.
History
Select this check box to include a fax transmission history
with each archived fax image in the archive folder. The fax
history is an ASCII file with the file extension .trx and the
same file name as the fax.
51
Variable
Definition
~1
Date (YYYYMMDD)
~2
Day of the week (SUN-SAT)
~3
Month (JAN-DEC)
~4
Year (YYYY)
~5
Day of the month (DD)
~6
Month as decimal (0112)
~7
User ID (up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT format)
~8
Week as decimal (0051)
~9
Billing Code #1 (up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT format)
~0
Billing Code #2 (up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT format)
~A
Remote ID (left to right, up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT

format)
Administrator Guide
Variable
Definition
Field
Type
Length
Definition
~B
Remote ID (right to left, up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT

format)
To_CityState
String
59
Recipients city and state
From_Name
String
59
Senders name
~C
Group ID (up to 12 characters in 8.3 FAT format)
From_PhoneNum String
31
Senders phone number
Example After the variables have been replaced, an entry of

\\Faxserver\Archive\~C\~7\~3~4 might appear as
\\Faxserver\Archive\DEVELOPM.ENT\JDOE\JAN2015. All
faxes sent by user ID JDoe in the Development group will
be stored in a unique archive folder, organized into separate
subfolders each month.
Billinfo1
String
15
Billing code 1
Billinfo2
String
15
Billing code 2
FaxDIDNum
String
31
DID routing number
OperatorNum
String
31
Organizations general phone

number
The total path length, after variable replacement, cannot

exceed 128 characters. If you do not enter a path, faxes will
not be archived.
GeneralFaxNum String
31
Organizations general fax

number
RemoteID
String
21
Received remote ID
Send_Time
Integer N/A
Total time on fax board, in

seconds
Fax_Status
Integer N/A
A number corresponding to the

faxs last reported status.
Index file
Fax_Termstat
Integer N/A
Specify the UNC path and file name of the file where all
archive events will be logged. The index is a commadelimited ASCII file. Each index entry appears on a separate
line and includes 24 data fields. The following table lists all of
the fields for each index entry in the order the fields appear.
A number corresponding to the

faxs last reported
transmission status.
NumPages
Integer N/A
Includes optional cover sheet,

if any
FineMode
Integer N/A
0=normal, 1=fine
Caution Because ~1 is interpreted as a macro in the

path name, you cannot use short path names (such as
\Progra~1\RightFax\Archive) in this field. You must use the
full path names.
Field
Type
Length
Definition
Received
Integer N/A
0=sent, 1=received
Owner_ID
String
21
User ID of the fax owner
FaxDate
String
10
To_FaxNum
String
31
Recipients fax number
Date the fax record was last

modified (mm/dd/yyyy)
To_ContactNum String
31
Recipients phone number
FaxTime
String
To_Name
String
59
Recipients name
Time fax record last modified

(hh:mm)
To_Company
String
59
Recipients company name
52
Administrator Guide
Field
Type
Length
Definition
Field
Maximum length or format
UniqueID
String
15
Unique ID for the fax assigned

by RightFax server
BillInfo2
15 characters
Fax transmission duration
hh:mm:ss
Archived_Name
String
256
File name used for the image

archive
Number of pages in fax
###
NewLine
N/A
N/A
CRLF combination record

separator
Fax error code
Always 32, indicating success
Fax date
mm/dd/yy
Fax time
hh:mm
Because this log file is dynamic, if you use a third-party

application to access the log information, make sure the file
is opened in shared mode. Do not grant a third party write
access. Configure to leave log file open for a maximum of
twenty seconds. The optimal method for third-party access is
to make a copy of the log file, and access data from the copy.
Always Delete After Archive

Select this check box to remove all archived faxes from the
users FaxUtil mailbox.
Archive Cover Sheet

Select this check box to include the cover sheet with the
saved image file. To archive only the body of each fax, clear
this check box.
If you do not specify a log file name, RightFax will not log
archive events.
Separate file per page output
Select this check box to archive each page of each fax as a

separate TIFF file (that is, a five-page fax is archived as five
separate files). This check box is only available if you select
TIFF-G3 or TIFF-G4 in the Format box.
RightFax services log on to the network using a Windows user

account that you specify. The user account for a service must
have access to all the network resources that the tasks
managed by that service require. This account is initially
selected during the RightFax installation.
EquiTrac Archive
Select this check box to log all successfully sent faxes to a
file called RightFax.txt in the WorkServer folder. The
EquiTrac Archive log is a comma-delimited ASCII file. Each
log entry appears on a separate line and includes the
following data fields in the the order listed.
Field
Maximum length or format
RightFax user ID
21 characters
Phone number dialed
31 characters
BillInfo1
15 characters
To change service accounts, you can set the account for the
Server Service and then copy these settings to the other
services.
Note If you will be storing or accessing files on a NetWare
volume, ensure that the WorkServers service accounts also
exist as accounts within Novell.
53
Administrator Guide
To view service account settings

l
Click Select Service Account. The Service Account

Editor window opens, showing for each service the
currently defined account. The default is to use one of the
predefined accounts.

l
Click Built-in Account, select one of the accounts
from the list, and then click OK.
l
Click This Account, and then either type a new

service account name or click Browse to find all
user accounts on a specified network. After entering
or selecting an account, click OK.
Caution If you manually type a name that is
longer than 15 characters, you may encounter
errors in services performed by the WorkServer.
If the desired user account resides on a domain
whose name is longer than 15 characters, select
the user by clicking Browse.
In the Select User window, make the following
entries:
To change service accounts
a. To change the types of objects to search for,

click Object Types, and then select Built-in
security principals, Users, or both.
1. In the Service Account Editor dialog box, next to the

account you want to change, click Modify. To define
account settings once and then copy them to all other
services, first modify the Server Service Account.
b. To change the location to search, click

Location, and then select a location.
54
Administrator Guide
c. In the text box, enter a name or partial name,

and then click Check Names. A list of
account names appears from which to choose.
PostScript conversions
Fax printing
To add a new WorkServer
3. As needed enter the case-sensitive password for the

selected user account in both the Password and
Confirm Password boxes, and then click OK.
Click Add WorkServer.
To delete an existing WorkServer
4. To copy the Server Service account information to the

other services, click Copy to all.
5. Click OK.
Click the WorkServer to remove, and then click Delete

WorkServer. The other WorkServers are renumbered.
Printing a time strip on faxes
The following default WorkServer setup on the RightFax

server is optimal for most RightFax configurations:
A time strip can be printed at the top of every fax that is

printed to a network printer. The time strip can include the
time of arrival of received faxes, elapsed transmission time,
time printed, and the fax image file name.
Two WorkServer modules devoted to the most frequent

tasks.
By default the time strip is printed as black text. To print it as

white text on black background, set the Windows registry key
PrintTimeReverse value to 1. See PrintTimeReverse on page
359.
One WorkServer module dedicated to deleting image files.
Depending on your RightFax server usage, you may want to

reconfigure the WorkServers or add WorkServers.
To enable time strip printing
Example If the server is used primarily for broadcast

faxing, WorkServer #3 can be configured to perform the
greater than average load of PCL5 conversions, instead of
other lower-priority functions.
1. In the left pane, under the WorkServer, click Printer

Configuration.
Other processor-intensive tasks that may require a dedicated

WorkServer include:
l
Running OCR (Optical Character Recognition), either for

routing or conversion
55
Administrator Guide
2. Select the Enable Time Strip check box.

3. In the Name box, specify the type of information to
print in the Time Strip. The Time Strip can contain any
combination of text and variables.
Example An entry of Fax ~1: ~2 ~3 places text such
as the following at the top of the printed fax:
Fax received: 01/05/2014 10:42.
Definition
~1
The word Sent or Received
~2
Last transmission/receive date (MM/DD/YYYY)
~3
Last transmission/receive time (HH:MM)
~4
Last connection duration
~5
Last channel used
Definition
~6
WorkServer number
~7
Image file name
~8
Date and time printed (MM/DD/YYYY HH:MM)
~9
Unique ID
~0
RightFax user ID
~A
Remote ID
~B
Name of the fax recipient
~C
Fax number of the fax recipient
~D
Company name of the fax recipient
~E
Last transmission/receive date (YYYY/MM/DD)
~F
Date and time printed (YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM)
~G
Date and time printed (system locale setting for

short date and long time)
~H
Last transmission/receive date (system locale

setting for short date and long time)
The following table lists each of the variable options

that can be used in this box.
Macro
Macro
RightFax can be configured to work in conjunction with the

Kofax NetScan network integration tool for scanners. Using
the Kofax NetScan, you can scan documents into the FaxUtil
mailbox of any RightFax user on your network. This makes it
convenient to fax printed pages when no electronic version is
available.
Scanned images appear in the selected FaxUtil mailbox with
the message Info not complete. Images can be faxed by
double-clicking the image in FaxUtil and completing the
required boxes in the Fax Information dialog box (see
Specifying addressing information on page 236).
56
Administrator Guide
Synchronizing the RightFax server with external systems on

page 29.
To integrate RightFax with the Kofax NetScan

l
Click Kofax NetScan Configuration under the selected

WorkServer. At least one WorkServer must have the
Kofax integration enabled. Each WorkServer is separately
configured for Kofax NetScan integration.
Location of NetScan Directories

Specify the UNC path to the folders that RightFax will monitor
for new NetScan images. To add a directory, type the UNC
path in the Location of NetScan Directories box, and then
click Add Directory. To remove a directory, click the
directory, and then click Remove Directory.
Location for Scan-to-Disk Images

Specify the UNC path to the folder where images that are
scanned to disk from the Kofax NetScan will be saved.
For more information about configuring the Kofax NetScan
for RightFax integration, refer to your NetScan
documentation.
Companies use the PeopleSoft application for enterprise
resource planning to manage multiple resources from one
integrated platform. Purchase a separate license to use
PeopleSoft with the RightFax server. PeopleSoft must be
used with the RightFax Enterprise or Business Integration
module.
Enable NetScan Interface

Select this check box to enable RightFax integration with a
Kofax NetScan. Communication and integration with the
Kofax NetScan will only be handled by the WorkServers with
this check box selected.
RightFax queries PeopleSoft for outgoing faxes, overriding

the PeopleSoft built-in ObjectFax server, making it possible
to take advantage of the RightFax least-cost routing and load
balancing features with your PeopleSoft platform.
Automatically Update NetScan Users
To configure RightFax to work with PeopleSoft
Select this check box to automatically update NetScan users

with the latest list of RightFax users every six hours or every
time the RightFax Server module is restarted.
If this check box is not selected, to update NetScan users,

you must manually force Netscan to synchronize. See
57
Click PeopleSoft Configuration under the selected

WorkServer. At least one WorkServer must have the
PeopleSoft integration enabled. Each WorkServer is
Administrator Guide
the RightFax server.
separately configured for PeopleSoft integration.
Running remote WorkServers is helpful in systems with 24 or

more fax channels in high volume fax broadcast situations. In
most other installations, three or four properly configured
WorkServers installed locally on the RightFax server are
sufficient.
Remote WorkServers can also provide support for ServerSide Application conversion. See About the RightFax
Conversion Engine on page 88 for more information.
Caution Do not delete WorkServers from your RightFax
configuration after you install a remote WorkServer.
Deleting a WorkServer after installing a remote
WorkServer disrupts the order of the services and the
remaining WorkServers may fail to function as expected.
Requirements
Enable PeopleSoft Interface
This section describes the supported Windows systems.
Select this check box to enable RightFax integration with

PeopleSoft. Communication and integration with the
PeopleSoft system are handled by the WorkServers with this
check box selected.
Supported Microsoft Windows operating systems

RightFax server software is supported on the following server
operating systems.
Location of PeopleSoft directory

Specify the UNC path to the folder where PeopleSoft stores
its outgoing fax jobs. The service account for this
WorkServer (see Selecting a service account on page 53)
must have read and write access to this folder.
Installing WorkServers on remote

computers
You can install and operate remote WorkServers to perform
processor-intensive functions, thus freeing up resources on
58
Windows Server 2012 R2 Datacenter
Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
Windows Server 2012 R2 Essentials
Windows Server 2012 Datacenter
Windows Server 2012 Standard
Windows Server 2012 Essentials
Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard x64
Administrator Guide
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise x86 and x64
Windows Server 2008 Standard x86 and x64
2. RightFax WorkServers require Microsoft .NET

Framework 4.5. If this software is not installed on your
system, Setup prompts you to install it.
To install, click OK.
Local server requirements
To cancel Setup and install .NET Framework 4.5

yourself, click Cancel.
Microsoft .NET Framework *
Microsoft Data Access Components *
3. Review the welcome screen, and then click Next.
Microsoft Messaging Queuing*
Microsoft Visual C++ runtime components*
4. Carefully read and accept the license agreement, and

then click Next.
A Windows account to run RightFax services.
5. Setup can check for RightFax updates and other latebreaking information.
This must be a domain user that is a member of the local

administrators group and has the Log on as a service
right on the local computer.
* installed during setup

l
RightFax server requirements

Before installing remote WorkServers, you must share the
\RightFax folder on the RightFax server. If your RightFax
installation is not in the default \RightFax folder, share the
installation folder using RightFax as the share name.
To skip the update check and continue with Setup,

select Do not check for updates, and then click
Next.
6. Click Custom, and then click Next.

7. In the list of setup components, under RightFax
Server Modules, select the WorkServer Module
check box. Verify that it is the only selected check box
in the list. Click Next.
Grant the WorkServer service account full control of the

shared folder. This account must also have write access to
the Windows registry on the RightFax server.
8. The Preview Requirements list shows third-party

software required by your chosen features and the
status of setup operations. Required software that will
be installed automatically appears with a status of Must
Install. Click Next.
Installing the WorkServer on a remote

computer
To install the WorkServer on a remote computer
1. Run Setup.exe. The RightFax Product Suite Setup
wizard opens.
To check for updates, verify you have an active

HTTP connection, and then click Check for
Updates. If updates are found, follow the
instructions in the Result section.
9. If your server does not already have Microsoft Message

Queuing installed, Setup prompts you to install it.
59
Administrator Guide
Select your option, and then click Next.
Changing the remote WorkServers service

account
10. To apply your settings and install required third-party

software, click Apply. This will take several minutes.
When finished, click Next.
When it is installed, the remote WorkServer uses the same

service account information as the WorkServers on the
RightFax server. If this is a local administrative account on
the RightFax server, the remote WorkServer service may not
be able to log on to the network. If so, you must change the
service account used by the remote WorkServer so that it has
administrative permissions to the computer on which it is
installed.
11. Choose your installation folder, and then click Next.

Caution On x64 systems, the default folder is
Program Files (x86). The Program Files folder is
reserved for x64 programs. Do not install the
RightFax software in the Program Files folder on
x64 systems.
To change the WorkServers service account on the remote

computer
12. To begin installing RightFax software, click Apply. This

may take several minutes. When finished, click Next.
1. In Windows Control Panel, open Administrative

Tools, and then Services. The WorkServer is listed in
the services as RightFax WorkServer Module.
13. Enter a Windows account to run RightFax services.

This account must be a domain user that is a member
of the local administrators group and must have the
right to log on as service on the local computer.
2. Double-click the service to open its properties dialog.

3. On the Log On tab, specify a new service account
name.
This account must also have full-control over the

\RightFax folder on the RightFax server and have write
access to the Windows registry on the RightFax server.
4. You must repeat this procedure locally at the

WorkServer before the changes will take effect.
Click Browse to load and select a user account. Click

Test Account to verify account credentials. When
finished, click Next.
14. Enter the main RightFax server name, and then click
Check Access. A report will appear in the Results
box that indicates if the connection to the RightFax
server was successful.
15. If the connection was successful, click Next.
16. Click Apply, and then click Close.
60
Administrator Guide
Chapter 7: Configuring the DocTransport modules
The RightFax DocTransport modules specify the methods by

which RightFax can transmit documents. You can configure
fax boards for conventional fax transmission, as well
RightFax for SMS messaging and Fax-over-IP fax boards.
Configuration dialog box opens.
The DocTransport module acts as an interpreter between

some fax board drivers and the RightFax Server module for
conventional fax transmission. It handles requests to
schedule outgoing faxes for transmission and informs the
Server module when a new fax has been received and needs
to be processed.
The DocTransport module must be properly configured to
allow the RightFax server to send and receive documents.
RightFax supports a maximum of 120 fax channels per
DocTransport service.
To configure the DocTransport modules


By default, the DocTransport module includes the Brooktrout
transport method. For most other types of installations, you
need to add the specific transport method for your fax
transport type, as shown in the following table.

pane of the window.
DocTransport Module. The DocTransport
61
Administrator Guide
Transport method
Description
Brooktrout TR1034
Series, SR140
Required for installation of all Brooktrout

TR1034-series fax boards or the Brooktrout
SR140 Fax over IP software platform.
T.37 Fax over IP
Required for creation of administrative dialing

rules that route faxes to T.37-compatible fax
machines.
To add a transport method

1. Click Add Transport. The Transport Selection
dialog box opens.
Note You must configure the gateway to

send faxes to IP addresses and to collect
route codes.
See Configuring T.37 Fax over IP on page
78.
Simulation Device
Allows simulated fax sending for testing or

demonstration purposes. Outgoing faxes
appear to send but do not. Simulation mode
can be used with no fax boards installed.
SMS Via Push Proxy Required for installation of the Push Proxy
Gateway
Gateway. See Text messaging using the
Push Proxy Gateway on page 152.
RightFax Internet
Connector Peer-toPeer Device
RightFax Connect
Required if you are using the RightFax

Internet Connector module. See Configuring
RightFax Internet Connector channels on
page 80.
2. Expand the tree in the left pane and select a transport

method.
3. If you select Brooktrout, you must select also a
specific fax board in the right pane.
Required if you are using the RightFax

Connect service.
4. Click Select to add the new transport method.
See Configuring RightFax Connect on page

81.
5. Repeat these steps for each optional transport method

you want to add.
6. After you add the transport methods you will be using,
configure each for your system.
62
Administrator Guide
Configuring global DocTransport

settings
Global DocTransport settings apply to all enabled transport

methods. RightFax uses these settings regardless of the
transport method, fax board, or channel in use.

To configure global DocTransport settings

l
Secure RPC Enabled
In the left pane, click Global DocTransport Settings.
Select this check box to encrypt the data exchanged between

multiple RightFax DocTransports (for example, Remote
DocTransports) or between a RightFax DocTransport module
and the FaxStat program. Any DocTransport service on any
other RightFax server communicating with this server must
be started using a valid account and password rather than a
local system account.
If you select this option, you must specify a user account that
the DocTransport service can use for authentication to and
from other DocTransport modules on the network. To specify
a user account, click [...] to the right of this option and enter
a login name and password.
MSMQ Server
Enter the name of the server on which the Microsoft Message
Queue service is installed. All servers on the RightFax system
must point to the same MSMQ Server.
Event LogLevel
Brooktrout Fax Board configuration

Event Log under the service name RightFax DocTransport.
After you add a Brooktrout transport method to the

DocTransport service, you must configure it for use with
RightFax. The configuration steps apply to all Brooktrout
boards, including TR1034-series and the SR140 boardless
Fax-Over-IP, though some fields may apply only to some
63
Administrator Guide
boards. Each board must be configured separately, and each

channel must be configured separately for each board.
To configure global transport settings

l
To configure a Brooktrout transport method for use with

RightFax
In the left pane, click Global Transport Settings.
1. Configure the Brooktrout Global Transport Settings.

2. Configure the Advanced settings (optional) for all
Brooktrout boards.
3. Configure the following elements for each board:
l
Configure the default settings for the board.

Use the Brooktrout Configuration Tool to license
channels and set additional parameters(see the
Brooktrout documentation).
Configure each of the RightFax channels.
Configuring Brooktrout global transport

settings
CD Timeout
Brooktrout Global Transport Settings apply to all of the

Brooktrout fax boards and channels configured in the
DocTransport module. RightFax uses these settings
regardless of the fax board or fax channel in use.
Specify the length of time, in seconds, that the RightFax

server will wait for a fax answer tone (CED tone) from a
remote fax machine when sending a fax.
ANI Pattern Match

Specify the pattern of the dialing party information string that
will be received during incoming calls.
RightFax collects information about the dialing partys phone
number for display in FaxUtil and for CSID routing (if used).
Some organizations receive additional information (such as
ANI or DNIS) along with the callers phone number. This box
specifies the pattern of the extra data so that it can be
removed prior to display or routing.
64
Administrator Guide
Enter the pattern of ANI data you receive using the symbols
in the following table.
Audit Settings
Allow Auditing
Symbol
Represents
An asterisk character.
Select this check box to have the DocTransport module

record all incoming and outgoing faxes in a log.
A pound character.
File
A digit in an ANI number. This is the only number

sequence that is used for ANI routing, all other
information is ignored.
A digit in the DNIS number.
An extraneous digit. This will be ignored.
Specify the path and file name of the log file to use. If the file
does not exist, RightFax will create it when it logs the first
entry. To output the log file to a network printer, enter the
printer port instead of a file name. If you output to a network
printer, you must also select the Close File Between Each
Page check box.
Max. Modifier
(19)
The maximum number of each of the prior

characters. For example, x2*y represents up to 2
ANI digits followed by an asterisk and a single
DNIS digit.
Literal Digits
(09 and AD)
Valid phone digits. Separate literal digits from Max.

Modifiers with a space.
Level
Specify the level of information to include in the log. There
are five levels of detail.
Example The string 5205554762 consists of 10 ANI digits.

It matches the pattern strings XXXXXXXXXX and X10.
Level 1 prints a single line summary of each fax event.
Level 2 prints a detailed description of each fax event.
Level 3 outputs a comma-delimited file of each fax event.
Example The string 015205554672#1234** consists of a

combination of ANIdigits, asterisks, and pound characters,
and begins with the digits 01. It matches the patterns strings
01XXXXXXXXXX#ZZZZ** and 01X10#Z4*2.
Level 4 outputs a tab-delimited file each hour containing

that hours fax events.
Level 5 is primarily for troubleshooting purposes, and
outputs Brooktrout debugging information.
Beeping
Level 3
Select this check box if the computer in which the fax boards
are installed should beep each time a call is placed or
received.
Each log entry appears on a separate line and includes 15

data fields. The following table lists all of the fields for each
log entry in the order the fields appear.
65
Field
name
Type/format
Length Description
Direction
String
Sent/received flag (S or R)
Administrator Guide
Field
name
Type/format
Date sent
MM/DD/YYYY 10
Time sent
HH:MM
Channel
Length Description
Field
name
Type/format
Length Description
Date that the call was

initiated
Billing
code 2
String
15
Time that the call was

initiated
Level 4
Numeric
Channel used by RightFax

(032)
Duration
Numeric
Total transmission time in

seconds
Phone
number
Alphanumeric
31
Sent faxes: Fax number

dialed
Sent faxes only: Billing code

2
Because a separate file is created for each hours fax events,

do not specify a file name in the File box. You can specify a
path to a folder where the log files, which are given default
names, will be saved.
Each log entry appears on a separate line and includes 28
data fields. The following table lists all of the fields for each
log entry in the order the fields appear.
Received faxes: Routing

code (or DTMF) used
Field name
Type
Length
Description
Direction
String
Sent/received flag (S or
R).
Remote ID String
49
Remote fax machine ID
Result
String
59
Result of the fax

transmission
Date sent
YYYYMMDD 8
Date that the call was

initiated.
Page
count
String
79
Number of pages transmitted
Time sent
HHMM
Time that the call was

initiated.
Contact
number
String
31
Sent faxes only: The

recipients voice number
Channel
Numeric
Channel used by RightFax.
Duration
Numeric
Contact
name
String
59

recipients name.
Total transmission time (in

seconds).
127
Fax number dialed.
String
59

recipients company name
Phone
number
String
Company
name
Remote ID
String
47
User ID
String
21
Sent faxes only: RightFax

user ID of the sender
CSID of recipient fax

machine.
Good pages
Numeric
Billing
code 1
String
15
Sent faxes only: Billing code

1
Number of pages
transmitted successfully.
66
Administrator Guide
Field name
Type
Length
Description
Field name
Type
Length
Description
Page count
Numeric
Total number of pages in

the fax.
AOC value 2
Numeric
AOC data value #2 (only

valid if indicated by flags).
Board type
Numeric
Type of fax board used to

send the fax
AOC value 3
Numeric

0 = Brooktrout
ISDN cause
value
String
ISDN call setup cause

value (only valid if indicated
by flags).
Sender ID
String
21
RightFax user ID of the

sender.
To name
String
59
The recipients name.
BT call status Numeric
BT call line
status
Numeric
Brooktrout call result status

value. Relates to the call
itself.
Brooktrout call result line
status value.
BT fax status Numeric
Brooktrout fax result status

value. Relates to the faxing
portion of the call.
From name
String
59
Name of sender
(descriptive name, not the
ID).
BT fax line
status
Numeric
Brooktrout fax result line

status value.
Contact
number
String
31
The recipients voice

number.
CDR flags
Numeric
Hex value of CDR (call

detail record) flags
Company
name
String
59
The recipients company

name.
0x0000 = No flags set

0x0001 = PartialRetry
0x0002 = SchedRemote
0x0004 = SendForRemote
0x0008 = Has_ANI
(automatic number
identification)
0x0010 = Had_AOC
(advice of charge)
0x0020 = Had_
ISDNCauseVal
Billing code 1 String
15
Billing code 1.
Billing code 2 String
15
Billing code 2.
Secure CSID String
21
CSID match code for

secure send operation.
Unique ID
String
15
Assigned unique ID for fax

job.
Source server String
47
Source server IP address or

name.
InitialString

Enter a text message to include at the beginning of every

page in the audit file.
AOC value 1
Numeric
67
Administrator Guide
The line can contain control codes to convey page formatting

or other information to the application reading the file.
If this check box is selected, you must also specify how the
TTI line will be placed on the fax page.
To add control codes to this string, use the following notation.

Notation
Example
Represents
\x##
\x1b
Hexadecimal character values
\###
\027
Decimal character values
^x
^[
ASCII representation of a control character
Close File Between Each Page

Closes the log file after each entry. You can then output the
log to a network printer.
Error Correction
ECM is disabled
Select this check box if Error Correction Mode (ECM) is
disabled or does not exist.
Abandon Abandon the fax transmission.
2. In the Transport Configuration window, click each

fax channel for each fax board listed in the left pane.
3. Type the desired company name in the Fax ID box.
4. Repeat these steps on all RightFax servers and Remote
DocTransport computers.
TTI Line Settings

Allow TTI Line
Display Time
Select this check box to place a TTI line at the top of every
page of a fax. The transmit terminal information (TTI) line is
a line of text that prints at the top of each received fax page.
The TTI line includes the transmitting fax machine, the date
and time of the transmission, the fax page number, and the
total page count. The date format in your TTI line is a
function of the Windows international or regional settings as
installed on the RightFax server.
Select Insert TTI Line to add a new line to the top of the
fax page for the TTI information. This retains any fax data
on the first line but increases the length of the fax by one
line.
1. In Windows Control Panel, double-click RightFax

DocTransport.
Specify how RightFax will respond to RTN messages:

Ignore Ignore error and proceed to the next page.
Select Replace TTI Line to replace any existing text or

image on the first line of the fax with the TTI line. This
erases existing fax data from the first line but the overall
length of the fax stays the same.
To add your organizations name to the TTI line:
RTN Response
l
Select Overlay TTI Line to add the TTI line text to add
any existing text or image on the first line of the fax. This
can obscure the TTI information. With Brooktrout fax
boards, this option functions the same as inserting the TTI
line.
Select one of the following:

l
68
Display Time as GMT to set the TTI timestamp to

Greenwich Mean Time (GMT).
Display Time as Server to set the TTI time stamp to
Administrator Guide
characters, see Dialing characters supported by dialing rules

on page 189.
server time.
l
Display Time as UTC to set the TTI time stampt to

Universal Corrdinated Time (UTC).
Postfix
Enter one or more dialing characters to add at the end of
every outbound fax number dialed by the RightFax server.
For a list of valid dialing characters, see Dialing characters
supported by dialing rules on page 189.
Quick Header Format

Enter heading text to include under the TTI line on outbound
faxes. Quick Headers are enabled in the RightFax Server
module. For more information, see Enable Quick Headers on
page 32.
Call Grouping Settings

Allow Grouping
The quick header line can be customized using special

macros that are replaced in the quick header of each fax.
Macro
Definition
~1
To-name field (59 characters maximum)
~2
Shortened to-name (23 characters maximum)
Select this check box to allow the grouping of calls to the

same number. Whenever a fax is placed in the fax queue,
Call Grouping checks the queue for another fax going to the
same number. If another fax to the same number is
scheduled, it keeps the line open and transmits the second
fax.
~3
To-contact number field (31 characters maximum)
Maximum Grouping
~4
To-company field (59 characters maximum)
~5
Shortened to-company field (23 characters maximum)
~6
BillInfo1 field (15 characters maximum)
Enter the maximum number of pages (1-256) that the

RightFax server will send to one phone number before
hanging up and sending another set of fax pages.
~7
BillInfo2 field (15 characters maximum)
Configuring a Brooktrout board
~8
Unique ID (15 characters maximum)
After you add a new Brooktrout fax board, it must be

configured to work with RightFax.
Example A quick header format entry of Please deliver to:

~2 at ~5 might appear as Please deliver to: Jane Doe at
Acme, Inc.
To configure a Brooktrout board

l
Dialing Settings
In the left pane, under Brooktrout, click the board

name.All Brooktrout board types use the same
configuration window. Depending on the functionality of
Prefix
Enter one or more dialing characters to add at the beginning
of every outbound fax number dialed by the server. The
default setting (WW) instructs the fax boards to automatically
detect a dial tone before dialing. For a list of valid dialing
69
Administrator Guide
Set Capability for All Channels
each board, some fields may be unavailable.
Select this check box to set the same capability (dial-only,

answer-only, or both) for all the channels on the fax board.
To specify the capability of each channel separately, see
Configuring Brooktrout channels on page 71.
Configure Brooktrout
Click to configure Brooktrout-related board settings. The
Brooktrout Configuration Tool opens. For more
information, see the Brooktrout documentation.
Number of SR140 Channels (SR140 configuration only)

After having activated your SR140 channel licenses using the
Brooktrout Configuration Tool, select the number of licensed
channels in the list.
Calling Party
This field applies to calls using SIP or H.323 internet
protocols or ISDN. Enter any combination of text, numbers,
and variables to send with each fax sent from the RightFax
server. This is the SIP From field for SIP systems and the
ISDN Calling Party for FoIP and ISDNchannels.
Board module number

Select the number in the list that matches the number on the
rotary switch on the fax board.
For data transmitted via SIP, select the Apply

SIPcharacter restrictions check box to ensure proper
formatting. When selected, SIPrestricted characters are
stripped and their entry disallowed. Restricted characters
include all tabs and spaces, as well as : / ? # [] @ ! $& () *
+ , ; and =, where @ is allowed once as part of the SIP From
field which must always be formatted as an email address.
DID Settings
In the Number of digits for routing list, select the number
of digits used for routing fax calls. This matches the number
of digits in RightFax user routing codes.
Set Fax ID for All Channels
Before specifying to send additional data to a PBX system,

verify that the PBX is able to accept the data in the calling
party number field of the ISDN string. If it is not, the call will
be rejected.
Select this check box to specify a fax ID for all the channels
on this fax board. Each channel transmits this fax ID to the
remote fax machines. Usually, this is set to your company
name or general fax number. To specify a unique fax ID for
each channel, see Configuring Brooktrout channels on page
71.
You can use any of the following variable options.
70
Administrator Guide
Macro
Data
~1
Fax number dialed.
~2
RightFax user ID of the sender.
~3
The recipients voice number.
~4
~5
The recipients company name.
~6
Billing code 1.
~7
Billing code 2.
~8
Assigned unique ID for fax job.
~9
CSID match code for secure send operation.
~10
Name of the sender.
~11
Source server IP address or name.
Configuring Brooktrout channels

Activate Channel
Each fax channel on a Brooktrout fax board can be

individually configured.
Select this check box to activate this channel for use by

RightFax. To deactivate the channel, clear the check box.
To configure a Brooktrout channel

l
Fax ID
In the left pane, under the Brooktrout board, click the

channel number.
Specify the fax ID for this channel only. The fax ID is

transmitted to remote fax machines to identify the sender.
Usually, this is set to your company name or general fax
number. This box is not available if you configured the
Brooktrout board to set the Fax IDfor all channels.
Capability
Select one of the following capabilities of this channel:
71
Both
Dial
Answer. Timed Ability becomes unavailable.
Administrator Guide
Both w/VM-Notify
Dial w/VM-Notify
RESERVED
Dial w/RingDetect. Timed Ability becomes unavailable.
2. In the Capability box select the capability for the time

period.
Example To set different capabilities for business hours and
after hours and to use the evening hours for broadcast
faxing, you might define the following:
Start: 0 End: 0659 Capability: Both
Start: 0700 End: 1759 Capability: Answer
Start: 1800 End: 2359 Capability: Both
The capability you select here become the defaults in the

Capability fields under Timed Ability. When you select
Answer or Dial w/Ring Detect the Timed Ability option
becomes unavailable.
Inbound routing
These settings apply if you enable DTMF routing. DTMF
routing is a method for routing faxes to an individual based
on the routing code entered manually by the caller.
Max. Pages This Channel May Send

Enter the maximum number of pages per fax that can be sent
by this channel, from 0 to 999 (up to 1000 pages per fax).
Use this option to reserve channels for smaller faxes.
Enable DTMF Routing

Select this check box to use DTMF inbound routing for this
channel.
Channel Extension
Assigns a routing code to all incoming faxes on this channel if
no routing information is specified. Because DID, T1 with
DNIS, and ISDN telephone lines require routing codes, this
setting only applies to loop-start lines and T1 lines without
DNIS. The Channel Extension is also used when DTMF
routing is enabled on the line but the caller does not enter a
routing code.
Initial Tone / Initial Speech

Specify how callers will be prompted to enter a routing code
for the fax:
l
Timed Ability
You can use the channel with one capability throughout the
day (0000 to 2359) or you can define up to three time periods
with changing capabilities:
1. In the Start and End boxes, enter the start and end
times for the time period in 24 hour notation. The first
time period always starts at 0 (midnight) and the last
time period always ends at 2359 (a minute before
midnight).
Click Initial Tone to play a tone, and then select the tone
to play and the duration of the tone in seconds. For
information on the available tones, refer to your
Brooktrout documentation.
Click Initial Speech to play a voice prompt, and then
specify the file of the voice prompt. This option requires a
special voice module license for your Brooktrout board.
You can use the default voice prompt Prompt.ipk as is or
re-record it via telephone. The file is located in the
RightFax\DocTransport\Brooktrout folder.
72
Administrator Guide
located in the RightFax\DocTransport\Brooktrout folder. This

prompt file can be played or re-recorded via telephone.
To play the voice prompt for review

1. At a command prompt on the server, enter the
following command:
Confirmation
Specify the file to play when a caller has correctly entered
DTMF digits for routing. The default file, Gotdigit.ipk is
located in the RightFax\DocTransport\Brooktrout folder. This
prompt file can be played or re-recorded via telephone.
RightFax\DocTransport\Brooktrout\voice -p cphonenumprompt.ipk
The Brooktrout board dials the phone number you
specified in phonenum.
No Terminator
2. After you answer the phone, the board plays the

message. Hang up when the playback is complete.
Select this check box to have RightFax accept the DTMF code
entered by the caller as soon as the correct number of digits
have been entered. No additional terminator key is needed.
To play back the Failure or Confirmation prompts, replace

PROMPT.IP with BADDIGT.IP or GOTDIGIT.IP respectively.
Terminator
Enter the telephone key that the caller must press to indicate
that all DTMF digits have been entered. This is required if the
Max. Digits and Min. Digits are not set to the same value
To re-record a voice prompt

1. Save a backup copy of the old Prompt.ipk file.
2. At a command prompt on the server, enter the
following command:
Max. Digits
Specify the maximum number of DTMF digits that can be
entered by the caller.
RightFax\DocTransport\Brooktrout\
voice -r -cphonenum-u 0 prompt.ipk
Min. Digits
The Brooktrout board dials the phone number you

specified in phonenum.
Specify the minimum number of DTMF digits that can be

entered by the caller.
3. After you answer the phone, the board begins recording

your message.
Tone Wait
Specify within how many seconds after the prompt the caller
must enter a routing code, or if a terminator key is defined,
the routing code and the terminator key.
4. When you are done, press the [#] key (pound key).
To re-record the Failure or Confirmation prompts, replace
PROMPT.IP with BADDIGT.IP or GOTDIGIT.IP respectively.
Configuring the Human Answered Fax feature
Failure
Use the Advanced Settings options for Brooktrout boards to

enable:
Specify the file to play when a caller does not enter enough
DTMF digits to route the fax. The default file, Baddigit.ipk is
73
Administrator Guide
The Human Answered Fax feature.
Human Answered Fax options appear in the right pane.
The TeleConnect module For information about configuring

Teleconnect, see Using TeleConnect to access faxes by
phone on page 283
The optional Docs-on-Demand module. For information
about configuring Docs-on-Demand, see the RightFax
Docs-on-Demand Module Administrator Guide.
Exchange Unified Messaging. for information about
configuring Exchange Unified Messaging, see
The Human Answered Fax feature detects when a person

answers an outbound fax call rather than a fax machine. An
automated voice message informs the recipient that a fax is
being sent and offers one or more options for receiving the
fax.
The feature uses Dialogic .vox voice files located on the
RightFax server. These files can be played or modified using
any sound editor that supports the .vox file format.
Enable Human Answered Fax
At least one Brooktrout fax boards with licensed voice

capability must be installed. For more information, refer to
your fax board documentation or contact your Brooktrout fax
board distributor.
Select this check box to enable the Human Answered Fax

feature.
Calling Mode
Select how the RightFax server will respond if a human voice
is detected on a fax call:
To enable and configure the Human Answered Fax feature

l
In the left pane, under Brooktrout, click Advanced

Settings, and then click Human Answered Fax. The
74
Switch to Voice Mode if a Human is detected on a

Fax Call The RightFax server will immediately switch to
voice mode. If a fax machine is detected, the fax will be
sent.
Call back in Voice Mode if a Human is detected on
a Fax Call The RightFax server will briefly hang up
before calling back in voice mode. If a fax machine is
Administrator Guide
detected on either call, the fax will be sent.

l
Always start each Fax Call in Voice Mode The

RightFax server will initiate all outbound fax calls in voice
mode.
Voice Mode
Specify if a voice will be played or a voice message and a

menu of options requiring the recipient to respond:
l
Click Voice Prompt Only to play a voice message

informing the call recipient that this is an incoming fax,
and then wait for a fax tone before transmitting. The voice
prompt used by the RightFax server can be simple or
detailed.
Select this check box to use a detailed voice prompt. The

detailed voice prompt (This is a n page fax.) consists of
several separate voice files that combine into a unique
message. Do not select this check box if you are using the
Human Answered Fax feature with a language other than
English.
Your calling mode is Always start each Fax Call in

Voice Mode. Selecting Voice Prompt Only ensures
that the fax will be sent after a short delay. Otherwise
RightFax will wait indefintely for a response from the
call recipient, and the fax will never be sent.
The simple voice prompt plays the file HAF_ThisisaFax.vox

(This is a fax,) followed by HAF_PressStart.vox (Please
press start on your fax machine to receive your documents.)
Translating the voice files
You are using the Human Answered Fax feature with a

language other than English.
If you are using the Human Answered Fax feature with a

language other than English do not use the voice menu or
detailed voice prompts.
Click Voice Menu to play a voice message followed by a

menu of options. The voice prompt used by the RightFax
server can be simple or detailed.
Note Translating the voice menu or the detailed voice

prompts could result in text with improper syntax.
The file HAF_MainMenu.vox contains the menu of options:

To receive this fax press 1 or stay on the line. To cancel
this fax press 9.
Use the following guidelines for languages other than English:

l
Depending on the call recipients response, one of the

following messages plays:
l
HAF_Cancelled.vox (This fax has been canceled. We

apologize for any inconvenience ) plays after the
recipient presses 9. The fax is not sent.
Detailed Voice Prompts
Always select this option if:

l
HAF_PressStart.vox (Please press start on your fax

machine to receive your documents) plays if the
recipient presses 1 or fails to respond within 10
seconds. After playing the message, the RightFax
server attempts to send the fax.
75
Record a new translated version of the file HAF_

ThisisaFax.vox that informs the call recipient that a fax
transmission is being attempted.
Under Voice Mode, select Voice Prompt Only.
Administrator Guide
To cancel a fax call that has been answered by a human
Demand options appear in the right pane.
1. Under Voice Mode, select Voice Menu.

2. Edit the Windows Registry to set the HAF_
CancelIfNoResponse value to 1. For more information,
see HAF_CancelIfNoResponse on page 349.
With the Docs-on-Demand module anyone can call into your
RightFax server to request faxes. These can be marketing or
sales material, informational material, or any kind of fax
document your organization wants to make available via
touch-tone phone. For more details on how to use Docs-onDemand, see the RightFax Docs-on-Demand Module
To use the Docs-on-Demand module with all defined

Brooktrout fax boards
l
In the left pane, under Brooktrout, click Advanced

Settings, and then click Docs on Demand. The Docs-on-
Enable Docs on Demand

Select this check box to enable the two Docs-on-Demand
applications, Fax-on-Demand and Web Fax Tools.
System Password
Enter the numeric password the Fax-on-Demand
administrator will use to access the Fax-on-Demand Sysop
(System Operator) menu. The password must be numeric so
that it can be entered from a touch-tone phone.
Routing Code/Channel Ext

Enter the routing code (such as DTMF extension or DID
number) to assign to Fax-on-Demand. Calls arriving on this
extension will automatically enter the Fax-on-Demand
system rather than being received as an incoming fax:
76
Administrator Guide
If you have a bank of numbers dedicated to your RightFax

server, assign one of the numbers to Fax-on-Demand by
entering the extension here.
Name on Cover Sheet
If you have channel routing configured on POTS (plain-oldtelephone system) lines, dedicate one of your fax
channels to Fax-on-Demand:
Call Type
Enter the name or text that will appear in the To: field on
fax cover sheets sent by Fax-on-Demand.
Select how Fax-on-Demand will connect to the user
requesting faxes.
a. Enter a unique four-digit number in the in this box.
b. In the left pane, under Global Board Settings,

click the channel you want to dedicate.
c. In the Channel Extension box, enter the same
four-digit value.
Note The channel cannot be part of a hunt group unless

all the channels in that hunt group are dedicated to Faxon-Demand. Otherwise, dialing the number may cause
users to hear a fax tone instead of accessing Fax-onDemand.
l
Two Call causes Fax-on-Demand to request the users

fax number and initiates a separate call to send faxes.
Prompt asks each user to specify a one- or two-call
session.
Maximum Documents
Enter the maximum number of fax documents that a Fax-onDemand user can request per call.
If you have DTMF routing configured for a particular

analog channel, enter a unique four-digit extension in this
box. To connect to the Fax-on-Demand system, callers
will dial this extension after hearing a tone or voice
prompt. If this number is not entered after a few seconds
(depending on the DTMF timeout value), the channel
provides a fax tone and attempts to receive a fax.
BrookTrout registry settings

You can set the following configuration options through the
registry editor.
Defining an RTI line

The RTI (Receipt Terminal Information) line is a line of text
that can be printed at the bottom of each received fax page.
User Account
The RTI line includes information about the fax that

supplements the TTI line such as the total number of pages
received, the name of the RightFax server that received the
fax, and the senders caller ID.
Enter the RightFax user ID that Fax-on-Demand will use

when sending faxes. All cover sheet information and
attributes of the selected user ID will apply to faxes sent by
Fax-on-Demand. This setting is also used by Web Fax Tools
for assigning a RightFax user ID to outgoing faxes.
One Call requires the user to be calling from a fax

machine. Fax-on-Demand uses the same connection to
send faxes back to the caller without initiating a second
call. In this way, the Fax-on-Demand system incurs no
phone charges.
77
Administrator Guide
You can enable or disable the RTI line, specify the

information you want it to include, specify the font size, and
specify where on the fax page to print the line:
l
right pane.
To turn the RTI on or off, see StampReceivedPages on

page 353.
To specify which data appears, see ReceiveStampFormat
on page 352.
To specify where the RTIappears, see
ReceiveStampLocation on page 353.
To specify how large to print the RTI, see
ReceiveStampFontSize on page 352.

Use the T.37 Fax over IP (FoIP) fax transmission protocol to
transmit faxes to T.37-compatible devices over IP instead of
dedicated fax channels. The fax is packaged as an email
message with a TIFF attachment and sent over IP via an
SMTP server. This email message is automatically
interpreted as a fax by the receiving device, which prints it.
SMTP Server Address

By default, Fax over IP messages are sent via the SMTP
server that you specified during the RightFax server
installation. If you did not specify an SMTP server name then,
enter the name of the SMTP server on your network that
transmits fax-over-IP messages.
To send documents using Fax over IP, you must create

dialing rules that route the documents based on the fax
numbers or email addresses entered by your RightFax client
for outbound faxes. For information on how to configure a
dialing rule to route to a fax over IP destination, see The
Destination tab on page 191.
Email Address in the From Section of the T.37 fax

message
Enter the email address that will be transmitted to the
receiving T.37-compatible device.
To configure T.37 Fax over IP.

1. Add a T.37 Fax over IP transport method. For more
information, see Adding transport methods on page 61.
Configuring Fax over IP failover
2. In the left pane, under FoIP, click T.37 Fax over IP.
The fax over IP configuration options appear in the
In a Fax over IP environment with multi-router topology you

can set up dialing rules that configure RightFax for real-time
FoIP failover. When the primary FoIP router or gateway is
78
Administrator Guide
Configuring SMS via the Push-Proxy Gateway
5. Repeat the previous steps to define a dialing rule for

the secondary FoIP router, on the Number
Adjustments tab, in the Append this box, typing @
followed by the IP of the secondary FoIP router, and on
the Other tab, setting the Extra Rule Weight value to
a number lower than that of the primary FoIP router.
unavailable or times out, faxes are automatically routed to a

secondary router or gateway. FoIP failover is compatible
with both SR140 and T.37 board-based architecture.
To enable FoIP failover

Do the following:
l
Create two dialing rules that route faxes based on the

outgoing router number. Set the rule that points to the
primary router with a higher weight than the rule that
points to the secondary router.
6. On the File menu, click Save Dialing Plan.
Configuring SMS via the Push-Proxy

Gateway
Edit the registry keyword value

DisableDialingRuleOnTimeout to have a value of 1.
See DisableDialingRuleOnTimeout on page 348.
You can configure the RightFax server to send fax

notifications and alerts via SMS (short message service)
communication protocol to SMS compatible devices such as
cell phones. RightFax clients can also send and receive SMS
messages.
Important When using FoIP you must remove the wait for
wink (or WW) setting in the dialing settings, prefix box
located in the DocTransport, Global Transport Settings.
Because SMS is a text-only protocol, sent SMS messages

include only the notes added to the fax cover sheet. You can
also create dialing rules that automatically route outbound
faxes to SMS numbers. SMS functionality requires that you
have installed the RightFax Push-Proxy Gateway on the
server running the DocTransport service.
To define the dialing rules for FoIP failover

1. In the left pane, under Dialing Plan, right-click
Dialing Rules, and then click New on the shortcut
menu. The Rule Edit window opens.
2. On the Matching tab, in the Pattern box, enter a
number that, when dialed, is sent via FoIP.
To configure SMS via the Push-Proxy Gateway

1. Add an SMS transport method. For more information,
see Adding transport methods on page 61.
3. On the Number Adjustments tab, in the Append this

box, type the at sign (@) followed by the IP address of
your networks primary FoIP router, and then click OK.
For more information, see The Number Adjustments
tab on page 188
2. In the left pane, under SMS, click Mobility PushProxy Gateway. The options for configuring the Push-
Example @192.168.0.1
4. On the Other tab, in the Extra Rule Weight box, set
the weight to a value greater than 0, and then click OK.
79
Administrator Guide
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector channels
Proxy Gateway appear in the right pane.
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector

channels
When using RightFax Internet Connector transmission
between Rightfax servers (either within a company or
between companies), faxes go over the Internet instead of
through phone lines.
To configure RightFax Internet Connector channels

1. Add a RightFax Internet Connector transport method.
For more information, see Adding transport methods
on page 61.
2. In the left pane, under RightFax Internet
Connector, click Peer to Peer Channels. The
options for configuring the Peer to Peer device appear
in the right pane.
Configure PPG
Click to run the Push-Proxy Gateway configuration program.
For information on completing these configuration options,
see Text messaging using the Push Proxy Gateway on page
152.
Number of Digits for Routing

When the RightFax server receives an incoming SMS
message, it can route the message to one or more
mailboxes. Each RightFax mailbox (user ID) has a unique
routing code.
SMS mailboxes should be configured to use routing codes
based on the phone number that the message was sent to,
typically the last three or four digits of the number. Enter the
number of digits that are read from the end of the receiving
phone number that is used for routing SMS messages.
80
Administrator Guide
right pane.
Fax ID
Enter the fax ID for this channel only. The fax ID is
transmitted to remote fax machines to identify the sender.
Usually, this is set to your company name or general fax
number.
Number of Digits for Routing

The RightFax Internet Connector includes the destination fax
number with each transmission. Enter the number of digits
from the end of the destination phone number that will be
used for routing faxes.

To configure RightFax Connect, you need to have on hand the
User Name and Password that were set up when you
purchased RightFax Connect.
Number of channels
Note A single RightFax Connect account can be shared

among multiple DocTransports that use the same database,
including remote DocTransports and Shared Services
systems.
Enter a number between 1 and 34. The number should be just

high enough to handle your faxing volume in a timely
manner. While higher numbers increase the speed of fax
submission, they also increase network traffic and the need
for more bandwidth.
To configure RightFax Connect

1. Add a RightFax Connect transport method. For more
information, see Adding transport methods on page 61.
RightFax Connect Credentials
2. In the left pane, under RightFax Connect, click

RightFax Connect Device. The options for
configuring the RightFax Connect device appear in the
To test the connection, click Test Connection after entering

the user name and password.
Enter the User Name and Password for RightFax Connect.
RightFax Connect Data Centers

By default the United States data center is used.
Changing the data center setting requires changes to your
RightFax Connect account. To change to a different data
center option, contact OpenText customer support.
81
Administrator Guide
Caution If you do not inform OpenText customer support

before selecting a different data center, RightFax Connect
will not function as expected.
To use a specific service URI

1. Under RightFax Connect Data Centers, click
Custom.
2. In the Service URI box, enter the URI. By default, the
Ignore Certificate Errors is not selected.
Caution Selecting the Ignore Certificate Errors
check box can lead to security breaches. Only select
this option if you are certain that your connection is
secure.
2. Select the Enable User Specific Phone Codes check
box to enable the Automatic Billing Codes feature.
3. Add RightFax user IDs and domestic and international

phone codes individually or load them from a tabdelimited ASCII file.
This feature automatically applies billing codes to outbound

faxes based on the user ID of the sender.
Configuring automatic billing codes includes assigning
domestic and international phone codes to specific RightFax
users and specifying dialing rules that tell RightFax when to
dial those codes.
4. After you have created a list of RightFax users and

their phone codes, you must specify dialing rules that
tell RightFax when to dial those codes. See Creating
dialing rules and Least-Cost Routing plans on page 185
You can add users and their phone codes individually or load
them from a tab-delimited ASCII file containing the user IDs
and codes.
To add RightFax user IDs and domestic and international

phone codes individually
To configure automatic billing codes
1. Click Add Entry.
1. In the left pane, click Auto Billing Code Settings.

The auto billing code settings options appear in the
right pane.
2. In the UserID box, enter a RightFax user ID.

3. In the Dialing Code boxes enter that users domestic
and international long distance phone codes.
4. Click OK. The new entry appears in the list.
82
Administrator Guide
and one or more remote computers. This distributes the

workload of the RightFax server across several computers
and provides expanded channel capacity and system
redundancy.
To create a tab-delimited ASCII file of entries

Each entry in this file must include the RightFax user ID,
followed by the domestic phone code, followed by the
international phone code. Individual entries are separated by
a carriage return. For example:
JDoe
JSmith
BJones
1345
1678
1111
One RightFax Enterprise server can support a maximum of 16

separate DocTransport modules.
0345
0678
011
Caution When running DocTransport modules over a WAN,

ensure that sufficient bandwidth is available across the
network to allow the DocTransport and RightFax server to
communicate efficiently. Insufficient bandwidth when
running remote DocTransport modules across a WAN may
result in timeout errors causing both inbound and outbound
documents to fail.
To load the tab-delimited ASCII file

1. In the Phone Codes File Name box, type the path
and file name of the tab-delimited ASCIIfile containing
the user IDs and phone codes.
The following diagram shows remote DocTransport modules

in a clustered server configuration.
2. Click Load File. The entries from the file appear in the
list.
After you load the file, additions, deletions, and editing
changes you make in the DocTransport Configuration
dialog box are saved.
Specify dialing rules that tell RightFax when to dial those
codes.
To edit an entry
l
Click the entry in the list, and then click Edit Entry.
To delete an entry
l
Click the entry, and then click Delete Entry.
Running DocTransport on remote

computers
Installation of multiple DocTransport modules is only

supported in RightFax Enterprise servers.
With the RightFax Enterprise server, you can install and run
multiple DocTransport modules simultaneously on the local
83
Administrator Guide
Supported Microsoft Windows operating systems
About Channel Licensing with Remote

DocTransports
RightFax server software is supported on the following server

operating systems.
You must manage the number of activated channels across

all DocTransport modules and not attempt to activate more
channels than your organization has licensed. If the total
number of channels on all DocTransport modules exceeds the
number of channel licenses, the remote DocTransport will
shut down and an entry will be added to the event log.
About RightFax OEM Channel Licenses

If a remote DocTransport loses contact with the RightFax
Licensing Service on the RightFax server for more than 30
minutes, its licensed RightFax OEM channels will be released.
After three days out of contact with the Licensing service, the
remote DocTransport will stop trying to send and receive
faxes.
When the connection to the RightFax Licensing Service is
restored, remote DocTransports automatically reactivate
licensed RightFax OEM channels and resume sending and
receiving faxes.
Windows Server 2012 R2 Datacenter
Windows Server 2012 R2 Standard
Windows Server 2012 R2 Essentials
Windows Server 2012 Datacenter
Windows Server 2012 Standard
Windows Server 2012 Essentials
Windows Server 2008 R2 Enterprise x64
Windows Server 2008 R2 Standard x64
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise x86 and x64
Windows Server 2008 Standard x86 and x64
Local server requirements
If the remote DocTransport will be out of service for some

time, the administrator can assign more RightFax OEM
channels to a different DocTransport, and the licensing
service will automatically associate the released channels
with the new DocTransport. To reassociate the RightFax OEM
channels with the original DocTransport, the administrator
must reduce the number of RightFax OEM channels on the
new DocTransport.
Microsoft .NET Framework *
Microsoft Data Access Components *
Microsoft Messaging Queuing*
Microsoft Visual C++ runtime components*
A Windows account to run RightFax services.

This must be a domain user that is a member of the local
administrators group and has the Log on as a service
right on the local computer.
Requirements
* installed during setup
This section describes the supported Windows operating

systems.
84
Administrator Guide

RightFax server requirements

Before installing remote DocTransports, you must share the
RightFax image folder on the RightFax server and grant the
DocTransport service account full control. This account must
also have write access to the Windows registry on the
RightFax server.

software, click Apply. This may take several minutes.
Installing DocTransport on a remote computer
9. If your server does not already have Microsoft Message

Queuing installed, click OK to install it.
Caution If you have changed the default DSN for the SQL
connection on the main RightFax server, you must manually
change the DSN on the remote DocTransport computer to
match the DSN on the server.
Select your option, and then click Next.

10. RightFax requires the following TCP ports: 10520 and
10521 (RPC (APIand clients)), 10062 (DocTransport),
34987 and 34988 (Remoting), and 36363 (Licensing).
To prevent other applications from using these ports,
click Reserve ports, and then click Next.
To install the DocTransport on a remote computer

1. Download the RightFax installation program from the
OpenText Knowledge Center to a network location.
Note The Windows firewall on Windows Server

blocks incoming connections on port 10520 and
10521. To make client connections (faxutil) work, add
an exception to the windows firewall. See the
RightFax Installation Guide.
Browse to that location and then run Setup.exe. The

RightFax Product Suite Setup wizard opens.
2. RightFax DocTransports require Microsoft .NET
Framework 4.5.
If this software is not installed on your system, click
OK to install it.

software, click Apply. This will take several minutes.
3. Review the welcome screen, and then click Next.
12. Select your installation folder, and then click Next.
4. Carefully read and accept the license agreement, and

then click Next.

14. Enter a Windows account to run RightFax services.
6. Select the DocTransport Module Setup component, and

then click Next. Do not choose any other Setup
components.
This must be a domain user that is a member of the

local administrators group and has the Log on as a
service right on the local computer.
85
Administrator Guide
This account must also have full control over the

\RightFax folder on the RightFax server and have write
access to the Windows registry on the RightFax server.
Click Browse to load and select a user account. Click
Test Account to verify account credentials, and then
click Next.
15. In the RightFax Server Name box, enter your
RightFax server.
16. In the DocTransport Queue Server Name box,
enter the name of the server on which the Microsoft
Message Queue service is installed.
All servers on the RightFax system must point to the
same MSMQ Server.
17. In the Image Folder Path box, enter the path to the
shared image directory to be used by both the RightFax
server and the remote DocTransport.
18. To verify remote access to the RightFax server, click
Check Access.
19. When finished, click Next.
20. To apply your settings and complete Setup, click
Apply, and then click Close.
86
Administrator Guide
Chapter 8: Configuring server-side application conversion
About server-side application conversion
By default, the RightFax server uses its built-in conversion

engine to generate fax images from document file
attachments that are passed to the RightFax server in their
original format, such as Microsoft Word, Excel, or
PowerPoint. Document attachments are typically delivered to
the RightFax server from one of the email gateway modules
(as mail message attachments) or from RightFax Web
Access.
About server-side application

conversion
Where possible, server-side application conversion supports
multiple concurrent document conversions to save processing
time and server resources. Also, blank pages are removed
from the fax image to save on channel resources and fax
costs.
The standard RightFax conversion engine is very fast and

efficient, but there are occasional variances between the fax
image it generates and the original document. If the
conversion quality of faxed file attachments is unacceptably
low, your RightFax servers can be configured to use the
application that created the attachment instead of the
RightFax conversion engine. This is known as server-side
application conversion or SSA.
Server-side application conversion is available when faxing

from:
l
Files attached using FaxUtil.
Files attached using Web Access.
The Send To shortcut menu.
Note Server-side application conversion is not used for

documents that are printed directly from the native
applications to the RightFax print-to-fax driver. The printto-fax conversion is handled by the native application on the
client computer before it is sent to the RightFax server.
File attachments sent through the Microsoft Exchange,

SMTP, or Lotus Notes email gateways.
Files attached by using the <ADDDOC> embedded code.
The RightFax API and COM API.
Before configuring your RightFax server to perform serverside application conversion, consider the potential drawbacks
of launching an application on the RightFax server each time
a file attachment fax image is generated, such as:
87
Administrator Guide
Full applications are much larger and more processorintensive than the standard RightFax conversion engine.
You may need to upgrade the RightFax server memory or
processing capacity to support server-side application
conversion, especially if your organization generates a lot
of faxes with attached files.

The RightFax Conversion Engine is a stand-alone, fault
tolerant service that is used to invoke applications used in
server-side application (SSA) conversion. It detects when an
SSA supported attachment is passed to the RightFax server
and launches the appropriate application to convert the file.
Most applications require some user intervention.

Situations may arise in which an application waits for user
input (such as a password). RightFax cannot guarantee
that it will in all cases be able to prevent or bypass such
occurrences. If one or more faxes being processed
through server-side application conversion fail to send,
the application on the server is not stalled and may be
waiting for attention.
The Conversion Engine can also be configured to use Optical

Character Recognition (OCR) technology. RightFax uses
RecoStar to perform OCR conversion. For information about
OCR setup and configuration, see Using Optical Character
Recognition on page 213.
The RightFax Conversion Engine converts documents from
the following programs:
To minimize unpredictable results, such as incorrect fax

image output or conversion failure, all TrueType fonts,
document templates, macros, and other components used
by your organization must be installed on the computer or
computers that provides server-side application
conversion.
If server-side application (SSA)conversion does not succeed

in creating a fax image, RightFax uses its built-in conversion
engine to create the fax. If needed, you can change the
sequence. For more information, see Controlling server-side
application conversion on page 94.
Microsoft Excel, versions 2000, 2003, 2007, 2010, and

2013.
Microsoft PowerPoint, versions 2000, 2003, 2007, 2010,
and 2013.
To convert HTML documents, RightFax uses a dedicated

HTMLconversion engine. For more information, see
Configuring HTML conversions on page 90.
Install Microsoft Office 2010 or Microsoft Office 2013 32-bit
edition on the RightFax server and any WorkServers that you
want to perform SSA conversions. The version of the serverside application installed on the server or WorkServer must
be able to open the document versions submitted by client
computers.
Note Files that fail to convert are saved to

servername\%ProgramData%\RightFax\Conversion
Engine\Errors on the server that attempted the conversion.
The files can be used when troubleshooting conversion
issues. They are automatically deleted after 30 days.
Microsoft Word, versions 2000, 2003, 2007, 2010, and

2013.
88
Administrator Guide
Installing Office applications
Configuring Office application conversion
On each of your RightFax servers and any other computers

where RightFax WorkServers will be executed for server-side
application (SSA) conversions, follow these guidelines to
install the Microsoft Office Word, Excel, and PowerPoint
applications (versions 2010 or 2013).
Microsoft Office applications may require some configuration

to ensure that server-side application (SSA)conversion
works properly.
SSA conversion through Microsoft Office 2010 or Microsoft
Office 2013 32-bit edition converts these file types:
To install Office applications

1. On the RightFax server, run Setup.exe. During the
installation, select the following options. Select the
defaults for all other options.
Microsoft Office versions 20002013
RTF (rich text format)
Installation option
Select this
Destination folder
Default destination
Installation type
Custom installation
Components to install
Excel
Password-protected files are not converted unless the correct

password is included in the document conversion options
(available only for Outlook or Lotus Notes file attachments).
For more information, see the RightFax Connector for
Microsoft Exchange Administrator Guide and RightFax Lotus
Notes Module Administrator Guide.)
Word
Note the following:
PowerPoint
Office Tools
Shared Features
l
2. When the installation is complete, restart Windows.

3. For each Office application, set the security for macros
to the lowest setting and clear all check boxes for
Protected View.
4. Launch each Office application that you have installed

on the server and then close it to ensure that any
additional setup requirements at the user profile level
are completed.
5. Restart the RightFax server.
89
Running the Exchange Events service on the RightFax

server causes SSA conversion through Word to fail. If you
must run Exchange Server on the same computer as your
RightFax server, disable the Exchange Events service.
RightFax supports Word 97-2013 format cover sheets. See
Creating fax cover sheet templates on page 204.
Excel 2010 can create two types of XML output, both with
the extension .xml. RightFax can convert spreadsheets
that have been saved in XML Spreadsheet 2003 format,
but not Excel 2010 XML Data format. Office 2007 Excel
documents using the column feature have problems
converting.
Some of the features in Excel 2007 (such as conditional
formatting icon sets and data bars) may prevent
Administrator Guide
increase this time by specifying a multiplication

factor on a scale between 1.0 (less) and 2.0 (more).
conversion. To remedy this, copy the data from the

worksheet, use Paste Special to store only the values to a
new file. These features convert correctly from Excel 2010
or 2013.
Maximum number of retries

Specify the maximum number of conversion
attempts per document. Documents that fail
conversion are marked as Problem Converting Fax
Body or Coversheet.
To configure Office applications

1. On the RightFax server, click Start, point to All
Programs, click the Open Text folder, and then click
RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager.
Configuring HTML conversions
2. In the left pane, click the name of the RightFax server

to configure.The list of services appears at the lowerright pane of the window.
RightFax uses a dedicated HTML conversion engine to fax

HTML files.
To configure HTM and HTML conversions

Conversion Engine. The Conversion Engine
Configuration window opens.

4. For each application, you can specify memory, time

out, and retry settings by completing the following
fields. Local testing ultimately determines the optimal
settings for your environment.

Application Monitoring

Use this setting to allocate memory (in megabytes) as

needed. The default value of 70 MB is usually adequate
for all but the largest documents.
4. On the HTML tab, complete the following fields. Local

testing will ultimately determine the optimal settings
for your environment.
Document Monitoring
l
Maximum conversion time (factor)
Move the slider to the right to use a multiplication

factor that increases the estimated conversion time.
This is useful to troubleshoot documents that seem
hopelessly blocked, but may just require more time.

The Conversion Engine estimates the conversion

time based on the size of the document. You can
90
Administrator Guide
Document Monitoring
l
To configure XPS conversions




l

Maximum number of retries setting.
4. On the XPS tab, the following fields. Local testing will

ultimately determine the optimal settings for your
environment.
Specify the maximum number of conversion

Body or Coversheet.
Page Headers and Footers

If your conversions require header and footer print
codes, you must add them to the Header and Footer
fields.
Document Monitoring
l
Page Margins

Use the up and down arrows to configure page

margins. Number format varies with regional settings.
If the format includes a period as a decimal separator,
the values are in inches (.75 inches). If the format
includes a comma as a decimal separator, the values
are in millimeters (19,0 millimeters).

Configuring XPS conversions

RightFax uses a dedicated XPS conversion engine to fax
Microsoft XPS files.
91
Administrator Guide
Maximum number of retries setting.

Controls the maximum number of conversion
Body or Coversheet.
5. Click OK.
Configuring conversion logging

The Logging tab provides RightFax administrators with
control over the types of messages logged by the Conversion
Engine. Each of these messages can be customized using
categories and logging levels.
5. In the Select one or more message categories to

change box, select the message categories and in the
list below, select the level of logging for the selected
categories.
By default, all output is written to the Windows Event Logs.

When the service is running in debug mode, errors and
warnings are written to the Windows Event Logs based on
event log settings, while the diagnostics window shows all
messages in real-time.
Note The RightFax Conversion Engine configuration
program cannot be opened from a remote computer.
OffNo information is saved.
Error Records critical errors only.
Warning Records errors and major events only.
To configure the conversion logging

Verbose Records all significant events and is most

useful for tracking and resolving problems.
Caution If you leave this value set to Verbose
for long periods of time, the Event Log can become
full which may prevent new events from being
logged.

Conversion Engine.
For more information about debug mode, see

Troubleshooting the Conversion Engine on page 94.
4. Click the Logging tab.
Info Records errors, major events, and

informational messages.
92
Administrator Guide
To configure timeout on a failed

conversion
The Conversion Engine must be run under an account that has

permission to open the conversion applications and
permission to create a printer. The Local System account
does not have these permissions, and cannot be used as the
service account.
In case server-side application conversion fails, you can

configure RightFax to automatically time out, stop the
conversion, and set the fax status to conversion failed.
To have the WorkServers recover after being stopped by

this feature
To set the service account

1. In Windows Control Panel, open Administrative

Tools, open Services, and then open RightFax
WorkServer. \

pane of the window.
Note To view the RightFax control panel icons on

x64 systems, be sure to select View 32-bit Control
Panel Items in Control Panel.

Conversion Engine.
2. On the Recovery tab select the service's response to

the shutdown.
4. In the Conversion Engine Configuration window,

click Service Account.
To configure the timeout
5. Enter the information for an account that has

permission to:
l
Open the Microsoft Office programs.
Create a printer.
Print.
1. On the RightFax server, stop all WorkServer services.

2. Edit the Windows Registry length of time indicated by
the KillServiceTimeout value on the RightFax server
for each workserver. See KillServiceTimeout on page
358.
3. Restart the services.
This account must also have a profile on the RightFax

Server.
6. Click OK until you have closed the configuration
windows.
7. When prompted to restart the server, click Yes.
93
Administrator Guide
Controlling server-side application conversion
configuration window will automatically restart the

service. To avoid this during troubleshooting, you can
temporarily set the service that runs the Conversion
Engine (RfIsoConv.exe) to manual startup.
Controlling server-side application

conversion
To control whether server-side application (SSA)
conversions or built-in conversions are attempted first
l
To run the Conversion Engine in debug mode
Edit the ConversionQuality number value in

RightFax\Worksrv\Converters\ConversionControl.xml.

Enter a number between 0.0 and 1.0. The conversion type

with the higher number is attempted first. By default, the
SSA conversions are set to the higher numbers and thus
attempted first, while built-in conversion is set to the
lowest numbers and attempted only if the SSA conversion
fails.

pane of the window.
3. In the list of services, right-click RightFax
Conversion Engine, and then click Debug.
Note When editing the xml file, take care to change all
entries that have the same ConversionFileQuality
ConverterId to the same ConversionQuality value.
4. The Diagnostics window opens.
Troubleshooting the Conversion Engine

Like all RightFax services, you can run the Conversion Engine
in debug mode for real-time monitoring, logging, and
troubleshooting. You can customize the trace (logging) level,
group by processes, and save the output to an RTF or TXT
file. The diagnostics window shows errors and warnings in
different colors and allows the service to be started, stopped,
paused and resumed.
Note the following about making configuration changes to the
conversion engine while it is running in debug mode:
l
Configuration changes are not reflected in the diagnostics

window until you restart the service.
Saving configuration changes by clicking OK in the
94
Administrator Guide
Chapter 9: Enabling and using the RightFax Sync module
RightFax maintains a database of users. This database

defines each users RightFax-specific contact information,
logon information, preferences, and permissions. With the
RightFax Sync module, you can import and update this
information in real-time or at definable intervals from other
data sources, such as Microsoft Active Directory or any LDAP
(Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) compliant data
source.
1. Define one or more Active Directory (AD-) or other

LDAPcompliant (LDAP-) data sources from which to
update user information and one or more RightFax
destination databases to update. See Defining data
sources and destinations on page 96.
2. Configure the data sources from which to sync users.
See Configuring a data source on page 97.

The Sync module is an XML/XSLT based tool that allows
RightFax administrators to create and update users from
Active Directory (domains, groups, and organizational units)
and LDAP compliant data sources.
3. Configure the RightFax databases to update. See

Configuring a destination database on page 102.
4. Map which data sources will update each RightFax
database and how often. See Creating mappings on
page 103.
Features
Synchronization data is not stored in Active Directory.
Support for multiple domain environments.
LDAP support.
Robust real-time logging and diagnostics.
Synchronization is managed as a standalone service.
Configuration overview
When you use the RightFax Sync module, only the RightFax
destination database is updated. The original data source is
not changed.
Nested groups are not automatically included when

synchronizing from parent groups.
Getting started
Select the Windows account from which to run the Sync
module. If synchronizing with Active Directory, the account
must be a member of the Active Directory Domain Users
group.
95
Administrator Guide
that source or destination is added in the Sync Module

Configuration window.
Note The Sync module cannot be configured from a

remote computer.
To define a new data source
To get started
1. On the General tab, click Sources & Destinations.

The Sync Sources and Destinations window opens.
1. In Windows Control Panel, double-click RightFax Sync

Module. The RightFax Sync Module Configuration
opens.
2. Click New. The Define Source or Destination

window opens.
3. In the Type box, select either:
l
Active Directory (Source) for an Active Directory

source
LDAP (Source) for an LDAP-compliant source.
4. In the Name box, type a unique name for the source.

This name becomes the label of the associated tab,
preceded by the code AD - for Active Directory sources,
or LDAP - for other LDAP-compliant sources.
5. Click OK.
To define a new destination database

The Sync Sources and Destinations window opens.
2. Click Service Account to select a Windows account

from which to run the Sync module.
2. Click New. The Define Source or Destination

window opens.
Important The service account password is only

retained until the control panel closes. It is not
cached.
3. In the Type box, select OpenText RightFax

(Destination).
4. In the Name box, type a unique name for the
destination database. This name becomes the label of
the associated tab, preceded by the code RF- for
RightFax.

You can define as many data sources and destinations as you
need. After you define a data source or destination, a tab for
5. Click OK.
96
Administrator Guide
To rename a data source or destination
Note If you need to change the filter type for a data

source from OU to group or group to OU, you must first
delete the data source and recreate it for the new filter
type. See Defining data sources and destinations on page
96.

2. Select the source or destination you want to rename
and click Rename.
3. In the Name box, type the new name.
l
4. Click OK.
To delete a data source or destination

2. Select the source or destination you want to delete and
click Delete.
To configure a data source

1. In the Sync Module Configuration window, click the
tab for the source you want to configure. Active
Directory sources have the prefix AD-, LDAP sources
have the prefix LDAP-.
3. Click Yes to confirm that you want to delete the source

or destination.
4. Click OK.
2. To select an existing AD sync profile or LDAP

configuration, do the following:
For each data source, you must configure how the Sync
module will bring the data into the RightFax database. This
includes defining the following:
l
Output. The output configurations specify how to

synchronize users into the RightFax database if they are
found to be new or modified, deleted, or disabled (for AD
sources only). This data is transformed into a format
suitable for the RightFax database.
Filters. Filters specify which users will be synchronized

into RightFax.You must choose a domain and at least one
Organizational Unit (OU) or group for each set of users.
You can include and exclude users based on groups.
Without filters synchronization does not occur.
For an AD- source, on the Special tab for the

source, click Import. When you import a profile, a
new property collection and a new transform is
created.
For an LDAP- source, on the General tab for the
source, select a configuration from the list or create
a new configuration file (see Creating a new LDAP
schema on page 101).
Note To include domain user accounts in the

synchronization, select a group filter type. OUs do not
include domain users.
97
Administrator Guide
To define the filters

1. On the Filters tab for the source, click New. The
Define Filter window opens.
3. On the Filters tab, define the filters for the source.

See To define the filters on page 98.
4. On the Output tab, define the following:
l
The output for new and modified users. See To

define the output for new/modified users on page
99.
2. Next to the Domain box, click Browse, select your

domain, and click OK.
The output for deleted users for the source. See To

define the output for new/modified users on page
99.
3. As needed, click Browse and select the check boxes

next to the units you want to select.
For AD sources only, the output for disabled users.

See To define the output for disabled user accounts
on page 100.
4. As needed, in the Included Groups box and the

Excluded Groups box, add or remove groups you
want to include and exclude.
5. Click OK.The filter appears on the Filters tab of the
source.
5. Click Apply.
98
Administrator Guide
Windows or Exchange users, click Default Windows

Properties or Default Exchange Properties
respectively. Default property collections cannot be
edited, but you can make a copy of the default to
create a new collection.
Note When synchronizing with Active Directory,

nested groups and OUs are NOT automatically
included. This allows for finer control of which groups
and OUs to include.
Note When browsing for a group that resides in a
child domain, change the Windows browser to point to
the child domain. By default, the Windows browser
selects the parent domain for directory searches.
Click Locations to browse to and select the correct
domain.
a. To create a new or edit an existing property

collection, click Edit Collections. The Property
Collections dialog box opens.
b. Do one of the following:
l
To define the output for new/modified users
1. Click the Output tab for the source.

l
To create a new property collection, click

New.
To create a new property collection based on
an existing one, hightlight the collection you
want to copy in the list, and then click Copy.
To edit an existing collection, highlight the
collection in the list, and then click Edit.
c. If this is a new property collection, in the

Name/Description box, enter a unique name
for the collection.
d. To remove properties from the selected
collection, highlight the properties and click
Remove.
e. To add properties to the selected collection, click
Add. In the Property Picker dialog box,
highlight the properties you want to update each
time the Sync program runs, and then click OK.
2. Under New/Modified Users, define a collection of
any number of Active Directory text-based properties
that will be used update the RightFax database. To
select a predefined collection of typical properties for
99
Administrator Guide
entries).
l
Never delete users. Select this option when

synching multiple sources.
Always delete users
b. If a user that was created on the RightFax server

through an Active Directory synchronization does
not subsequently appear in Active Directory, you
can treat that user as a deleted user. To do so,
select the OPTIONAL:Treat users that were
previously synced but are no longer
included in the sync as if they had been
deleted check box. Use this option only in
combination with the 'Only delete if user is
empty' or the 'Never delete users' option.
Caution Selecting this check box when
'Always delete users' is selected can result in a
large-scale deletion of users and their faxes.
f. Click OK to close the Property Collection dialog

box and then the list of Property Collections.
Caution In syncs with multiple sources, users

created by a preceding source will be detected
as no longer included in the current source
within the same sync. If the check box is
selected, the specified deletion action will be
performed. This is also true when using filters
to sync subsets of previously-synced users.
To define the output for deleted users

Caution Do not select any of the delete options for syncs
with multiple sources. Selecting a delete option will result in
unintended deletions of users.
1. On the Output tab for the source, under Deleted
Users, specify how RightFax will synchronize users
deleted from Active Directory.
2. Click Apply.
a. Select one of the following:

l
To define the output for disabled user accounts
Only delete if user is empty. The user is

only deleted if the record is empty (meaning
there are no documents or phonebook
These options apply only to AD data sources.
100
Administrator Guide
move disabled users to this RightFax group

check box. By default, a RightFax group "SyncedDisabled" is created. To use a different group, type
the name of the group in the box.
Caution Do not select any of the delete options for syncs

with multiple sources. Selecting a delete option will result in
unintended deletions of users.
1. Under Disabled Users, specify how RightFax will
synchronize user accounts disabled in Active Directory.
Select one of the following:
l
3. Click Apply.
Creating a new LDAP schema
Ignore disabled users. Disabled users are not

deleted. Select this option when synching multiple
sources.
1. On the General tab of an LDAP - source, click [...].

The LDAP Configurations window opens.
Delete disabled users. Disabled users are

deleted.
2. Click New. The Select Default Configuration

window opens.
Caution Selecting this option can result in a

large-scale deletion of users and their faxes.
l
3. Select one of the bundled configuration options such as

Default LDAP or Default Notes LDAP, click OK.
4. On the General tab, in the Configuration Name box,
enter a unique name for the configuration.
Delete disabled users only if empty. Disabled

users are deleted if the record is empty (meaning
there are no documents or phonebook entries.)
5. On the Connection tab, do the following:

a. Under Server, enter a host and base DN (i.e.,
name/organization) followed by a port number
used by your LDAP server.
2. You can fine-tune the settings for disabled user

accounts by selecting any of the following options:
l
To import disabled user accounts that have an

Exchange mailbox every time sync is run, select the
Always import disabled users who have
Exchange mailboxes check box. Users disabled in
AD who have an Exchange mailbox are imported
into RightFax independent of whether they exist in
RightFax and whether you selected to delete
disabled users.
b. Under Security, enter the authentication method

employed by your LDAP server.
c. Click Validate to confirm your information. If
correct, you receive the message Validation
Successful.
d. Click OK.
To move disabled user accounts that are not deleted

according to the above setting to a specific RightFax
group every time sync is run, select the Always
6. On the Schema tab,change the default and standard

LDAP values as needed.
7. On the Deleted Objects tab, configure how deleted
101
Administrator Guide
objects (users, groups, and OUs) will be tracked.

Specify a deleted objects storage container, and if
necessary, create a search filter to provide results
associated only with deleted objects. This feature can
only be used in LDAP environments that support object
tracking.
customization, such as having different users

synchronized into different RightFax groups, or with
different RightFax permissions.

For each destination database, you must configure how the
data is brought into the RightFax database.
To configure a destination database

1. In the Sync Module Configuration window, click the tab
for the destination you want to configure.
2. On the Server tab, in the Server Name box, enter the
RightFax server name.
3. Click RightFax Account and select a RightFax account
that has Administrative Access permission and is
dedicated solely to the Sync module. The Sync module
uses this account to create and delete users on the
RightFax server.
5. Under Incoming User Account Mapping, select the

Attempt to map onto existing RightFax users
check box if you want the Sync module to check for
potential user matches before creating new RightFax
users.
Important If you do not use NTauthentication, the

RightFax account password will be saved as an
encrypted registry item on the RightFax server. To
avoid this, use NT authentication.
6. Under Modified User Account Mapping, specify how

the Sync module will handle modified users:
l
4. On the Users tab, enter a RightFax user account to use

as a template or model for creation of new
synchronized users. New users inherit all settings
associated with the specified user.
You can set up multiple RightFax/Destination profiles,
each with a different model user. This allows for
102
Select the Replace empty routing code with

RightFax User Template's routing code check
box to replace the pre-existing routing code of a
RightFax user whose fax number was deleted in the
Active Directory with the RightFax User Template's
routing code. You will not have to manually change
the routing code.
Administrator Guide
Creating mappings
Select the Allow sync to change RightFax

UserIDs check box to automatically change the
User ID of a RightFax user whose IDwas changed in
the Active Directory. You will not need to manually
modify the User ID.
Creating mappings
After you have defined and configured data sources and
destinations, you must map sources to destinations to specify
which sources will update each destination database.
Mappings define how and when sources and destinations are
synchronized.
You can define as many mappings as you need and use
sources and destinations in more than one mapping. For
example, you can synchronize a single Active Directory
source into two different RightFax servers, or two different
sources into a single RightFax server.
2. In the Source and Destination boxes, select your

source and destination.
3. Under Transform File, click Browse, open
\RightFax\Capasync\Config, and select the transform
file relevant to your environment. The transform file is
responsible for transforming data generated by the
source into an XML file translated by the destination.
This file together with the RightFax User Template can
be edited to create a custom synchronization template.
To create a new mapping

1. On the General tab, click New. The Sync Mapping
window opens.
4. Under Schedule, specify when synchronization is to

occur.
5. Click OK.
Verifying user synchronization

In Enterprise Fax Manager, users created or updated by the
Sync module appear with a dot next to their user icon.
103
Administrator Guide
Creating mappings
Troubleshooting
The Sync module provides administrators with convenient
and customizable real-time logging and troubleshooting
tools.
Diagnostics
Logging
Like all RightFax services, you can run the Sync module in
debug mode for real-time monitoring, logging, and
troubleshooting. You can customize the trace (logging) level,
group by processes, and save the output to an RTF or TXT
file. The diagnostics window shows errors and warnings in
different colors and allows the service to be started, stopped,
paused and resumed.
Using the Logging tab, RightFax administrators can control

which types of messages are logged by the Sync module.
Each message can be customized using categories and
logging levels. By default, all output is written to the
Windows Event Logs. When the service is running in debug
mode, errors and warnings are written to the Windows Event
Logs based on event log settings, while the diagnostics
window shows all messages in real-time.
Note the following about making configuration changes to the

Sync module while it is running in debug mode:
l
104
Configuration changes are not reflected in the diagnostics

window until you restart the service.
Saving configuration changes by clicking OK in the
configuration window will automatically restart the
service. To avoid this during troubleshooting, you can
temporarily set the service that runs the Sync module
(CapaSync.exe) to manual startup.
Administrator Guide
Creating mappings
To run the Sync module in debug mode

1. Open Enterprise Fax Manager, click your fax server
name, and browse to the services view in the lowerright corner.
2. Right-click the RightFax Sync module and choose Stop.
3. When the service has stopped, right-click the service
and select Debug. The Diagnostics window opens.
105
Administrator Guide
Every RightFax user in your organization must be assigned a

unique user ID and profile on a RightFax server. The RightFax
server uses the user ID to assign ownership to sent faxes and
route received faxes to their intended recipients. You can
customize each users access to and usage of the system in
the user profile.

To open the list of users
1. On the RightFax server, start EFM. For more
information, see Starting Enterprise Fax Manager on
page 18.
The icon next to the user ID shows if the user has

administrative access or is synchronized with another
application:
2. In the left pane, expand the RightFax server, and then

click Users. The list of users appears in the right pane.
It always includes the DEFAULT user. For more
information about this user, see About the RightFax
user DEFAULT on page 107.
106
Red icon: The user has administrative access.

Blue icon: The user does not have administrative
access.
A dot: The user is synchronized with another
application. Editing changes should be made in that
application only.
Administrator Guide
About the RightFax user DEFAULT

RightFax bases the creation of new users including through
importing, synchronization, or automatic enrollment on the
user profile of the DEFAULTuser. It is good practice to
customize the DEFAULT user profile with the attributes of the
majority of your fax users.
Caution Do not delete or rename the DEFAULT user ID. It
is required for many functions and deleting or renaming it
could lead to parts of RightFax not functioning as intended.
Note If you use Active Directory synchronization, the
profile settings for Active Directory synchronization
override any user profile settings of the DEFAULT user. For
more information, see Enabling and using the RightFax Sync
module on page 95
Creating, deleting, copying, and editing users

3. In the User ID box enter a unique user IDfor the new
user. All other boxes are optional. For information
about completing these options, see Creating a user
profile on page 108.
To create a new RightFax user

1. Open the list of users.
2. On the Edit menu, click New.
The new user has the same attributes as the

DEFAULTuser ID, except for User ID, User Name,
Password, and Distinguished Name.
To delete a user
1. Open the list of users and make your selection.
2. On the Edit menu, click Delete, and then confirm the
deletion.
107
Administrator Guide
To copy users from one server to another
The Identification tab
1. Open the list of users and make your selection.

2. Drag the selection to another server. The amount of
information copied depends on settings in the
Enterprise Fax Manager Preferences window. For
more information, see Setting preferences on page 20.
Note If you copy users from a new RightFax server
version to an older one, any configuration data not
supported by the older version will be lost.
To edit the properties of an existing user

l
Select the user in the list of users. On the Edit menu, click
Edit. The User Edit window opens. For more information,
see Creating a user profile on page 108.
To make global changes to selected groups of users

l
Use Moduser.exe. For more information, see the RightFax

Administrative Utilities Guide.
User ID
Enter a unique identifier to be used throughout the RightFax

system to identify a user. In most cases, this ID should be
the same as the users network login name. The ID can be up
to 21 characters long.
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the user.

2. On the Edit menu, click Edit. The User Edit window
opens.
Use Integrated Windows NT Security

1. Select this check box to link this RightFax user to a
Windows user account and use Windows authentication
to access the user account. A RightFax password will
not be used.
2. Click Select NT Account and select the users
108
Administrator Guide
Windows user account. You can also select from a list

of all user accounts in each domain.
Voice Mail Subscriber ID

Enter the mailbox number to use when routing faxes to a
telephony server. This box is also used to assign TeleConnect
mailbox numbers to RightFax accounts (requires the
TeleConnect module, purchased separately).
For more information, see Using Integrated Windows

Authentication on page 121 and Linking RightFax user IDs to
Windows accounts on page 122.
E-mail address
User Name
Enter the user's email address to ensure that:
Enter a descriptive name to identify the user. To add user

names with diacritical or other characters refer to the
RightFax Installation Guide for information about character
sets and code pages on your RightFax server.
Password
If you did not select to use Windows Authentication, enter the
password for the user to access his personal FaxUtil mailbox
and to gain access to the RightFax settings in Enterprise Fax
Manager.
The user will be able to send documents to email as well

as fax addresses
When email gateways are used, RightFax can determine
the correct RightFax user as the sender.
SMS/Mobile Address
Enter the users SMS-capable cell phone number. This is the
number to which SMS notifications about the users sent and
received faxes will be sent.
If you leave this box blank, the user will not be required to
enter a password when accessing RightFax client
applications.
Compute Disk Usage

Click to calculate the space on the server that is taken by this
users faxes.
To change a users password, click Change Password and

enter a new password.
Distinguished Name
Enter the Microsoft Exchange distinguished name used to
confirm accurate RightFax and Exchange user
synchronization.
Group ID
Select the name of the RightFax group to which the user
belongs. All users must belong to a group. For information on
creating new groups, see Creating, deleting, copying, and
editing groups of users on page 124.
109
Administrator Guide
permission to other users only if you are an administrator

that has this permission.
The Permissions tab
Archive Sent Faxes

If selected, the user's outbound faxes are archived according
to the Archive options defined in the WorkServer
configuration program (see Archive settings on page 50).
Note This check box applies only to WorkServer archiving
of outbound faxes.which is disabled when XML Generator or
Vault are configured.
Assign Default Billing Codes to Received Faxes

If selected, the user's default billing code settings (see The
Other tab on page 115)are applied to all received faxes. This
is most useful if RightFax is set up to require billing codes on
received faxes (see Requiring billing codes on page 146).
Bypass Billing Code Verification

If selected, the user can send faxes without supplying correct
billing codes. This does not exclude the user from having to
supply other required fields to send faxes. This attribute is
only effective if billing code verification is required systemwide.
Administrative Access
If selected, the user has access to the administrative
functions of RightFax. This includes running Enterprise Fax
Manager and performing administrative tasks on the
mailboxes of other users.
Can Change Cover Sheets

If selected, the user can change cover sheets and is not
restricted to use the cover sheet specified in the Default
Outbound Settings tab (The Default Outbound Settings tab
on page 114).
Administrative access does not grant permission to view the

faxes of other users. To give an administrator access to faxes
in the mailboxes of other users, the Administrator Can
Bypass Privacy Restrictions option must also be selected.
Can Edit/Add Forms

If selected, the user can add new overlay forms to the
RightFax system using the Store as Form feature of
FaxUtil.
Administrator Can Bypass Privacy Restrictions

If selected in addition to Administrative Access, the user
can view faxes in other users mailboxes. You can grant this
110
Administrator Guide
Can Edit/Add Library Docs
Disallow Changing of Notification Options
If selected, the user can add new library documents to the

RightFax system using the Store in Library feature of
FaxUtil.
If selected, the user cannot change his or her notification

options.
Can OCR Faxes
If selected, the user cannot create or edit phonebook entries

and phonebook groups, or configure MAPI, LDAP, and ODBC
phonebooks.
Disallow Creating and Editing of Phonebooks
If selected, the user can OCR faxes, either manually or

automatically, as defined in FaxUtil. This attribute does not
affect OCR routing and does not have to be enabled if OCR
routing is being used. You must have licensed the RightFax
OCR Conversion module for any OCR functions to be
available.
Disallow Editing of Billing Codes

If selected, the user cannot change the default billing code
settings for outgoing faxes. In addition, any billing codes
specified in phonebook entries are ignored as are any
<BILLINFO> embedded codes.
Can Run Reports

If selected, the user can create reports using the RightFax
Fax Reporter utility and the Web Reports web site. For more
information about Fax Reporter, see the RightFax
Administrative Utilities Guide. For more information about
Web Reports, see the Web Reports Help.
Disallow Fax Annotations

If selected, the user cannot add notes to faxes.
Disallow Fax Deleting

If selected, the user cannot delete faxes. This setting can be
useful for persons doing manual fax routing.
Can Send SMS Messages
Disallow Modification of Delegates
If selected, the user can send documents to SMS addresses

from within the RightFax client applications.
Can Use High Priority
If selected, the user cannot control delegate access to

mailboxes.
If selected, the user can send faxes using high priority. If

not selected, the user can use only normal and low
priorities.
EDC Process on Forward, Route, Delete

EDC Process Received Faxes
EDC Process Sent Faxes
Disallow Billing Code Lookup
These settings are used with RightFax connectors that are

purchased separately and apply to the XMLGenerator
module. For more information, see the RightFax XML
GeneratorAdministrator Guide.
If selected, the user cannot view the list of valid billing

codes, requiring the user to know at least one valid billing
code.
Excluded from Group Fax Aging
Note You must select both Disallow Billing Code

Lookup and Disallow Editing of Billing Codes to ensure
that users cannot modify their default billing code settings.
If selected, the user's faxes are not subject to the automatic

fax aging (image deletion) attributes of the group to which he
belongs.
111
Administrator Guide
Must Have Faxes Approved
The Inbound Routing tab
If selected, every fax sent by the user must be approved by a

full, group, or alternate group administrator.
Must Have Password

If selected, the user must have a password. This does not
restrict the user from changing his password.
Stamp Pages of Received Faxes with Audit Stamp

If selected, printing of the RTI line is enabled and one line of
text will be added to the bottom of each received fax page
listing total pages, date and time received, fax server used,
inbound routing code used, CSID (caller subscriber
identification).of sender, and transmission duration.
Unprotected Mailbox
If selected, all other RightFax users can view, manipulate
and delete documents in this users mailbox. This does not
affect the security of phonebook entries belonging to the
user.
View First Page Only

If selected, the user can view or print only the first page of a
received fax. This is useful when manual routing is
employed. The restriction applies to the mailbox regardless
of the permissions of the user viewing the mailbox. Faxes
must be routed out of the restricted mailbox before
subsequent pages can be viewed or printed.
Routing Code (DID/DNIS Number)

The routing code is a unique number that RightFax uses to
route received faxes to the correct user. Enter the DTMF
extension, DID phone number, or channel number you have
assigned to this user. When a fax is received by the server,
any routing information included is compared to each users
Routing Code. If a match is made, the fax is routed to the
users mailbox. For more information on routing faxes, see
Routing inbound faxes on page 220.
Note Ensure that each routing code is assigned to only one
user. If you use the same routing code for multiple users,
incoming faxes are only delivered to one of the specified
users.
112
Administrator Guide
TIFF-G3/
TIFF-G4
Routing Type
Select where incoming faxes will be routed after they arrive
in the users fax mailbox. For more information on each of
the routing types, see Routing inbound faxes on page 220.
File Format
TIFF-G4 is a more compressed file format.
Select the file format in which faxes are delivered when

routed. The available formats vary depending on the routing
type you choose.
Format
Description
DCX
DCX combines multiple PCX pages into a single file. It

solves the multiple attachment problem of PCX files but
maintains the large file size (average of 135 Kb per
page).
GIF
The graphics interchange format is available for routing

in Microsoft Exchange.
PCX
PCX produces a single page per file with an average fax

page size of 135 Kb. It is useful for routing received
faxes to DOS and Macintosh users because DOS and
Macintosh have built-in capabilities to view PCXformatted fax pages.
TIFF
TIFF (Enhanced) can help improve the readability of text
(Enhanced) by straightening skewed pages and removing
background noise. It does not improve the appearance
of graphics.
Routing Info
Specify how to route the fax to the correct destination for the
Routing Type specified. If you route faxes to an email
mailbox, you must enter the email address here. For
information on the required Routing Info for each Routing
Type see Routing inbound faxes on page 220.
Received Fax Routing Form

If you selected Exchange Mailbox as the Routing Type,
select the Outlook form to which you want to route incoming
faxes. Select System Default to use the form set in the
Email Gateway configuration program. For more information,
see the RightFax Connector for Microsoft Exchange
This format is not recommended for Windows client

applications, because PCX is a large format and users
have to sift through multiple attachments when viewing
multiple page faxes.
PDF
Delete After Routing

Select this check box to delete a received fax from the users
FaxUtil mailbox after the fax has been successfully routed to
the application specified in the Routing Type list.
The portable document format.
PDF
The searchable portable document format includes a
(searchable) searchable text component. It requires additional
licensing. When licensed, all received PDFs are
searchable regardless of which PDF format is selected.
TIFF-G3 is a structured file type that is best for

monochromatic images like fax pages (average of 35 Kb
per page). Most email systems can read TIFF-G3 files,
and you can associate the RightFax Fax Viewer with
TIFF-G3 files to view these faxes in any application.
If this check box is selected, notification of received faxes

will not work. See Notification about received faxes on page
121.
113
Administrator Guide
Auto-Delete Setting
The Default Outbound Settings tab
Caution Auto-deleting sent faxes prevents users from

reviewing or forwarding their sent faxes, and notifications
of sent faxes (Sent Fax Notifications) will not be sent.
Specify whether to auto-delete faxes:
l
Never Sent faxes are never automatically deleted. The

user can review and forward sent faxes and notifications
of sent faxes are sent. Select this option for most users.
Only If Successfully Sent Select this option if the
account will be used to send large broadcast faxes.
All Faxes Select this option to prevent large numbers of
faxes from accumulating in the users fax box and to save
disk space. Fax image files, not original documents
created in other applications, are deleted.
If the user has the Archive Sent Faxes permission, or
enabled autoprinting of sent faxes in the FaxUtil client
application, sent faxes will not be automatically deleted,
even if this option is enabled.
Default Fax Resolution
Use Smart-Resume
Specify the resolution of the body of the user's outbound

faxes:
l
Select this check box to have the fax server resend only the
portion of a fax which failed to send.
Normal resolution (200100 DPI) creates draft quality

images and allows shorter transmission times.
This option can also be set by fax users on a per-fax basis

from the Fax Information dialog box (see Specifying
addressing information on page 236).
Fine resolution (200200 DPI) is recommended for high

quality printed documents and Optical Character
Recognition (OCR).
Send Cover Sheets

Select this check box if the user should be able to send cover
sheets with faxes.
Default Priority
Cover Sheet Model
Select default priority for the users faxes. The user can set a
different priority when creating a fax.
Specify the default fax cover sheet file to use for this user.
The list shows the fax cover sheet files created in EFM\Cover
114
Administrator Guide
Sheets. Select System Default to use the fax cover sheet

specified for the user's group or Set System Default if no
group cover sheet assigned.
The Other tab
Cover Sheet Resolution

Specify the resolution of the users cover sheets:
l
Normal resolution (200100 DPI) creates draft quality

images and allows shorter transmission times.
Fine resolution (200200 DPI) is recommended for high
quality printed documents and Optical Character
Recognition (OCR).
Sender Information Fields

Specify the users name, fax number, and phone number
information as it appears on fax cover sheets.
Automatic Fax List Updates

Configures the users FaxUtil mailbox to automatically
refresh (scan for new faxes).
Update Interval in Seconds

Specify the interval at which automatic fax list updates occur.
Default Billing Codes

Specify the Billing Code #1 and Billing Code #2 settings that
will appear in the Fax Information dialog box each time the
user sends a fax.
Default printer
Specify a default printer.
115
Administrator Guide
Description
Pager ID
Enter any information you want to record about this user

account.
Specify the users pager ID. This is usually a numeric ID and

is often the phone number for the pager.
The Pager Notification tab
Pager/SMS Service
Select the pager or SMS service to use for delivering the
notification. If you have not added and properly configured
paging/SMS services for this user, you must do so before
completing this dialog box (See Adding SMS and pager
services on page 161).
These settings determine how and when SMS messages or

pages are sent to RightFax users to notify them about the
status of sent and received faxes. The text of these status
messages can be customized in RightFax Server
configuration. For more information, see Configuring user
messages on page 40.
Test SMS
Click to send a test message to an SMS-capable device after
selecting an SMS service in the Pager/SMS Service box
and typing a phone number in the Pager ID box.
Before completing this dialog box, you must configure a list

of SMS and pager service types and providers. For
information on configuring pager or SMS services, see Adding
SMS and pager services on page 161
New Fax is Received

Select this check box to page the user each time a new fax is
received. If the TeleConnect module is installed, the RightFax
server includes the TeleConnect ID with all notifications of
incoming faxes. Users can retrieve faxes without first
requesting a fax list.
New Fax is Received from Specific CSID/ANI

Select this check box to page the user each time a new fax is
received from the sender or senders you enter in the
Patterns box.
Patterns
Enter the CSID or ANI numbers that, when received, will
send a page alert to the user. Separate multiple numbers
with semicolons.
Outbound Fax has been Abandoned

Select this check box to page the user each time one of his
outbound faxes fails to send for any reason.
116
Administrator Guide
The Administrative Pager Alerts tab

You can define to send SMS or pager alerts to RightFax
administrators about specific RightFax events. The text of the
alert messages can be customized in RightFax Server
configuration. For more information, see Configuring admin
messages on page 42).
Before you can complete this tab, you must have configured
a list of SMS and pager service types and providers. For
more information, see Adding SMS and pager services on
page 161.
In addition to defining these settings, you can use the more
comprehensive RightFax Alerting and Monitoring service to
select from hundreds of server statistics to monitor and
define the event thresholds, alert types, and alert messages
to send. For more information, see Using the Alerting and
Monitoring service on page 165.
Pager ID
Enter the users pager ID. This is usually a numeric ID and is
often the phone number for the pager.
Pager/SMS Service
Select the pager or SMS service to use for delivering the alert
message. To configure pager and SMS services, see Adding
SMS and pager services on page 161.
Test SMS
Click to send a test message to an SMS-capable device after
you type a phone number in the Pager ID box and select an
SMS service in the Pager/SMS Service box.
Low Disk Space

Select this check box to send an alert when free hard drive
space on the RightFax server falls below 150MB.
117
Administrator Guide
Critically Low Disk Space
Periodic Server Heartbeat
Select this check box to send an alert when free hard drive
space on the RightFax server falls below 50 MB.
Select this check box to send a brief notification of the

RightFax servers status, including statistics on fax activity.
When you select this check box, you must also specify the
Heartbeat Interval, in minutes.
Send Queue too Deep

Select this check box to send an alert when the number of
faxes or fax pages queued to send exceeds the numbers you
select in the Faxes box and the Pages box.
About alert frequencies

After an alert is triggered, the problem causing the alert must
be remedied within a set length of time before a fault of the
same type causes another alert. For example, this prevents
free disk space fluctuating around 50Mb from causing
repeated alerts. If an alert condition persists, the alert is
repeated periodically. Different types of alerts have different
delays and repeat intervals as listed in the following table.
RightFax Event Queue Full

Select this check box to send an alert when the percentage of
the fax servers internal Event Queue reaches 90%. For more
information, see RightFax Internal Event Queue on page 16.
DocTransport Service Down

Select this check box to send an alert when one of the
DocTransports are unable to send or receive faxes.
Alerts that are not listed here are sent only one time, when
the alert condition occurs.
All DocTransports Down

Select this check box to send an alert when all DocTransports
are unable to send or receive faxes.
Alert
Delay
Repeat interval
All DocTransports down.
10 min
60 min
Probable Line Failures
Disk space is critically low (<50MB).
10 min
30min
Disk space is getting low (<150MB).
20 min
60 min
DocTransport service down.
10 min
60 min
Probable T1 Failure
Send queue too deep.
30 min
90 min
Select this check box to send an alert when multiple phone

lines have failed in such a way that the DocTransport
suspects a T1 line is not operating correctly.
RightFax internal queue has reached

90% utilization.
30 min
90 min
Select this check box to send an alert when an error or a

series of errors has indicated to the DocTransport that a
phone line is not operating correctly.
Server improperly shut down

Select this check box to send an alert when the RightFax
Server module shut down unexpectedly. This may indicate
that the operating system has failed or the server has lost
power.
118
Administrator Guide
The Outbound Auto-Printing tab
The Default Receive Settings tab
Enable automatic printing of sent faxes
To forward the users faxes as soon as the faxes are

received
Select this check box to print a copy of the users sent faxes.
If this check box is selected, select a printer in the Printer
box. For more information about defining the printers, see
Creating, deleting, and copying a printer on page 139.
1. Under Automatic Forwarding Options, select the

Enabled check box.
2. In the Forwarding Type list, select whether to
forward to a fax machine or network users:
When to Print
Select the option to either print successfully sent faxes, faxes
that were not successfully sent, or both.
What to Print
Select the check boxes next to what you want to print: the
fax history, the fax cover sheet, and the fax body.
119
To forward to a fax machine, select Forward to a

fax machine and in the Phone number box, enter
the fax number.
To forward to one or more RightFax user IDs, select
Forward to network user(s) and in the text box,
Administrator Guide
enter the user IDs. Separate multiple user IDs by

comma.
customized. For more information, see Configuring custom

messages on page 36.
To use notifications via SMS text messaging, first configure
the SMS service types and providers. For more information,
see Adding SMS and pager services on page 161.
To automatically print received faxes

1. Under Automatic Printing Options, select the
Enabled check box.
2. In the Printer list, select a printer. For information
about adding a printer, see Creating, deleting, and
copying a printer on page 139).
If you are routing inbound faxes to an email gateway or other

destination on your network and you have selected the Delete
After Routing check box on the Inbound Routing tab,
notifications for received faxes are not sent.
3. In the Resolution list, select a print resolution.
To open Notification settings

In the Server Configuration window, click the Notification
tab.
To convert all received faxes to text using OCR (optical

character recognition)
This option requires the RightFax OCR Converter module.
1. Under Automatic OCR Options, select the Enabled
check box.
2. In the Extension box, enter a three-letter file
extension for the output file.
3. In the Format list, click the text format used to
interpret your fax pages:
l
ASCII produces a plain text file.

RTF (rich text format) preserves fonts and
formatting but is only available for Windows clients.
4. In the Layout box, Left Justified means that left

justified text starts from the left margin of the fax.
The Notification tab

The Notification settings determine whether to notify
RightFax users by email or SMS about the status of sent and
received faxes. The text of these status messages can be
Method
Select a notification method for the user:
120
Administrator Guide
Using Integrated Windows Authentication
Sent Fax Notifications
Use Groups Method Uses the notification method

defined for the group to which the user belongs. For more
information about the notification type for a group, see
The Basic Information tab on page 125.
1. Select the check boxes next to the events about which

to notify this user.
2. In the During Transmission list, select when this
user should be notified about sent faxes in
transmission: Never, Once Only, or Periodically.
SMS Uses the notification to an SMS-capable device. If

you select this option, in the SMS Service box, select an
SMS service .
3. In the Incomplete Faxes list, select when this user

should be notified about incomplete faxes: Never,
Once Only, or Periodically.
Email Systems Sends the notification to the users email

box. In the Notification Address/Info box, specify the
email address of the user.
Notification about received faxes
Note Notifications for Notes and Exchange require you

to purchase and license a separate module.
l
In the Received Faxes list, select when this user should be

notified about received faxes: Never, Once Only - When
initially received, or Periodically - While fax has not
been viewed or printed.
Custom notification methods Custom notification

methods are created using the RightFax API. For more
information, see the RightFax APIReference Guide.
E-mail notifications
When using email notifications, to include the fax in the
email, select the Include fax with notifications check
box, select the format (TIF or PDF), and then select whether
to include only the First Page of the fax or All Pages.
SMS Service
Select the SMS service to use for delivering the notification.
To add and configure SMS services, see Adding SMS and
pager services on page 161).
Alternate User Notification
Test SMS
To reroute received fax notifications to another user, select

the Reroute to user check box , and in the Select User
list, select the RightFax user ID.
To send a test message to an SMS-capable device for the

selected SMS method and service, in the Notification
Address/Info box, enter a phone number, and then click
Test SMS
Using Integrated Windows

Authentication
Notification Address/Info
Enter the users email address for email notification, or other
information necessary for sending fax notifications of the
type selected in the Notification Method list.
With RightFax Enterprise server you can link each RightFax

user ID to a Windows user account to take advantage of your
networks established Windows authentication.
121
Administrator Guide
When a user logs on to a client application that requires

authentication, such as Enterprise Fax Manager or FaxUtil,
RightFax attempts to use the Windows account name and
password with which the user is currently logged on:
l
To manually select a Windows account to which to link

Note You can only use the Windows account lookup when
you are running Enterprise Fax Manager on the RightFax
server or a Windows workstation.
If the Windows account is linked to a RightFax user ID, the

user is logged on automatically with their RightFax ID
using Windows authentication.
1. In RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager, in the user list,

select the user, and on the Edit menu, click Edit.
If the Windows account is not linked to a RightFax user ID,

the user is must enter the RightFax user name and
password.
2. On the Identification tab, select the Use Integrated

Windows NT Security check box, and then click
Select NT Account.
3. Type or select the Windows domain and account names
and click OK. Linked to domain\account name
appears in the text box on the Identification tab.
Enterprise Fax Manager shows each users link status in the

NT Account Link Status column:
l
N/A The user is not required to log on via Windows NT

authentication.
To link existing users to matching Windows accounts
No NT Account Assigned The user is required to log on

via Windows NT authentication but is not linked to a
Windows account. (This user is allowed to log on
manually.)
1. In RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager, in the user list,

select one or more users.
2. Right-click any selected user, and on the shortcut
menu, click Enable NT Authentication and Link.
NT Account Assigned The user is required to log on via

Windows NT authentication and is linked to a Windows NT
based account. This RightFax ID can only be accessed
when the user is logged on to Windows NT based network
with the linked account.
RightFax links each selected user ID to the matching

Windows account in the domain to which you are
currently logged on. If there is no matching Windows
account name in the current domain, a link is not
created.
Linking RightFax user IDs to Windows

accounts
To by default link new users to a Windows account

All new RightFax users are created based on the DEFAULT
user ID .
RightFax Enterprise server provides several methods for

linking one or more RightFax user IDs to existing Windows
accounts.
122
In RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager, select the DEFAULT

user ID, open the User Edit window and on the Notification
tab select Use Integrated Windows NT Security.
Administrator Guide
Importing users
(usually Default).
Each new RightFax user ID will link to the matching

Windows account in the domain you are currently logged
on to. If there is no matching Windows account name in
the current domain, a link is not created.
5. To automatically assign a routing code to each user,

select the Automatically Assign Routing Codes
check box, and enter the starting code.
The first imported user receives the starting routing
code and each additional users routing code
increments by one. If the system increments to a
routing code that already exists, it is skipped.
Importing users
To simplify the process of setting up all your network users in
the RightFax server, you can import users into the fax server
from your network or from an ASCII file.
6. Click Import.
To import users from a Windows NT based network
To import users from an ASCII file
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, on the Utility menu, click

Import Users from NT Domain.
Use the RightFax administrative utility ImpUser.exe to

import users from a comma-delimited ASCIIfile. For
information about running ImpUser.exe, see the RightFax
Administrative Utilities Guide
2. Enter the computer name of the Primary Domain

Controller (PDC) or Backup Domain Controller (BDC)
from which the users are imported.
3. Select the group to import.
4. Specify the RightFax user ID to use as a template
123
Administrator Guide
Managing groups
Create groups of RightFax users to assign different RightFax

administrators, fax options, fax cover sheets, and notification
options to different groups in your organization.
Creating, deleting, copying, and editing

groups of users
Managing groups
To create a new group of RightFax users

1. On the Edit menu, click New. The Group Edit window
opens.
To open the list of groups

page 18.
2. In the Group ID box, enter a unique group ID.

All remaining options are optional. For information on
completing these options, see Editing group properties
on page 125

click Groups. The list of groups appears in the right
pane.
To delete a group
1. Select the group or groups in the list.
2. On the Edit menu, click Delete, and then confirm the
deletion.
Note If you delete a group that is the only group
assigned a specific library document, then that library
document will be marked as expired. It can be
deleted, edited, or reassigned to another user group.
124
Administrator Guide
To copy groups from one RightFax server to another

l
The Basic Information tab
Select the groups in the list, and then drag the selection to
another server.
Note If you copy groups from a new RightFax server
To edit the properties of an existing group

l
Select the group in the list, and on the Edit menu, click
Edit. The Group Edit window opens.

To edit the properties of an existing group
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the group.
2. On the Edit menu, click Edit. The Group Edit window
opens.
Group ID
Enter a unique ID for this group.
Administrator
Enter the user ID of the primary administrator of this group.
The primary administrator has access to all the mailboxes in
125
Administrator Guide
the group and receives alerts when a user has not printed or
viewed a fax before the time specified in User Notify Time
in the RightFax Server configuration program expires (see
Reminder notifications settings on page 33). The primary
group administrator can edit the groups settings in EFM.
Cover Sheets
1. To change access to cover sheets for the group, click
Select. All cover sheets currently available to the
group appear in the Available to this Group list.
Alternate Administrators
Enter up to 9 user IDs of the alternate administrators of this

group, separating multiple entries by commas. Alternate
administrators have access to all the mailboxes in the group
and receive messages about faxes belonging to group
members if neither the user nor the primary administrator
have printed or viewed a fax in the designated interval.
Notification Type
Select the default notification method for the group.
To make a cover sheet available, select it in the

Unavailable to this Group list, and then click the
left arrow to move it to the Available to this
Group box.
3. In the Default Cover Sheet box, select the default

cover sheet for the group. To use the default cover
sheet assigned by the administrator, select System
Default. See Setting default cover sheets on page 211.
Days to keep deleted fax records

Enter the number of days to keep records of deleted faxes in
the RightFax database. RightFax will purge deleted fax
records after the indicated number of days starting with the
date the fax was received. If set to 0 (zero), RightFax will not
automatically purge deleted fax records.
4. Click OK.
All faxes must have cover sheets
All faxes must be held for preview
If selected, all users in the group must use a cover sheet on

outbound faxes.
If selected, all faxes for users in the group will be held for
preview before they are sent. Users must view the faxes and
verify that they should be sent.
Library Documents
1. To change access to library documents for the group,
click Select. All available library documents appear in
the Available to this Group list. This may include
expired and inactive documents. Group members will
be able to use this library documents after the defined
activation date.
Group members cannot edit delegates

If selected, members of the group can view delegate
information, but cannot change it.
Notify administrators about faxes that need approval

If selected, the administrator and the alternate
administrators are notified about all faxes that need
approval.
To make a cover sheet unavailable, select it in the

Available to this Group list, and then click the
right arrow to move it to the Unavailable to this
Group box.
2. To make a library document unavailable to this group,

select it in the Available to this Group box, and then
126
Administrator Guide
click the right arrow to move it to the Unavailable to

this Group box.
The Aging and Archiving tab

Automatic fax aging is only available if you have a RightFax
Enterprise or Satellite server. You can also perform manual
fax aging using the Faxage.exe utility program. For more
information, see the RightFax Administrative Utilities Guide.
With automatic fax aging you specify how many days after
having been sent or received faxes will be removed from the
users FaxUtil mailbox. Automatic fax aging does not delete
the fax records from the RightFax database. You can still run
reports about the faxes.
When using the XML Generator module, you can enable EDC
processing so that this group's faxes can be saved with
XMLmetadata which can then be used by an external
archiving or document management system.
To set automatic fax aging

1. To apply these settings to all the user folders, select
the check box Settings apply to all user folders. To
disable fax aging, clear the check box.
2. For each type of fax, enter the number of days the fax
will remain before it is deleted. To specify that faxes
should not be deleted, enter 0 (zero).
To enable this group's faxes in XML

Select the Enable External Document Connector
processing check box. For more information, see the
RightFax XML GeneratorAdministrator Guide.
Note This option is only valid if you are using the
XMLGenerator module.
127
Administrator Guide
Maximum Concurrent Pages
The Forced Scheduling tab
Specify the maximum number of fax pages that can be

scheduled at one time by all the users in the group.
With forced scheduling, you can restrict the total number of

pages or total number of faxes that are sent simultaneously
by users in a group during a specified time period. The
restriction applies to simultaneously scheduled faxes within a
time period only. You can reschedule delayed faxes at any
time in FaxUtil.
Maximum Concurrent Faxes

Specify the maximum number of faxes that can be scheduled
at one time by all the users in the group.
Starting/Ending Time
Example Every hour, the 50 sales representatives in your

organization send 100 faxes each. With all fax channels
continuously processing these faxes, more important faxes
from other departments could be delayed and incoming faxes
blocked. To avoid this, you define that between 8 A.M. and 5
P.M. members of the Sales group can only send up to 20
pages at a time and that all faxes exceeding that limit will be
delayed until 6 P.M.
The starting and ending times for the period that the
restriction applies. This is written in 24-hour HHMM format.
For example, to set the restriction from 8:00 A.M. to 5:30
P.M., set the Starting Time to 0800, and set the Ending
Time to 1730.
Delay Until Time

Enter a time after the Ending time at which to send delayed
faxes. Enter the time in 24-hour HHMM format.
Example If you enter 0800-1730 for the Start/Ending time
and 1800 for the Delay Until Time, all faxes exceeding the
limit between 8 A.M. and 5:30 P.M. will be delayed until 6:00
P.M.
Note Entering a time that falls between the Starting and
Ending times, will cause delayed faxes to be continuously
bumped to the next day and to never be sent.
The Smart Fax Distribution tab

With smart fax distribution, a group routing code is created
and all faxes received by the group are distributed
systematically between all the users in that group.
Enabled
Enables the Forced Scheduling feature.
128
Administrator Guide
The Fax Dialog Customization tab

Use the options on this tab to customize the appearance of
the Fax Information dialog box (the dialog box used to
create and address outgoing faxes.) You can remove options
that do not apply or are off-limits to users in this group.
Note The Fax Dialog Customization tab is available with
Enterprise editions of RightFax only.
Enabled
If selected, smart fax distribution is enabled for the group.
Routing Code
Assigns a routing code to the group.
Distribution Type
Specify either linear or balanced distribution. With linear
distribution, faxes are distributed to each group member in
succession. With balanced distribution, fax distribution is
determined by each users processing rate. If one user is
faster at processing faxes than another, the faster user is
distributed faxes at a faster pace.
The following table lists each check box in this dialog box,
including the tab and option in the Fax Information dialog
box that each check box customizes. For more information on
the options in the Fax Information dialog box, see
Creating, sending, and managing faxes on page 233.
Member Refusal Allowed

If selected, users can take themselves temporarily out of the
distribution loop. When this check box is selected, users can
refuse faxes by running FaxUtil and on the Tools menu,
selecting Refuse Distributions. This option is enabled by
default and must be disabled to allow per user customization.
129
Administrator Guide
Check box
Fax Information
dialog box tab
Option
Check box
Fax Information
dialog box tab
Option
Acquire Attachment Attachments

from Scanner
Scanner button (scanner

icon)
Cover Sheet
Selection Button
More Options
Cover Sheet File

selection box
Add Phonebook
Entry Button
Main
Add Entry button
Cover Sheet Toggle Main
Use cover sheet text box
Delay Send Controls Main
Alternate Body
Attachment
Checkbox
Attachments
Show Alt. Body column in

Selected Attachments list
Delay send check box and

time/date fields
Form Type Selection More Options
Use form check box and

selection list
Alternate Fax
Number
Main
Alt. Fax Number text box
From Name Entry

Field
Name text box
Auto-Delete Control More Options
Automatic Deletion
selection box
From Phone Number More Options

Entry Field
Voice Number text box
Billing Information #1 Main

Entry Field
Billing Code 1 text box

(title may vary)
General Fax Number More Options

Entry Field
Company Fax Number

text box
Billing Information #2 Main

Entry Field
Billing Code 2 text box

(title may vary)
General Voice
Number Entry Field
More Options
Company Voice Number

text box
Billing Information
Lookup Button
Main
Lookup button
Attachments
Browse for File

Attachment
Attachments
Browse button (folder icon)
Library Document/
Attachments
Selection
Available Attachments
library document list and
File Attach button (paper
clip icon)
Certified Checkbox
Main
Use certified delivery

check box
More Options Tab
More Options
All tab contents
Main
City/State text box
Native Attach
Document
Checkbox
Attachments
City/State Entry
Field
Native column in Selected

Attachments list
Comments Text
Cover Sheet
Notes
Comments for your

Records text box
Notes Button/Tab
Cover Sheet
Notes
All tab contents
Company Entry
Field
Main
Company text box
Notes Text
Cover Sheet
Notes
Notes to be Placed on
the Cover Sheet text box
130
More Options
Administrator Guide
Check box
Fax Information
dialog box tab
Option
PDF Options
Main
PDF Options button (next

to Create PDF image
check box)
Phonebook Import
Main Menu Option
Main
Phonebook button
Phonebook
Selection Button
Main
Phonebook button
Preview Checkbox
Main
Hold for preview check

box
Priority Checkbox
More Options
Priority selection box
Private Fax Number N/A

Entry Field
Phonebook Import option

on the Tools menu in
FaxUtil.
Recipient Type Field Main
Down arrow button next to

the Fax number text box
where users can select the
Email address option.
Secure
Send/Recipient Fax
ID Control
More Options
Recipient Fax ID text box
Smart-Resume
Checkbox
Main
Use smart-resume check

box
Transmission
Quality Control
Main
Fine mode check box
Use PDF Checkbox Main
Create PDF image check

box
Voice Number Entry Main

Field
Voice Number text box
131
Administrator Guide
RightFax can personalize outbound faxes with graphic images

of the users signatures. Signature images are created in
FaxUtil and stored in the RightFax\SIG folder on the server.
Enterprise Fax Manager catalogs all the signatures and
maintains the file names, descriptions, and authorized user
information.
Creating, deleting, copying, and editing

signature files
To create a signature file in FaxUtil
With RightFax administrative access, you can create
signature files from signatures included in faxes in your
FaxUtil mailbox.
Note Signature files are currently not supported in

outbound PDF documents.
1. In FaxUtil, scan a signature into your mailbox or fax a

signed document to yourself, and then double-click it to
open it.

With RightFax administrative access, you can create
signature files from signatures included in faxes in your
FaxUtil mailbox. After you create a signature file, it appears
as an object in Enterprise Fax Manager in the list of
signatures.
2. Using the Select tool, select the signature.

3. On the Fax menu, select Store, and then select Make
Signature. The Edit Signature window opens.
4. Enter a unique ID for the signature, the user ID of the
owner, and a description of the signature. You can also
specify up to three RightFax user IDs or group IDs who
will be authorized to use the signature in addition to its
owner. For more information, see Editing signature file
properties on page 133.
To open the list of signatures

page 18.
click Signatures. The list of signatures appears in the
right pane of the window.
132
Administrator Guide
To create a signature in RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager
1. In the left pane, click Signatures, and on the Edit

menu, click New. The Edit Signature window opens.
To edit the properties of an existing signature

1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the signature.
2. Enter a unique ID for the signature, the user ID of the

owner, and a description of the signature. You can also
specify up to three RightFax user IDs or group IDs who
will be authorized to use the signature in addition to its
owner. For more information, see Editing signature file
2. On the Edit menu, click Edit. The Edit Signature

window opens.
To delete a signature file

1. Select the signature in the list of signatures.
2. On the Edit menu, click Delete.
3. Click OK to confirm that you want to remove the
signature from Enterprise Fax Manager.
4. Click OK again to confirm that you want to delete the
signature file itself.
Signature Code
To copy one or more signatures from one RightFax server
to another
l
The name of the signature file that appears in Enterprise Fax

Manager.
Select the signatures in the list of signatures, and then

drag the selection onto another server.
Owners User ID
The user ID of the owner of the signature file.
Note If you copy signatures from a new RightFax

server version to an older one, any configuration data
not supported by the older version will be lost.
Description
A description of the signature file for easy reference in
Image File Name
To edit the properties of an existing signature

l
The name of the signature image file. This file name is

automatically generated and stored in the RightFax\SIG
folder on the RightFax server when the signature file is
created. If this box contains an invalid file name, RightFax
will not be able to use the signature image.
Select the signature in the list of signatures. On the Edit

menu, click Edit. The User Edit window opens. For more
information, see Creating a user profile on page 108.
133
Administrator Guide
Authorized Users
Category
Value
Up to three RightFax user IDs or group IDs who are

authorized to use this signature in addition to the owner of
the signature.
Data
0100 (default 35)
Increasing the data for this value causes all newly created
signatures to be shifted upwards by a percentage of the
height of the signature image (the actual distance depends on
the height of the signature). Decreasing the data causes
signatures to shift down an equal distance.

Use the <SIGNATURE> embedded code to insert signature
files into fax-bound documents. For information on using this
and other embedded codes see RightFax embedded codes on
page 310.
Important Signature files do not appear correctly in
documents that have been converted to PostScript.
Controlling signature placement

Signature images are positioned so that the left-middle point
of the signature aligns with the left-middle point of the
<SIGNATURE> embedded code in the document.
You can use a Windows registry entry to modify the vertical
alignment of new signatures that are created on the client
workstation where the registry value is present.
Note This registry value only affects signatures when they
are initially created. If you change the data for this value,
you need to recreate each signature to which you want to
apply the new setting.
Category
Value
Key
32-bit or 64-bit client operating systems:

HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\
RightFax Client\VWR32
Value
SignaturePositionPercent
Type
DWORD
134
Administrator Guide
Overlay forms are fax image files that RightFax can

superimpose over outgoing faxes to give them the
appearance of having been printed on the form prior to
faxing. Typically they are replicas of documents that your
organization uses such as the company letterhead.
To create an overlay form file

1. Create the form image in a word processor or any
other application from where you can print to the
RightFax fax printer.
Important Always create forms using fine
resolution. To set fine resolution as the default in
FaxUtil, on the Tools menu, click Options. On the
Sending tab, select the Use Fine Mode check box.

New form files are created from the FaxUtil mailbox. After
you create a form file, it appears as an object in Enterprise
Fax Manager in the list of forms.
2. Send the fax image to your FaxUtil mailbox and then

double-click it to open it.
To open the list of forms

page 18.
3. On the Fax menu, click Store as Form.

click Forms. The list of forms appears in the right pane
of the window.
Creating, deleting, and copying form files

You can create new overlay forms from faxes in your FaxUtil
mailbox if your user profile includes that permission. For
more information, see The Permissions tab on page 110.
135
Administrator Guide
To copy one or more forms from one RightFax server to

another
l
Select the forms in the list of forms, and then drag the
selection to another server.
Note If you copy overlay forms from a new RightFax

To edit the properties of an existing form
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the form.
2. On the Edit menu, click Edit.
4. In the Form ID box, enter a unique ID for the form.
The remaining boxes are the same as those in the Edit
Form dialog box. For more information, see Editing
form file properties on page 136.
5. Click OK. The new form appears in the Forms list in
To delete a form
1. Select the form in the list of forms.
2. On the Edit menu, click Delete.
3. Click OK to confirm that you want to remove the form
from Enterprise Fax Manager.
Form Number
The number that identifies the form. This is assigned by
RightFax when the form is created.
4. Click OK again to confirm that you want to delete the

form file itself.
Form ID
Enter a unique name to identify the form.
136
Administrator Guide
Description
Enter a short description of the form for easy reference in

You can set up two forms to be applied one after the other in
a single document. For example, the first form might be a
form with your company letterhead for page 1 and the second
form an invoice form for all remaining pages of the
document.
Start Page
Enter the first page after the cover sheet to which to apply
the form. If you enter 1, the form will appear on the first
body page.
To configure two forms for use in a single fax document
Note Page numbers are absolute. If you set the start page
to 3 and a document only has two pages, none of the pages
will include the form.
1. Create two forms according the instructions in

Creating, deleting, and copying form files on page 135.
2. Edit the first and second form according to the
instructions in Editing form file properties on page 136.
Number of Pages
To overlay each page of the fax with the form, enter 0 (zero).
Otherwise, enter the number of fax pages to which to apply
the form.
To edit the properties of the first form:

a. In the Start Page box, enter the first page
after the cover sheet to which to apply the
first form. If you enter 1, the form will appear
on the first body page.
Next Form Number

You can use two overlay forms in one fax, such as a form
with the company letterhead for page 1 and an invoice form
for all subsequent pages. For more information on using two
overlay forms in a single fax, see Using two overlay forms in
one fax on page 137.
b. In the Number of Pages box, enter the

number of pages to which to apply the first
form. If the first form is only used on the first
page, enter 1.
To use a second form, enter its form number.
c. In the Next Form Number box, enter the

form number of the second form.
Image File Name

Select the name of the image file of the form. The image file
is generated automatically when the form file is created and
stored in the RightFax\Papers folder on the RightFax
server. If this box contains an invalid file name, RightFax will
not be able to use the form image.
d. Click OK.
l
To edit the properties of the second form:

a. In the Start Page box, enter the first page
number to which to apply the second form. In
most cases, this value is set to 2.
Secure Form
Select this check box to restrict the form to specific groups or
users. In the Authorized Group or User list, select the
users or groups authorized to use the form.
137
Administrator Guide
b. In the Number of Pages box, to have the

second form appear on all subsequent pages,
enter 0 (zero). Otherwise, enter the number
of pages to which to apply the second form.
c. Click OK.

Use the <FORMTYPE> embedded code to insert overlay
forms into fax-bound documents or specify the form to use in
the Fax Information dialog box. For information about the
Fax Information dialog box, see Specifying addressing
information on page 236.
138
Administrator Guide
Managing printers
You can define an unlimited number of network printers in

RightFax and make them available for automatic printing of
faxes and other automated network print functions. Printers
can be added individually or imported in groups from your
network.
To delete a printer
l
To configure printers and print-to-fax devices that allow

RightFax users to fax documents from native applications,
see Faxing from an external application on page 234.
Select the printer in the list of printers, and on the Edit

menu, click Delete. Confirm that you want to delete the
printer.
To copy one or more printers from one RightFax server to

another.
l
Managing printers
To add, edit, or delete printers on the RightFax server
Select the printer in the list of printers, and then drag the
Note If you copy printers from a new RightFax server

page 18.
Editing printer properties

click Printers. The list of printers appears in the right
pane of the window.
To edit the properties of an existing printer

1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the printer.
Creating, deleting, and copying a printer
2. On the Edit menu, click Edit.
To add a new printer to RightFax

l
On the Edit menu, click New, and then edit the printer
properties. For more information, see Editing printer
139
Administrator Guide
On NetWare 3.x, the Bindery name of the queue, for

example LASER1.
On LAN Server and Windows NT based networks, the
share name of the queue.
On NetWare 4.x servers that are using NDS, the
Distinguished Name of the queue object, for example
LASER1.SALES.ACME.
Default Paper Size

Select how RightFax scales a fax page to fit onto the printable
area of a laser printer and the paper size:
Printer ID
The printers network ID.
Description
l
Enter a description of the printer for easy reference in

Enterprise Fax Manager. To show only the Printer ID in the
Print dialog box, leave this box blank.
Printer Type
None The image is not scaled which can result in some

portion of the page being truncated.
Fit Letter, Fit Legal, Fit A4 The fax page is scaled to fit
onto the printable area of the indicated paper size: U.S.
letter (8.5 11 in.), U.S. legal (8.5 14 in.), or A4 (210
297 mm).
If you receive faxes in a mix of letter and legal sizes and
use dual-bin laser printers, select Fit Letter/Legal or Fit
A4/Legal to let the laser printer select the size paper that
corresponds to the size of the fax page.
Select the printer driver used by RightFax to format faxes

printed to this printer. Choose the one that most closely
corresponds to your printer. If your laser printer supports
both PostScript and PCL5, choose one of the HP LaserJet
types rather than PostScript for faster printing.
Default Paper Source
Direct TCP/IP Printing
Determines which paper tray selection command RightFax

sends to the printer. Select None if the default paper size is
set to Fit Letter/Legal or Fit A4/Legal.
Select this check box to allow faxes to be printed to an IP

port on a printer using the LPR, a TCP/IP utility.
Server Name
Indicate on which file server the queue exists. If the queue is

in NDS, this is the value at the top of the tree.
You can import printers from your network into RightFax in

groups or you can import all printers.
Queue Name
Depending on your network operating system, this can be
one of the following:
140
Administrator Guide
Configuring RightFax to automatically print faxes
printer list.
To import printers
5. Select the printers, and then click Import Selected

Printers.

Import Printers from Network. The Import
Network Printers dialog box opens.
Configuring RightFax to automatically

print faxes
After at least one network printer has been set up in
Enterprise Fax Manage, you can configure RightFax user
profiles to automatically print sent or received faxes.
Note The ability to automatically print sent and received
faxes can also be configured by individual users in the
FaxUtil client application.
To configure a user to automatically print sent and

received faxes
1. Add at least one network printer. For more
information, see Creating, deleting, and copying a
printer on page 139.
2. Open the user ID you want to configure. For more
information, see Creating, deleting, copying, and
editing users on page 107.
2. Select the network context from which to import.
3. Configure the user profile settings to automatically

print sent and received faxes. For more information
about printing sent faxes, see The Outbound AutoPrinting tab on page 119. For more information about
printing received faxes, see The Default Receive
Settings tab on page 119.
3. To search for printers with specific characteristics,

click Set Default Printer Information, and then set
the printer driver, paper size, paper type, and whether
the printer is set to print to an IP port.
4. Click Find Printers in Selected Context. Depending
on the size of the network, this scan can take several
minutes. To cancel the search, click Stop Loading.
The list of available printers appears in the Current
Using Scanners with RightFax

If a document has already been printed you can scan it into
RightFax using a local or network scanner.
141
Administrator Guide
3. In the Current Scanner box, select the scanner, and

then click Start Scan. Scan the document according to
your scanners operating instructions. After the
document has been scanned, it appears in the list of
Selected Attachments.
Using a desktop scanner

You can scan documents into RightFax using any TWAIN32compliant scanner connected to your computer.
To make your local scanner available in RightFax

l
Install the scanner, its drivers, and the TWAIN32 drivers

according to the installation instructions provided with the
scanner. RightFax automatically detects the TWAIN32
drivers and makes the scanner available when creating a
fax document.
Using the Kofax NetScan

RightFax integrates with the Kofax NetScan network scanner.
For more information, see Configuring Kofax NetScan on
page 56 and the documentation for your Kofax NetScan
scanner.
To scan a document for fax transmission
1. Open the Fax Information dialog box and click the

Attachments tab. For more information, see Creating,
sending, and managing faxes on page 233.
By using the Standalone Fax Connector with Brooktrout

TR1034 fax boards you can make RightFax features, such as
least-cost routing and automatic retries, available to
conventional fax machines throughout your organization.
Note TruFax 100 and 200 fax boards do not support this
feature.
Each stand-alone fax machine connects to the RightFax
server on a specific channel or DID extension via a phone line
or PBX. When a fax is sent, it is redirected to the RightFax
server for processing and transmission. The user is prompted
with voice or tones to enter the destination fax number and
other required fax recipient information.
Connecting a stand-alone fax machine to the

RightFax server
To connect a stand-alone fax machine to the RightFax server,
you must define a dedicated RightFax user ID to host the
Standalone Fax Connector. You assign this user ID a unique
extension (routing code) that users will dial to access the
2. Click the scanner button. The Document Scan window

opens.
142
Administrator Guide
where the fax number and the optional billing codes

are separated by asterisk [*] and the end of the dial
string is indicated by the number sign [#].
RightFax server from the fax machine. Your phone system

determines how this is accomplished .
After the Standalone Fax Connector has been enabled, users
can access it from any fax machine that can dial into the
dedicated extension. Users have the option of dialing their
intended recipients or entering the ID of a phonebook entry
that dials the recipient(s) listed in that entry. You can create
individual or group phonebook entries under the Standalone
Fax Connector user ID assigning each entry a numeric ID.
To use a phonebook entry, enter the numeric ID of

the phonebook entry, and then press the pound [#]
key.
2. When a tone or voice prompt instructs you to begin

transmitting the fax, press the Start button on the fax
machine. The fax machine proceeds to scan the pages
and send the fax to the specified phone number or to
the destination(s) in the phonebook entry.
To enable stand-alone fax machine support

1. On the RightFax server, run Enterprise Fax Manager
and create a new user. In the Routing Code box,
enter an extension that is dedicated to the Standalone
Fax Connector. For information on creating a new user,
see Creating, deleting, copying, and editing users on
page 107.
2. Edit the Windows Registry Extensions value (in the SFC
key) to include the Routing Code for each stand-alone
fax user. See Extensions (in SFC Key) on page 349.
3. Change the Windows Registry Change value (in the SFC
key) to 1 hex. After RightFax reads the new values, it
resets the Change value to 0 hex. See Change (in SFC
Key) on page 347.
To send a fax using the Standalone Fax Connector

1. Dial the Standalone Fax Connector extension.
Depending on your Brooktrout fax board configuration,
either a tone or voice message prompts you for the
destination fax number.
l
To manually enter a destination fax number, enter

the dial string using the format
FaxNumber*billInfo1*billInfo2#
143
Administrator Guide
Customizing the names of billing code fields
RightFax tracks and reports fax activity using billing codes.

Users can be required to enter one or two codes for every fax
before it can be sent or deleted. RightFax supports the use of
two billing codes for each faxed document:
l
Billing Code 1
Billing Code 2
example in the Fax Information window that opens when a

user creates a fax.
To change the names of the billing code fields

1. Open Enterprise Fax Manager. For more information,
see Starting Enterprise Fax Manager on page 18.
2. On the Utility menu, click Customize Cover Sheet
Fields, and then click the Billing Codes tab.
Billing codes can be validated internally against a master

table or externally using a separate application, such as an
accounting program. To validate billing codes internally, you
must create a list of valid billing codes in RightFax.
3. Enter new descriptions for the Billing Code 1 and 2

fields in the description boxes. The new names appear
throughout your RightFax client applications.
Your organization can use:

l
Managing billing codes
Both billing codes on faxes, such as one code for account

number and one for a matter number .
You can create a list of billing codes to be used to validate the

codes entered by fax users when sending faxes.
Only one billing code, for example to track the individual

or department sending the fax.
To add, edit, or delete billing codes

page 18.
No billing codes.
Customizing the names of billing code

fields

click Billing Codes. The list of billing codes appears in
In your RightFax client applications, the default names for

the RightFax billing codes are Account and Matter, for
144
Administrator Guide
Billing Code 1 and 2
Creating, deleting, and copying billing codes
Enter one or two billing codes.
To create a billing code

l
Description
On the Edit menu, click New. The Edit Billing Code

dialog box opens. For information on completing each of
the options in this dialog box, Editing billing code
Enter a descriptive name for the billing code.
Importing Billing Codes

You can import billing code records from an ASCII text file.
This is most useful when using systems such as EquiTrac or
central databases to store a master set of billing codes. Such
systems can be programmed to periodically generate a
formatted ASCII file that the RightFax server will recognize
and process. After such a system is configured, billing code
maintenance can be fully automated.
To delete a billing code

l
Select the code in the list of billing codes, click Delete,

and then confirm the deletion.
To copy billing codes from one server to another

l
Select the codes in the list of billing codes, and then drag
the selection to another server.
To create the ASCII billing code file

Use a temporary name (such as Codechg.$$$) to build the
file. After all lines have been written, close the file, and only
then re-name it to Codechg.csv. If the file is named
Codechg.csv while you are still working on it, the WorkServer
may attempt to open and process it before it has been built.
Note If you billing codes from a new RightFax server

1. The ASCII file containing the billing codes must be

located in the RightFax\Worksrv folder and named
Codechg.csv.
To edit the properties of an existing billing code

In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the billing code.
2. For each record that needs to be added, changed, or

deleted, the file must include a line of text in the
following format:
On the Edit menu, the Edit menu.
Operation,BillInfo1,BillInfo2,Description
Note that:
l
145
Operation is a letter indicating to add (A), change

(C), or delete (D) the record.
Administrator Guide
BillInfo1,BillInfo2 are billing codes 1 and 2. They

may not contain spaces.
getcodes codechg.$$$
ren codechg.$$$ codechg.csv
Description is the billing code description. Do not

include for delete operations as it is ignored.

After you create a list of billing codes, you can require all
users to enter one or both billing codes with each fax sent.
Example
A,Smith,9054,Harry Smith Inc.
C,Jones,5687,Bob Jones Corp.
D,Smith,2390
You can also use billing codes to track information about your
received faxes. Assign billing codes when you require billing
codes on received faxes.
To set RightFax to import the ASCII billing code file
To require the billing code fields be completed before a

fax can be sent
1. Run the WorkServer configuration program and select

the WorkServer where you saved the Codechg.csv file.

Customize Cover Sheet Fields.
2. In the Billing Code Import Interval box, enter the

number of minutes at which the WorkServer should
check for the Codechg.csv file in RightFax\Worksrv.
2. Click the Sending Required Fields tab. Select either

or both of the First Billing Info or Second Billing
Info check boxes.
If the file exists, the WorkServer imports the specified

additions, changes, and deletions. After processing the
file, the WorkServer erases Codechg.csv so that it is
not picked up again at the next check.
Fields that you have marked as required will appear

bold in the Fax Information dialog box.
To require billing codes on received faxes
The WorkServer also produces a log file, Codechg.log,

that shows what codes were imported from the most
recent Codechg.csv. The log file is overwritten each
time an import is executed, so it does not grow
indefinitely.

2. Click the Receive Required Fields tab. Select either
or both the First Billing Info or Second Billing Info
fields.
You can automate this process by creating a batch file.
Users can manually assign billing codes to their

received faxes by double-clicking the fax in FaxUtil to
open the RightFax viewer and selecting Assign From
Information in the Fax menu. A dialog box appears
with fields for entering the necessary billing code
information.
Example In code below, GETCODES is a program supplied

by the user that creates an ASCII file of billing code changes
in the required format.
j:
cd \rfax\worksrv
146
Administrator Guide
Configuring RightFax to validate billing codes
ODBC Tables window opens.
Configuring RightFax to validate billing

codes
You can configure the RightFax server to validate billing
codes against the billing code list in the RightFax server. If a
supplied billing code does not match a billing code in your
list, it is rejected and the fax is not sent.
To validate billing codes against an external application, you
must create a custom utility using the RightFax API. For more
information, see the OpenText Knowledge Center at
knowledge.opentext.com or contact OpenText for
implementation services.
2. Under ODBC Billing Tables, click Add. The

Configure ODBC Billing Table window opens.
To configure RightFax to validate billing codes

2. On the Billing Codes tab, select the Verify Billing
Codes for Sent and Received Faxes check box.

You can make billing codes from an external ODBC source
available to your users so they can use them in their
outbound faxes.
Each client workstation must be configured individually. After
you configure the ODBC information on a users workstation,
that user can look up ODBC billing codes when sending faxes.
For more information, see Creating, sending, and managing
faxes on page 233.
To access the ODBC billing codes

1. In the Windows task bar, right-click the RightFax tray
icon, and click ODBC Configuration. The Configure
3. Fill in the information according to your ODBC database

specifications.
147
Administrator Guide
Billing Table Name

Enter a descriptive name for this billing codes table.
ODBC Source
Enter the name of your ODBC billing codes data source.
ODBC Field Names

Relates the fields of the ODBC database to the standard
RightFax billing code fields. This is done with simple SQL
query statements.
ODBC User ID and Password

Enter the ID and password to access the ODBC database. If
the ID and password match those used to log into RightFax,
you can select those check boxes instead.
Records to Load at once

Select a number to limits the number of records listed at one
time during billing code lookup.
SQL Cursor Type

Select an SQL cursor type. In most cases, this option should
be set to Dynamic.
148
Administrator Guide
You can store frequently faxed documents (such as company

literature, credit applications, or employment forms) in a fax
document library for easy retrieval. Library documents are
stored in the RightFax\Image folder on the RightFax server.
To create a new library document

1. Create the document in a word processor or other
application from which you can print to the RightFax
fax printer. Send the fax image to your own FaxUtil
mailbox.
Library documents can be added as attachments when

sending a fax or specified in the embedded codes <LIBDOC>
or <LIBDOC2> to be sent in addition or instead of other
documents. For more information, see RightFax embedded
codes on page 310.
2. Run FaxUtil and click the document in the list of

received faxes.
3. On the Fax menu, click Store in Library. The Store
Fax in Document Library dialog box appears.
To create, edit, or manage library documents, your user

profile must include the Add/Edit Library Documents
permission (see The Permissions tab on page 110).
4. Specify a Document ID and Description for the new

library document.
These fields and the remaining options are the same as
the Edit Library Document dialog box (see Editing
library document properties on page 150).

You create a library document by sending a fax to your
FaxUtil mailbox and then saving it to the document library.
To ensure high quality of each library document, set FaxUtil
to use fine resolution.
5. Click OK.
The new document will be available in the Library
Documents list for all users except those in groups
which do not have access to all library documents. For
information about editing this group property, see The
Basic Information tab on page 125.
To set fine resolution

1. In FaxUtil, select Tools, and then select Options.
2. In the Options dialog box, on the Sending tab, select
the Use Fine Mode check box.
149
Administrator Guide
To automate the creation of new library documents

l
Description
Enter a descriptive name for the library document.
Use the <NEWLIB> and <NEWLIB2> embedded codes.

For information about using these and other embedded
codes see RightFax embedded codes on page 310.
Image File Name

The name of the library document file. This is generated
automatically when the library document is created and
remains the same. All library document files are saved in the
RightFax\Image folder on the RightFax server.

To edit the properties of an existing library document
Pages
1. Run Enterprise Fax Manager.
Enter the number of pages in the document.
2. Select the document to edit, and on the Edit menu,

click Edit.
Accessible via LAN

Select to make the library document available on the local
area network for faxing from client workstations.
Accessible via Web

Select to make the library document available to users via
your Web site using Web Fax Tools.
Accessible via FOD

Select to make the library document available to users via
touch tone phone using Fax on Demand.
Include in Catalog
Select to include this document in the Fax on Demand catalog
of available faxes.
Request Password
Enter the numeric password that is required by Fax on
Demand when users request this document.
Activation Date
The library document becomes available immediately unless
you select this check box to set a later activation date. After
selecting the check box, enter the date when the library
document will become available for use.
Document ID
Enter a unique code that identifies the library document.
To make the library document available via the Web or Faxon-Demand, assign a numeric document ID. See RightFax
Docs-on-Demand Module Administrator Guide.
150
Administrator Guide
Expiration Date
To reset the usage counts of a library document to zero
The library does not have an expiration date unless you

select this check box to set an expiration date. After selecting
the check box, enter the date when the library document will
become unavailable.
1. Select the library document.

2. On the Edit menu, click Reset Usage Counts.

To delete a library document
page 18.
click Library Documents.
3. Select the document in the list of library documents,
click Delete on the Edit menu, and then confirm the
deletion.
To copy one or more library documents from one RightFax

server to another
l
Select the library documents, and then drag the selection

to another server.
Note If you copy library documents from a new
RightFax server version to an older one, any
configuration data not supported by the older version will
be lost.
Resetting the usage statistics counter

Enterprise Fax Manager keeps a record of each time a library
document is sent via Fax-on-Demand, the Web, or local area
network, and shows the totals in the right pane of the
Enterprise Fax Manager window.
151
Administrator Guide
Chapter 17: Text messaging using the Push Proxy Gateway
About message types
The Push Proxy Gateway (PPG) enables applications to

deliver information to mobile users via Short Message
Service (SMS) text messaging.
About connectors
PPG uses connectors (sometimes called channels) to support
different methods of delivering SMS messages. Modem and
SMPP connectors are supported.
It uses a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM)

modem or direct connection to a Short Message Service
Center (SMSC) to deliver information to the target device via
the mobile network.
Modem connectors
Modem connectors allow messages to be submitted to the
carrier's Short Message Service Center (SMSC) through a
GSM modem that is attached to the PPG server.
It can also be a natural extension of the RightFax enterprise

fax and e-document delivery solution channels. PPG
functionality can be accessed locally and/or remotely.
You can use any GSM modem that provides a serial-port

(COM) interface and supports the GSM 07.07 and 07.05 AT
commands. The GSM modem can be a card connected to your
server or a mobile phone (with a GSM modem) connected to
your server via a data cable. PPG supports two serial port
modems on a single server.
About message types

The PPG supports the delivery of plain text SMS messages.
Plain text messages are sent by the PPG as text-only SMS
messages. All GSM handsets can receive these SMS
messages.
The PPG throughput via a modem connector, using API, is as

follows:
PPG is capable of two-way SMS messaging and can receive

SMS messages in reply to the outgoing SMS messages that it
sends.
Note Plain text messages should only be used with a

Modem or SMPP connector.
l
152
Single Modem:
l
Sending Outbound only: 14 per minute
Receiving Inbound only: 14 per minute
Two-way (in and out simultaneously): 10 per minute
Two Modems:
Administrator Guide
Then, PPG can send the reply number, message contents, and
the replying devices address to RightFax.
Outbound only: 14 per minute

Inbound only: 30 per minute
About log files
Two-way (in and out simultaneously): 10 per minute
PPG maintains the following types of log files in its program

directory:
SMPP connectors
SMPP connectors allow a high volume of messages to be sent
via an SMSC. The supported protocol is SMPP version 3.4.
The PPG throughput via an SMPP connector, using API, is as

follows:
l
Two-way (simultaneously): 120 per minute

l
PPG supports two-way SMS messaging via SMPP or modem

connectors.
PPG can use SMPP connectors to assist RightFax in
associating incoming SMS messages with RightFax user
mailboxes for routing purposes.
Rolled logs and the current logging file use the file name
format prefix-GYYYYMMDDHHMM.LOG, where prefix is one of
the following and G is the gateway ID:
By the SMSC to receive the incoming SMS messages that

are then sent to the PPG.
By the mobile devices to reply to the SMS messages sent
to them via PPG.
When PPG sends an SMS message, it specifies one of these

available numbers in the From field. The recipient device
sends an SMS message back to one of the reply numbers, all
of which are intercepted by the SMSC and routed to PPG.
Debug logs.
You can change the interval setting for transaction logs so

that the roll occurs anytime between 10 minutes and 24
hours. You can specify a directory to which to save the
transaction log files.
The wireless carrier allocates a reply numbera phone

number or short codeto the PPG Administrator. This reply
number is used:
Error logs. Error log files display error and warning

messages that are also viewable in the debug log file.
Debug log files do not need to be enabled to generate and
view the error log files.
The log files are rotated, or rolled, every 24 hours, where

each roll occurs at zero-hundred hours (0000). When this
occurs, new log files are created with file names based on the
current time.
Two-way SMS and SMPP connectors
Transaction logs. Transaction log files are generated in

a standard format that external applications can parse or
save, as shown in the following table.
153
cppg. for transaction log files
dbgp for debug log files
errp for error log files
Administrator Guide
Transaction log formats
Column Value
Description
The following table lists the formats used in a PPG transaction

log.
Notification
URL
Address to be
NotifyTo: ;
notified when the
message has been
sent. Does not apply
to Modem
connector.
Status
Status of the
message, either
Delivered or Failed.
Column Value
Description
The type of
Type: Outbound
message:
Outbound, Inbound,
Notification, and
Service. Service is
used for PPG
Service
Startup/Shutdown
messages.
Type
Example
Example
Status: delivered
The transaction logs use the format:

Type: value; PI: value; MessageID: value; FromAddress:
value; ToAddress: value; NotifyTo: value; Status: value
Date and
time
Date and time of

request
12/03/2003
13:50:36:923
Static - separator
Push Initiator IP address of the

address
Push Initiator
PI: 1.2.3.4;
Example 12/03/2003 13:50:36:923 - Type: Outbound; PI:

1.2.3.4; MessageID: PI/64; FromAddress: 14255551234;
ToAddress: +14255551212; NotifyTo: ; Status: Delivered
Push ID
PushID: PI/64;
Push ID extracted
from the PAP
message
To install the Push Proxy Gateway

1. On the RightFax Server, run the RightFax installation
program.
Device
Subscriber number Device:
address
or address of
+14255551212;
(destination) destination
extracted from PAP
message
2. On the Select a typical feature set or create your

own page, select Custom, and then click Next.
3. On the Select features page, expand Server
Modules and DocTransport Module. Select the
Push Proxy Gateway check box.
4. Click Next, and then complete the remaining prompts.
Note the following:
154
Administrator Guide

3. In the Service Name list, double-click Mobility Push
Proxy Administration. The PPG Administration
window opens.
The PPG's public port (default TCP 8980) should be

accessible to any computer that sends messages to
the PPG.
The other ports, especially the internal port (default
5001) and the administration port (8901) should not
be accessible from the Internet.
Configuring Interfaces options

l
Caution As with all servers, take care to keep the

server up to date with any necessary patches. If the
PPG accepts connections from the Internet, it is
especially important to keep Microsoft IIS up to date
with security patches.
Click the Interfaces tab to establish the connection

details for the PPG. The connector options change
depending on the active connector you select.
The following shows the Interfaces tab with GSM Modem
selected as the Active Connector.

You must add PPG as a transport in the DocTransport module
before you can configure and use the PPG. See Configuring
the DocTransport modules on page 61.
After you make changes in the PPG interface via RightFax,
you must stop and restart the PPG service before the changes
take effect. See Starting and stopping services on page 25.
Note Do not use the remote feature of the Windows
Service Control Manager. To control the service from a
remote computer, depending on the operating system, use
Remote Desktop Services or Terminal Services to log on to
the server and use the Windows Service Control Manager.
To configure PPG
1. Start EFM. For more information, see Starting
2. In the left pane, expand the RightFax server where PPG
is installed.
155
Administrator Guide
SMS message size limits
Important Some of the ports used by the PPG by default

are registered as service contact ports with the Internet
Assigned Numbers Authority (IANA). If you encounter a
port conflict, you can assign a different port number by
modifying the entries on the Interface page or editing the
CPPG.INI file. Refer to the Service Name and Transport
Protocol Port Number Registry at
http://www.iana.org/assignments/port-numbers for a list
of registered ports.
When sending messages via the Modem connector, all

messages are carried in a single SMS message. In the GSM
environment, a single SMS message holds 140 bytes of
information.
GSM Modem-specific options

Modem
Select an available modem from the list.
Send Message Port
Enable Modem
The port number of the Internal Interface. This is a port used

for communication between the IIS extension and the PPG
service.
Select this check box to instruct PPG that the selected port is
active and should use these configuration settings.
This port should not be accessible by outside/Internet

computers. The default value is 5001.
Change the fields for Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop
Bits as appropriate for the modem in use.
Receive Message Port
Number
The PPG service sends inbound messages to RightFax via this

port. The default value is 5002.
The phone number of the cell phone or cellular modem that

connects to the communications port.
Administration Port
SMSC
The PPG Administration service listens on this port for

configuration requests.
Enter the telephone number of the SMSC used by the carrier

to which your modem is subscribed. Contact your carrier to
get this number.
Baud Rate, Data Bits, Parity, and Stop Bits
This port must be on the machine where PPG is installed. The

default value is 8901.
Modem Init String
Active Connector
Enter the initialization string. The default is AT+CMGF=0.
Select the connector to be used by the PPG, GSM Modem or

SMPP.
The initialization string can be found in the phones manual.
Message Encoding Format

For the standard US ASCII character set, select US ASCII .
If you need diacritical characters and for most double-byte
languages, select UCS-2.
156
Administrator Guide
UDP-specific options
SMPP-specific options:
Default Destination Port
SMSC IP Address
The PPG uses port number 2948.
The IP address of the carrier.
Single Port
Select to instruct PPG to communicate with the SMSC via a
single port.
Double Port
Select to instruct PPG to communicate with the SMSC via a
dual port. This is the default.
157
Administrator Guide
System ID
Address Range
This is identification on the carriers system, such as a user

name. It is provided by the carrier.
Input the range of phone numbers assigned to your SMPP

connection.
System Type
This is additional information used to identify the user. It is

provided by the carrier.
Password
This password is used to connect to the SMSC. It is provided
by the carrier.
Add an individual number by entering it in the upper field,

then clicking Add Range.
Add a range of numbers by entering the beginning of the
range in the upper field and the end of the range in the
lower field, and then clicking Add Range. The assigned
numbers in the range are automatically generated.
Port
Clear Range
The port used to connect to the SMSC, in the format

IP Address:Port.
Click to delete all of the numbers currently assigned to this

connection.
SMPP Version
Managing licenses
The version number is generally 3, depending on the SMSC

implementation.
Retry Interval
The number of seconds the PPG waits to retry a connection,
after a connection fails.
Click the License Management tab to add or remove PPG

licenses.
Note A transaction is defined as one message sent to
one address. An SMS message sent to one phone, equals
one transaction. An SMS message that includes a list of
Timeout Interval
The connection is no longer valid if a response is not received
within this number of milliseconds.
Max Msg/Min
The maximum number of messages sent per minute.
Msg Lifetime
The number of hours a message is considered valid. The
message is discarded if it is not delivered within this time
frame.
Short Code
Select if using a shortened phone number, if one was
assigned to you.
158
Administrator Guide
Licensed transaction per minute
10 phone numbers equals 10 transactions.
A license is automatically installed that allows 6000

transactions per minute. This number is high enough that
there should never be a need for additional licenses.
Configuing logging
l
Click the Logging tab to define collecting transaction and

debug log files. The transaction log contains the Call Detail
Records (CDR). Transaction file logs are saved with a
name in the format cppg-GYYYYMMDDHHMM.LOG, where
G is the gateway ID, and the date and time are the date
and time the log file started. See About log files on page
Serial Number
The full license key.
Add
Click to add the license entered in the Serial Number field to
the list of available PPG licenses.
Delete
Click to remove a selected license from the list.
159
Administrator Guide
Rotate logs every n minutes
153.
Specifies how often log files should be rotated. Type the

value in hours and minutes (00:10 to 24:00).
Rotate logs to separate directory

By default, the rotated log files are saved in the PPG
installation directory. To save the log files in a different
directory, type the complete path of the target directory in
this box.
Note Log files must be saved on a local drive. They cannot
be saved to a mapped network drive.
Debug Log
Select to enable a detailed log file of gateway activity. Debug
logs can be quite large, so this setting should be off for
normal operation. If the debug log is enabled, then the PPG
service must be stopped and restarted before it takes effect.
Retain Debug Logs for (Days)

Enter a value for how many days the debug log files will
remain on the system. The default is 90.
Number of days to retain transaction logs

Enter a value for how many days old log files will remain on
the system. By default, 90 days of previous log activity are
saved.
Automatically rotate logs

Select to rotate log files automatically. By default, the
servers log file is closed and a new log file is created at
midnight each day. This option closes the current log file and
opens a new one more frequently.
160
Administrator Guide
You can configure the RightFax server to send emails, pager

messages, or SMS messages to fax users and administrators
to alert or notify them of specific RightFax events. To send
these alerts and notifications from RightFax, you must create
a list of available services and providers.
Routing plans on page 185.

5. Click OK.
To configure SMS notifications, first install and configure the

RightFax Push-Proxy Gateway (see Text messaging using the
Push Proxy Gateway on page 152).
Create a pager service configuration for each type of service,

run Enterprise Fax Manager, and then click SMS/Pager
Services under the desired RightFax server in the Fax
Server tree.
To install the RightFax Push Proxy Gateway for SMS

messaging
Adding SMS and pager services
1. Install the RightFax Push Proxy Gateway. See Installing

the Push Proxy Gateway on page 154.
To add an SMS or pager service to RightFax

l
2. After the computer restarts, start RightFax

Enterprise Fax Manager (EFM). See Starting
3. Add SMS functionality to the RightFax server by adding
and configuring the SMS Via Push-Proxy Gateway
(Mobility Push-Proxy Gateway) doc transport. See
Configuring the DocTransport modules on page 61.
After adding the necessary SMS and pager services, you can
configure the notifications and alerts:
l
4. Under the local server, add a dialing rule. On the

Destination tab, select Send Via Transport, and then
select SMS. See Creating dialing rules and Least-Cost
l
On the Edit menu, select New. The Edit SMS/Pager

Service Definition window opens. See Editing SMS and
pager service properties on page 162.
161
Configure fax status notifications and their mode of

delivery for individual users. See The Notification tab on
page 120. You can also configure a default notification
method per group of users. See Notification Type on page
126
For administrative users, configure administrative alerts
Administrator Guide
either in the standard user configuration or using the more

complex RightFax Alerting and Monitoring service:
l
Configuring SMTP services
To configure alerts for individual administrative users,

see The Administrative Pager Alerts tab on page 117).
To create and customize a list of server statistics to
monitor and alert on, see Using the Alerting and
Monitoring service on page 165.
Users can be paged via SMTP email (requiring Internet

connectivity), via TAP or UCP protocols (requiring any TAPIcompatible or AT-compatible modem), or send SMS
messages (requiring the RightFax Push-Proxy Gateway).
To delete SMS or pager services

l
To delete a pager service, select the service to delete and

press Delete or select Delete from the Edit menu.
To copy one or more pager services from one RightFax

server to another
l
Service ID
Enter a descriptive ID for the service provider or type of
service.
Select the pager services, and then drag the selection to

another server.
The service ID of an existing pager service cannot be

changed. When you type a new service ID for an existing
pager service, Enterprise Fax Manager creates a copy of the
service with the new name.
Note If you copy pager services from a new RightFax

Service Type
Select SMTP.
Each type of service you add requires different configuration

settings.
SMTP Server
To edit the properties of an existing service
SMTP Sender Address
Enter the name of your service providers SMTP server.

Enter the SMTP mail address from which the page will be
sent. Some SMTP message servers require the senders
Select the pager service,and on the Edit menu, click Edit.
162
Administrator Guide
SMTP address to process transactions.
Service Password
Configuring TAP and UCP Dial-up services
As required, enter the password your service provider

requires to access their TAP or UCP messaging systems.
TAP and UCP dial-up use the same configuration options.
Provider
Specify the specific provider for your UCP or TAP service. If
your provider is not listed here, select None.
Connection Timeout
Enter the number of seconds after which RightFax will stop
attempting to establish a connection to the TAP or UCP
messaging system. If a connection cannot be established in
the specified time, RightFax will abandon the call and a
message will not be sent.
Message Transaction Timeout

Enter the number seconds after which RightFax will stop
attempting to send a message to the TAP or UCP messaging
system. If the message cannot be sent in the specified time,
RightFax will abandon the call and a message will not be
sent.
Maximum Message Size

Enter the maximum number of characters allowed by your
service provider for pager or SMS messages.
Service ID
service.
Modem Communication Driver

Specify the COM port for the modem on the RightFax server.
If you installed one or more TAPI modems on your RightFax
server, you can select from those modems as well. If you
select a TAPI modem, the Direct Modem Parameters
settings are unavailable because those settings are taken
from your TAPI modem configuration on the RightFax server.

Service Type
Select TAP Dial-up or UCP Dial-up respectively.
Ignore TAPI Dialing Location Rules
Terminal Phone Number
Select this check box to ignore any specified dialing location

rules (such as add 9 to dial out) if you have specified a TAPI
modem in the Modem Communication Driver box.
Enter your service providers modem phone number (for TAP

and UCP messaging only).
163
Administrator Guide
Direct Modem Parameters
PPG Host (IP or Name)
These parameters are configured according to your modem

type and phone system dialing requirements. If your pager or
SMS service provider recommends a baud rate for connecting
to their TAP or UCP systems, enter the baud rate in the Port
Speed box.
Use the default value for the PPG Host.
PPG Port Number

Use the default value for the PPG Port Number.
Configuring SMS services to another server
SMS and pager alerts are logged in the Windows Event Log
with a special event identifier. Using this identifier, Windows
monitoring systems can identify when an alert has occurred
without monitoring the contents of the event entry.
To ensure that logging occurs using the special event

identifier
l
For each alert type, set up at least one user to receive it.
If no users are set up to receive alerts, none are logged in

the NT Event Log using the special event identifier.
To filter on these events

l
Enter the following:

source = RightFax Server Module and Category =
Administrative Alert
Service ID
service.
Service Type
Select SMS .
164
Administrator Guide
Chapter 19: Using the Alerting and Monitoring service
Using the RightFax Alerting and Monitoring service you can

select statistics you want to monitor. For some statistics you
can define alerts when certain conditions are met.
may choose to run the Alerting service on a computer other

than the RightFax server.
When the Alerting service is installed on a remote computer,
it continues to operate and send alerts even if the RightFax
server shuts down or experiences other problems.
To use the RightFax Alerting and Monitoring service, you

must install and configure the service, and then define the
statistics to monitor and their alert thresholds.
When the Alerting service is installed on a remote computer,

all of the configuration for the service and the individual
alerts is managed on the RightFax server that the service is
monitoring. No additional configuration on the remote
computer is required.
Installing the Alerting and Monitoring

service
The Alerting and Monitoring service is not part of the
standard RightFax installation.
Configuring the RightFax Alerting service
To install the Alerting and Monitoring service

l
To configure the Alerting and Monitoring service
Select the Alerting module check box either after

selecting a Custom install during first installation of
RightFax or while changing the RightFax product suite
installation via the Windows Control Panel once RightFax
has been installed. For installation instructions, see the
RightFax Installation Guide.

Alerting Monitoring.
2. In the Alerting & Monitoring Configuration
window, click the tab you want to configure.

on a remote computer
Because the RightFax Alerting service provides information
about and sends alerts relating to the RightFax server, you
165
Administrator Guide
Refresh delay
Configuring the General tab
Specify the frequency, in minutes, that the Alerting service

will poll the RightFax server for statistics.
Repeat delay
Specify the frequency, in minutes, that alerts will be sent
when statistic thresholds are met.
Remote alerting service

Select to indicate that the Alerting service operates on a
computer separate from the RightFax server.The Alerting
service will not be started automatically by the Server
module.
Select service account

By default, the RightFax Alerting service logs on to the
network using the local system account. Use this option to log
on using different Windows user account .
If you want the Alerting service to authenticate to the
RightFax server using NT authentication, you must select a
Windows user account that has a corresponding RightFax
user with NT authentication enabled.
Event log level

Specify the level of information logged in the Application
Event Log under the service name RightFax Alerting
Module. You can select:
When you select this option, the Select service account

window opens. See Selecting a service account on page 53.
Configuring the Launch Program tab
Using the RightFax Alerting service you can run a program,

such as a batch file or other process when thresholds for
monitored statistics are reached. Use the options on the
Launch Program tab to configure how these programs are
launched by the Alerting service.

166
Administrator Guide
Configuring the SMTP tab
Log on as
Programs launched by the Alerting service require a Windows
user account to access the network. Select one of the
following options:
l
Using the RightFax Alerting service, you can deliver alerts as

email messages via SMTP when thresholds for monitored
statistics are reached.
Same credentials as alerting service

account.Programs launched by the Alerting service will
use the same user account information as the Alerting
service.
SMTP Server
Enter the name of the SMTP server that will transport these
alerts. The email addresses to which alerts will be sent are
configured for each individual alert in Enterprise Fax Manager
(described in Managing statistics to monitor and alerts on
page 167).
This account.Specify a Windows user account other than

that used by the Alerting service. If you select this option,
you must also enter the password for the specified user
account in the NT password box.
Allow program to interact with desktop
To open the list of monitored statistics
Specifies whether the program launched is accessible from

the Windows desktop and usable by whomever is logged on
when the service is started.

167
Administrator Guide
Adding, Modifying or Deleting monitored

statistics and alerts
2. In the left pane, under Fax Servers, click the name of

the RightFax server, and then click Alerts &
Monitors. The list of monitored statistics appears in
To add a statistic and an alert, if available

1. On the Edit menu, click New. The Alert Properties
window opens.
2. Fill in the information on the Monitor tab, and, if the
statistic can trigger an alert, on the Actions and
Message tabs. See Editing Alert Properties on page
168.
To delete a monitor or alert

l
To copy monitors or alerts from one RightFax server to

another
For each statistic you add to be monitored, a colored

icon in the ID column will indicate its current state:
l
Select the item in the list, on the Edit menu, click Delete,
and then confirm the deletion.
Yellow.Indicates an error retrieving the value of

the statistic.
Blue.Indicates that the statistic is being monitored,

but that an alert is not defined. Either an alert has
not yet been set or the statistic cannot be defined to
deliver an alert.
Select the items, and then drag the selection to another

server.
Note If you copy items from a new RightFax server
Green.Indicates that the statistic has an associated

alert condition, but the condition has not been met.
Red.Indicates that the statistic has an associated

alert condition, and the condition has been met.
Some statistics can trigger alerts, while others can only be

monitored. For more information about each available
statistic, see Alerting and Monitoring Statistics on page 330.
The current value for the statistic you are monitoring

appears in the Value column.
To edit the properties of an existing alert

1. In the list, select the alert, and on the Edit menu, click
Edit.
168
Administrator Guide
processes they control.

l
2. If the statistic does not support configuring an alert,

only the Monitor tab appears.
Gateway.Statistics related to email gateways.

Local BoardServer (Legacy).Statistics related to the
BoardServer service on the RightFax server.
All BoardServers (Legacy).Statistics related to the
local BoardServer and any remote BoardServer services.
RPC Server.Statistics related to the RPC server which
coordinates communication between the RightFax server
and other resources on the network.
Paging Server.Statistics related to the paging server
used to send notifications via SMS and pages.
Local Document Transport Server. Statistics related
to the DocTransport service on the RightFax server.
Defining properties on the Monitor tab
Statistic to monitor
Name
Select the statistic. If additional options become available,

fill in the additional information to uniquely identify the
statistic to monitor.
Enter a name for the statistic or alert. The name will appear
in the ID column of the list of alerts and monitors.
Description
Defining properties on the Actions tab
Enter a description for the statistic or alert. The description

will appear in the Description column of the list of alerts
and monitors.
On the Actions tab, you can define the conditions and

thresholds for generating an alert, as well as the alert action
to take when the condition is met.
Category
Select the type of statistic:
l
Fax Server.Statistics related to activity and events on

the RightFax server.
Database.Statistics related to the RightFax database.
Workserver.Statistics related to WorkServers and the
169
Administrator Guide
2. On the Action tab, in the Name box, type a name for

the alert.
3. In the Action box, select the type of alert to send.
Alerts can be sent using the following methods:
Condition
Select the operator by which the threshold value will be
evaluated.
Threshold
Specify a threshold value. An alert will be generated only if
the condition you select meets this threshold value.
Alert on error
If this option is selected, an alert will be generated if the
value for the statistic cannot be generated due to errors or
other problems with the RightFax service being polled.
Actions
Use the Actions options to create, edit, and delete alert
actions that will be taken when the statistic threshold is met.
You can configure multiple actions for each alert.
Performance Counter. Measurement of system

state or activity to be used by Windows Performance
Monitor or other data center management systems.
Program. When thresholds for monitored statistics
are reached the specified program (such as a batch
file or other process) will be launched.
SMS.A message will be sent to an SMS-capable
device such as a cell phone or PDA.
SMTP.An email message will be sent to a specified
user via an SMTP server.
Note The Network Broadcast Action is no longer
functional in any of the currently supported Windows
operating systems.
To create a new alert action

1. Under Actions, click the Create a new action
button. The Edit Action window opens.
4. Complete any additional options that appear for the

selected alert type.
5. To limit when the alert occurs, click the Time of Use
170
Administrator Guide
tab.
6. To have the alert occur only on specific days, under

Days of the week to use this alert, select the
check boxes next each day of the week when the alert
should occur.
Message
Enter the message text of the alert. You can use any
combination of text and macros from the Macros list. An
example of the alert message appears in the box below this
option.
7. To have the alert occur only at specific times, select

the Limit use to the specified time check box, and
then select a start and end time.
Macros
The list of macros that can be included in your message text.
Note The Start and End times cannot span days. To

create an overnight alert, create one alert that ends
at 11:59 PM and another one that begins at 12:00 AM.
To add a macro to the message

l
8. Click OK. The new alert will appear in the list of alerts
on the Actions tab of the Alert Properties window.
Place the cursor in the Message box where you want the
macro text to appear, and then double-click the macro in
the Macros list.
9. To enable the alert, select the check box next to its

name.
Defining properties on the Message tab

On the Message tab, you define the message text that will
be sent as an alert when the condition defined on the Actions
tab has been met.
171
Administrator Guide
Configuring the SNMP Service on the RightFax server
The RightFax SNMP Alerting feature collects status data from

the RightFax server and returns it to a monitoring application
for processing and reporting. SNMP Alerting also actively
sends status messages and alerts to your network monitor
application for real-time monitoring of RightFax processes.
Services list.
3. From the Start menu, click Administrative Tools and
click Server Manager.
4. In the Features area, click Add Features.
5. Click the checkbox next to SNMP Service and click
OK.
RightFax alerts are categorized by severity: Critical, Error,

Warning, and Informational. They can be enabled or disabled
according to their severity. The RightFax SNMP Alerting
feature also allows RightFax services to be stopped and
restarted directly from your network monitor application.
6. After the SNMP service is installed, close the Network

dialog box.
To use SNMP Alerting, the Microsoft SNMP service must be

installed on both the RightFax server and on the network
server that monitors messages.
Configuring the SNMP Service on the

RightFax server
To install the Microsoft SNMP Service
To configure the SNMP service properties
Follow these steps if the SNMP service has not already been
1. On the RightFax server, on the Start menu, click

Administrative Tools, and then click Services.
2. Double-click SNMP Service in the list of network
services, and then click the Traps tab.
Note If adding the SNMP service on Windows Server 2012

after RightFax has been installed, run
SNMPFirewallTool.exe located in the RightFax\SNMP folder
after installing the service.
3. In the Community Name box, add the community

name Public.
4. In the Trap Destinations box, enter the IP address of
each machine on your network where you want to send
RightFax SNMP alerts (each machine used for network
1. On the RightFax server, from the Start menu, click

Administrative Tools and click Services.
2. Verify that SNMP Service does not yet appear in the
172
Administrator Guide
Configuring the Network Monitor application
monitoring), and then click Add.
helps you verify that problems with the RightFax server are
reported and addressed promptly.
RightFax alerts can be sent to an unlimited number of

network monitoring stations on your network.
You can also use SNMP Alerting to query several variables on

the RightFax server so you can view the status of the fax
server in real-time.
5. Click OK.
The fax server can send up to nine alerts to your SNMP

network monitor.
Configuring the Network Monitor

application
The following table defines each RightFax alert and the

default RightFax severity.
Before it can receive SNMP alerts from the RightFax servers,

your organizations network monitor application must be
configured to recognize the RightFax SNMP Alerting
Management Information Base (MIB) variables and trap
definitions.
Your network monitor software can be configured to use

different terminology. In RightFax terms, Critical is severity
level one, Error is severity level two, and Warning is severity
level three.
In the network monitor, execute the appropriate command(s)

to load new SNMP MIB variables and trap definitions.
The MIB variables for RightFax SNMP Alerting are located in a
file called Avtc.mib and the trap definitions are located in
Rftrapd.conf. Both of these files are installed by default to
the RightFax server in the RightFax\SNMP folder.
RightFax includes a utility that automates this configuration
for HP OpenView Network Node Manager.
Default Definition
severity
All BoardServers are

down. Fax sending and
receiving is not currently
operating.
Critical
All DocTransports attached

to this fax server have gone
down.
One or more drives on the Warning One or more drives on the

fax server are approaching
RightFax server have less
critically low disk space
than 150 MB free. Note that
(<150 MB).
the actual amount of disk
space that triggers this
warning is configurable.
To automatically load the MIB variables and trap definitions

in Network Node Manager, run the file Rfhpov.bat from a
command line on the Network Node Manager machine. This
file is installed by default to the RightFax server in the
RightFax\SNMP folder.
One or more drives on the Critical

fax server are critically low
on disk space (<50 MB).
Many fax server functions
have been suspended.
Receiving RightFax alerts in your

network monitor
RightFax SNMP Alerting actively pushes RightFax alerts to
your SNMP-capable network monitoring application. This
Alert message
173
One or more drives on the

RightFax server have less
than 50 Mb free. Note that
the actual amount of disk
space that triggers this
warning is configurable.
Administrator Guide
Alert message
Receiving RightFax alerts in your network monitor
monitoring application, but the severity hierarchy is the

same.
Default Definition
severity
Possible phone line failure Critical

on channel #, three
consecutive no-dial tone
errors within 45 minutes.
Note RightFax does not send specific clearing alerts that

indicate when the cause of an alert has been resolved.
One or more fax channels

have gone down due to line
failure.
Alerts generated by RightFax SNMP Alerting are stored in

your network monitor under the RightFax Server Alerts
category. For information about displaying and managing
alarm messages, see the documentation for your network
monitoring application.
RightFax Email Gateway Warning The RightFax server is

module on
unable to communicate with
FaxServerName: The
the Exchange server.
Exchange Connector has
not responded in a timely
fashion. Inbound message
processing temporarily
disabled.
The fax server internal
queue is more than 90%
utilized.
Critical
The fax server process

was not properly
shutdown.
Critical
A fax server was shut down

unexpectedly.
The send queue depth on Critical

server ServerName is
currently: #/# (faxes/pgs).
There are more than 1,000

faxes or 10,000 fax pages in
the fax queue.
Unable to communicate
with BoardServer
ServerName (error 2)
One DocTransport is down,

but at least one other
DocTransport is still running.
Error
Because SNMP alerts are generated from the Windows Event

Log on the RightFax server machine, the event log level of
each individual RightFax service must be set to an
appropriate level.
The RightFax internal event

queue is more than 90
percent utilized.
l
l
The Verbose setting records all significant events and is

most useful for tracking and resolving problems. This
setting can cause the event log to fill up quickly, which
may prevent new events from being logged.
For information on configuring the event log level for each

RightFax service, refer to Using the Alerting and Monitoring
service on page 165.
Enabling and disabling RightFax alerts

The RightFax SNMP MIB contains the following editable
(read/write) variables that you can use to enable or disable
the RightFax alerts according to severity.
Each alert severity indicates how vital the component is to

the operation of the RightFax server. Critical and Error alerts
indicate a loss of fax functionality. Warning and
Informational alerts indicate a loss of fax capacity. These
severity levels may use different names in your network
The Terse setting records critical errors only.
174
rfSvrEnableCriticalTraps
rfSvrEnableErrorTraps
Administrator Guide
rfSvrEnableWarningTraps
rfSvrEnableInformationalTraps
rfBoardInfoTable (.4.1)
rfBoardInfoEntry (.4.1.1)
rfChannelInfoTable (.4.2)
To edit the variables, expand the MIB tree to:
rfChannelInfoEntry (.4.2.1)
.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.AVTC.Right-FAX.
rfFaxServer.rfServerTraps
rfDatabaseModule (.5)
rfRPCServerModule (.6)
Each variable can be set to either objectENABLE or

objectDISABLE. Changes to the variables take effect
immediately. Please refer to your network monitoring
applications documentation for information on editing
variables in the MIB.
rfQueueHandler (.7)
rfPagingServer (.8)
rfWorkServers (.9)
rfWorkSvrModuleTable (.9.1)
rfWorkSvrModuleEntry (.9.1.1)
The RightFax SNMP MIB contains 12 objects, each made up of

several variables. These variables provide real-time status
information on the RightFax server. To query the RightFax
variables in your network monitoring application, expand the
MIB tree to:
rfWorkSvrFunctionTable (.9.2)
rfWorkSvrFunctionEntry (.9.2.1)
rfEMailGateway (.10)
rfGatewayModuleTable (.10.1)
.iso.org.dod.internet.private.enterprises.AVTC.
Right-FAX.
rfFaxServer
rfGatewayModuleEntry (.10.1.1)
rfServerTraps (.11)
All addresses below this branch point to a RightFax SNMP

object or variable. The following tree lists each object in the
RightFax SNMP MIB tree. Objects in bold contain variables.
The following tables list each of the RightFax SNMP variables

and their definitions grouped according to the objects they
are contained in. Variables in boldface are editable. For
information about using your network monitoring application
to access the MIB tree and query variables in the MIB, see
the documentation for your particular application.
rfFaxServer (.1.3.6.1.4.1.3529.2.1)
rfFaxServer_OV_v1Traps_ (.0)
rfServer (.1)
rfFaxServer_OV_v1traps_
rfServerModule (.2)
Variables in the rfFaxServer_OV_v1Traps_ MIB Object
rfBoardServerModule (.3)
rfBoards (.4)
175
Administrator Guide
Variable
Type Definition
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrCriticalTrap
Notif. Text of critical alert reported by the

RightFax server. This is a notification
type variable and cannot be queried or
edited.
rfSvrCurrentFaxesQueued
Integer
Current number of outgoing

faxes waiting to be sent.
rfSvrCurrentPagesQueued
Integer
Current number of outgoing

fax pages waiting to be sent.
rfSvrErrorTrap
Notif. Text of error alert reported by the

edited.
rfSvrDiskAvailForfaxImages
Integer
Percentage of disk space on

the fax server available for
storing fax images.
rfSvrWarningTrap
Notif. Text of warning alert reported by the

edited.
rfSvrDiskAvailForfaxDB
Integer
Percentage of space
available for storing fax
database information.
rfSvrAllTimeFaxesSent
Integer
Total number of faxes sent

from this server since the AllTime Counter starting date
(rfSvrAllTimeCounterStart).
rfSvrAllTimePagesSent
Integer
Total number of fax pages

sent from this server since
the All-Time Counter starting
date
rfSvrAllTimeFaxesReceived
Integer
Total number of faxes

received on this server since
date
rfSvrAllTimePagesReceived Integer

received on this server since
date
rfSvrInformationalTrap Notif. Text of informational alert reported by

the RightFax server. This is a
notification type variable and cannot
be queried or edited.
rfServer
Variables in the rfServer MIB Object
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrQueueUsage
Integer
Percentage of the fax

servers internal Event
Queue currently in use.
rfSvrEventsProcessed
Integer
Total number of events

processed by the fax server
since the Server module was
started.
rfSvrBoardSvrAvailIndex
Integer
Availability of the servers

fax boards).
176
Administrator Guide
Variable
Type
Definition
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrAllTimeCounterStart
Integer
Starting date from which the

All-Time statistics are
calculated.
rfBoardSvrVersionNumber
String
BoardServer module
version number.
rfBoardSvrModuleStatus
Integer Current BoardServer

service state.
rfSvrAllFaxesScheduled
rfSvrAllTransmission
Statuses
Integer
Total number of faxes that

need to be sent in the global
queue. This queue is used by
all DocTransports.
Integer
rfBoardSvrModuleTimeRunning String
Total number of pending fax

send statuses in the queue
used by the fax servers to
update status information.
rfBoards.rfBoardInfoTable.rfBoardInfoEntry
Variables in the rfBoards.rfBoardInfoTable.rfBoardInfoEntry
MIB Object
rfServerModule
Variables in the rfServerModule MIB Object
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrModuleServiceName
String

service name.
rfSvrModuleVersionNumber String
String
Variable
Type
rfBoardIndex
Integer Fax board index.
rfBoardName String
Definition
Each installed fax board type.
rfBoards.rfChannelInfoTable.rfChannel
InfoEntry

version number.
Variables in the
rfBoards.rfChannelInfoTable.rfChannelInfoEntry MIB Object
rfSvrModuleServiceStatus Integer Current Server module service

state.
rfSvrModuleTimeRunning
Length of time the Fax Server

service has been running.
rfBoardServerModule
Variable
Type
rfChannelIndex
Integer Channel table index (lists each

installed fax channel).
rfChannelChannel
String
Channel numbers and [S] or [R]

flag indicating send or receive
functionality.
rfChannelOperation
String
Current operational status of all

channels.
Variables in the rfBoardServerModule MIB Object

Variable
Type
rfBoardSvrModuleServiceName String
Length of time the

BoardServer has been
running.
Definition
BoardServer service name.
177
Definition
Administrator Guide
Variable
Type
Definition
rfRPCServerModule
rfChannelRoutingCode
String
Inbound routing code for all

incoming faxes.
Variables in the rfRPCServerModule MIB Object
rfChannelPhoneNumber
String
Destination phone number of

outgoing faxes.
Variable
rfRPCSvrModuleServiceName String
RPC module service name.

RPC module version
number.
Type
Definition
rfChannelUserID
String
Destination User ID for incoming

faxes.
rfRPCSvrVersionNumber
String
rfChannelState
String
Channel state.
rfRPCSvrModuleStatus
rfChannelRemoteID
String
Remote ID of machines sending

incoming faxes.
Integer Current RPC module

service state.
rfRPCSvrModuleTimeRunning String
rfChannelRate
String
Current rate of transmission.
rfChannelCompression
String
Data compression method.
rfChannelPagesInCall
Integer Number of fax pages being

transmitted during this call.
Length of time the RPC

service has been running.
rfQueueHandler
Variables in the rfQueueHandler MIB Object
rfChannelMinutesRemain Integer Estimated number of minutes

remaining in the transmission.
Variable
Type
rfQueueHandlerModuleServiceName String
rfDatabaseModule
rfQueueHandlerModuleStatus
Variables in the rfDatabaseModule MIB Object

Variable
Type
rfDatabaseSvrModuleServiceName String
Database module
service name.
rfDatabaseSvrVersionNumber
String
Database module
version number.
rfDatabaseSvrModuleStatus
Integer Current Database

module service state.
rfDatabaseSvrModuleTimeRunning String
Queue handler service

name.
Integer Current Queue

handler service state.
rfQueueHandlerModuleTimeRunning String
Definition
Definition
Length of time the

queue handler has
been running.
rfPagingServer
Variables in the rfPagingServer MIB Object
Variable
Length of time the

Database service has
been running.
Type
rfPagingSvrModuleServiceName String
178
Definition
Paging module service
name.
Administrator Guide
Variable
Type
Definition
rfPagingSvrVersionNumber
String
Paging module version

number.
rfPagingSvrModuleStatus
Integer Current Paging module

service state.
rfPagingSvrModuleTimeRunning String
rfWorkServers.rfWorkSvrFunctionTable.
rfWorkSvrFunctionEntry
Variables in the
rfWorkServers.rfWorkSvrModuleTable.rfWorkSvrModuleEntr
y MIB Object
Length of time the Paging

module has been running.
rfWorkServers.rfWorkSvrModuleTable.
rfWorkSvrModuleEntry
Variables in the
y MIB Object
Variable
Type
rfWorkSvrModuleIndex
Integer WorkServer module table

index (lists all
WorkServers).
rfWorkSvrModuleServiceName
String
rfWorkSvrModuleVersionNumber String
rfWorkSvrModuleStatus
rfWorkSvrModuleTimeRunning
Type
rfWorkSvrFunctionIndex
Integer WorkServer function

table index (lists all
WorkServers).
rfWorkSvrFunctionArchive
Integer Is Archive service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionCoverSheet
Integer Is Cover sheet service

processed?
(Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionCVL
Integer Is CVL service

processed? (Yes/No)
Definition
Definition
rfWorkSvrFunctionFileRoute
Each WorkServer module

service name.
Integer Is FileRoute service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionOverlay
Each WorkServer module

version number.
Integer Is Overlay service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionPCL5
Integer Is PCL5 service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionPrint
Integer Is Print service

processed? (Yes/No)
Integer Each WorkServer module

service state.
String
Variable
Length of time each

WorkServer has been
running.
179
Administrator Guide
Variable
Type
Definition
Variable
rfWorkSvrFunctionNetMessaging Integer Is Network Messaging

service processed? Set
to No. Network
messaging is no longer
functional in any of the
supported Windows
operating systems.
rfWorkSvrFunctionDelImageFile
rfGatewayModuleVersionNumber String
Integer Is Delete Image File

service processed?
(Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionOCR
Integer Is OCR service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionInterConnect
Integer Is InterConnect service

processed?
(Yes/No)
rfWorkSvrFunctionPostscript
Integer Is PostScript service

processed? (Yes/No)
rfGatewayModuleIndex
Integer Gateway module table

entry index (lists each
email gateway).
rfGatewayModuleServiceName
String
Each gateway module

version number.
rfGatewayModuleStatus
Integer Current state of each

gateway service.
rfGatewayModuleTimeRunning
String
Length of time each

gateway has been
running.
Variables in the rfServerTraps MIB Object
Variables in the
y MIB Object
Type
Definition
rfServerTraps
rfEMailGateway.rfGatewayModuleTable.
rfGatewayModuleEntry
Variable
Type
Definition
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrTrapComputer
String
Computer that generated

the alert. This variable is
used only for trap
notifications and cannot
rfSvrTrapSource
String
Source of the alert. This

variable is used only for
trap notifications and
cannot be queried or
edited.
rfSvrTrapSeverity
Integer Severity of the alert. This

variable is used only for
trap notifications and
cannot be queried or
edited.
Each gateway service

name.
180
Administrator Guide
Controlling RightFax services from your network monitor
Variable
Type
Definition
rfSvrTrapMessage
String
Alert notification
message. This variable is
used only for trap
notifications and cannot
rfSvrEnableCriticalTraps
Integer Critical alerts

enabled/disabled.
rfSvrEnableErrorTraps
Integer Error alerts

enabled/disabled.
rfSvrEnableWarningTraps
Integer Warning alerts

enabled/disabled.
rfWorkSvrModuleStatus
rfGatewayModuleStatus
When queried, these variables list the current state of the

service on the RightFax service (such as stopped, started, or
paused).
You can also edit these variables to manually start or stop the
services on the RightFax server. Each variable can be set to
either statSERVICE_STOPPED or statSERVICE_RUNNING.
Changing any of these variables automatically instructs the
RightFax server to start or stop the appropriate service.
Please refer to your network monitoring applications
documentation for information on editing variables in the
MIB.
rfSvrEnableInformationalTraps Integer Informational alerts

enabled/disabled.
Troubleshooting the RightFax alerts

Controlling RightFax services from your
network monitor
SNMP alerts call attention to events or conditions on the

RightFax server that may effect your servers ability to send
and receive faxes.
Each RightFax service object in the MIB contains a status

variable. For example, the rfDatabaseModule object contains
the variable rfDatabaseSvrModuleStatus. There are a total of
eight service status variables, each contained in a separate
MIB object:
The actual causes of these events and conditions are not

reported as part of the SNMP alerts. In most cases, reviewing
the Event Log on the server which is reporting the alert
provides details as to the cause of the alert.
rfSvrModuleServiceStatus
rfBoardSvrModuleStatus
rfDatabaseSvrModuleStatus
rfRPCSvrModuleStatus
rfQueueHandlerModuleStatus
rfPagingSvrModuleStatus
The troubleshooting information in this section points to the

most common causes and solutions for each of the nine SNMP
RightFax alerts. However, as a client-server application,
RightFax relies on the network for much of its functionality.
Because network related problems can trigger RightFax
alerts, the steps included here may not always resolve the
cause of the alert.
If RightFax alerts persist after following these steps, contact
your RightFax administrator and/or network administrator.
181
Administrator Guide
All BoardServers down
This alert indicates that all primary and remote DocTransport

services have failed.
l
Run Enterprise Fax Manager or the Windows Services

application and attempt to restart the DocTransports). If
the DocTransport(s) fail to start, check the RightFax log in
the Windows Event Viewer for details.
If the RightFax log does not provide adequate information

to resolve the problem, attempt to run the DocTransport in
a window. On the RightFax server and any machines
running remote DocTransports, change to the RFBoard
folder and enter:
doctransport.exe -d -1
This runs the module as a session in a window in debug
mode. As the board initializes, debug information appears.
The reason for the failure is the last line of the debug text.
(There may be additional lines of information associated
with the DocTransport module shutting down again after
the failure.)
l
Uninstall any unnecessary applications from the RightFax

server using the Add/Remove Software program in
Control Panel.
If this does not alleviate the storage problem, check the
RightFax\Image folder. If it is exceptionally large,
consider adjusting the fax aging (see The Aging and
Archiving tab on page 127) or running the Faxage utility
(see the RightFax Administrative Utilities Guide). This
deletes faxes from the server database based on the age
of the fax.
Another option is to move the RightFax\Image folder to a
new drive.
To move the image folder
If a RightFax DocTransport module on a remote machine

starts and appears to be running normally but the alert
persists, the failure may be due to problems with network
connectivity between the remote machine and the
RightFax server.
1. Create a RightFax\Image folder on a new drive with

sufficient free storage space.
2. Stop the RightFax Server module and move all of the
images from the old RightFax\Image folder to the new
one.
Critically low disk space
3. Edit the Windows Registry value Image to point to the

new directory. See Image on page 355.
This alert indicates that one or more drives on the RightFax

server have fallen below 50MB of available space.
Run Enterprise Fax Manager and check the status of the

RightFax services. If the RightFax Server module has not
already stopped, stop it. RightFax automatically stops
processing additional fax traffic as both the drive that
RightFax is installed on and the drive that Windows is
installed on have more than 50MB available. Additional
SNMP alerts may be generated as a result of this action.
4. Restart the RightFax Server module.
182
Administrator Guide
attached to the fax board(s).
Exchange server is not responding
3. Disconnect the phone lines from the server and attach

a standard phone to verify that the line is still active.
This alert indicates that the RightFax server is unable to

communicate with the Exchange server. This is probably due
to a failure of the RightFax connector for Exchange which is
the service responsible for all communications between the
two systems.
4. If using a PBX, verify that the line is still active through

the PBX.
5. For T1 installations, confirm that the green light on the
fax board that indicates the T1 line is active is lit.
To solve this issue

1. Attempt to restart the connector on the Exchange
server through Windows Services.
Send queue too deep
2. If the connector still appears to be running, shut down

and restart the connector.
This alert indicates that there are more than a predefined

number of faxes or fax pages in the fax queue waiting to
send.
Low disk space
This alert indicates that one or more drives on the RightFax

server have less than 150MB free. This condition warns you
that resources are getting low. To resolve this alert, see the
troubleshooting steps for Critically low disk space on page
182.
Probable line failure
This alert indicates that one or more of the fax channels have
gone down due to line failure. This alert is only generated
when the DocTransport returns certain errors in sequence
over a given period of time. It is the direct result of phone
line problems and not a failure on the RightFax server.
If this alert appears frequently, too few fax channels may

be dedicated to outbound faxing. Run the DocTransport
configuration program and reevaluate each channels
send/receive capability.
If your fax traffic exceeds the capability of all of your fax
channels, consider increasing your total number of
channels.
Server improperly shut down

This alert indicates that a fax server was shut down
unexpectedly. This indicates a sudden and unexpected loss of
power.
To prevent additional alerts while you diagnosis the

problem
1. Run the DocTransport configuration program and
deactivate the channel that is generating the alerts.
2. Verify that all phone lines are correctly and securely
Verify that there are no other problems being reported

with the server or phone lines that might prevent all of
your outbound fax channels from being used.
183
Verify that the server has recovered properly and is

stable. The RightFax services should restart
automatically. Monitor services and the Event Viewer for
Administrator Guide
any problems.
l
The most common result of an unexpected shutdown is

database corruption, which, if severe, can prevent the
RightFax Server module from starting. For information on
diagnosing and resolving RightFax database problems, see
Error and status messages on page 324.
Faxes that were in progress during the shutdown may
need to be released or resent by the creator of the fax. To
release a fax, click the fax in FaxUtil, and then in the Fax
menu, select Status, and then click Release.
One BoardServer down

A DocTransport attached to this server has gone down, but at
least one other DocTransport is still running.
This alert is generally not produced as the result of a
DocTransport going down, but rather the loss of network
connectivity between the RightFax server and a remote
machine.
You can verify this by running the Windows Services
application on each remote machine to confirm that they are
all operating correctly. If this is the case, contact your
network administrator.
If one or more DocTransport services are down, see All
BoardServers down on page 182.
184
Administrator Guide
Chapter 21: Creating dialing rules and Least-Cost Routing plans
Creating, deleting, and copying dialing rules
When you use dialing rules you can precisely control

outbound faxing by specifying rules and restrictions about
how faxes are sent according to their destination fax
numbers.
If one fax number matches multiple dialing rule patterns, the

fax server weighs each rule according to how closely it
matches the fax number, and then sends the fax according to
the rule with the greatest weight.
Example A dialing rule might specify that all faxes to a

certain area code are sent via wide-area network (WAN) to
another RightFax server, saving long-distance charges.
Another dialing rule might specify that all international faxes
can only be sent at times of day when rates are lowest.
Dialing rules are server-specific, allowing different rules for

servers in different locations or serving groups with varying
needs. If you have multiple RightFax servers, you can copy
rules from one server to another.
RightFax Least-Cost Routing (LCR) routes outbound faxes

between RightFax Enterprise servers or RightFax Branch
Office servers on a WAN to minimize long distance and other
telephone charges. Least-Cost Routing includes dialing rules,
load balancing, destination tables, InterConnect, and testing
tools.
To open dialing rules

Creating, deleting, and copying dialing

rules
2. In the left pane, expand the RightFax server and

Dialing Plan, and then click Dialing Rules. The list of
dialing rules appear in the right pane of the window.
Each dialing rule consists of the following parts:

l
Rules and restrictions that will be applied if the destination

fax number matches the pattern or number.
To add a new dialing rule
A number pattern of wildcard characters or a specific fax

number. Outgoing faxes are checked if their destination
fax numbers match this pattern or number.
1. On the Edit menu, click New. The Rule Edit window

opens.
2. Complete the options in this dialog box, see Editing
185
Administrator Guide
dialing rules on page 186.
The Matching tab

Note Changes to dialing rules are not automatically
saved when you quit Enterprise Fax Manager. If you
have unsaved dialing rules, an asterisk appears next
to the Dialing Plan icon in the server tree.
To delete a dialing rule

l
Click the rule to delete, and on the Edit menu, click

Delete.
To copy dialing rules from one RightFax server to another

1. Select the rule or rules you want to copy.
2. Drag the selection to another server. Your
EFMpreferences determine how much of the
information is copied. For more information, see
Setting preferences on page 20.
Note If you copy dialing rules from a new RightFax
Pattern
The destination fax number pattern or number that the
dialing rule applies to. RightFax ignores any hyphens,
parentheses, or spaces in the pattern string. The pattern can
include the digits 09, as well as the pound [#] and asterisk
[*] keys.

To edit the properties of an existing dialing rule
You can use wildcard characters to define variables in the

number pattern and thereby specify a range of numbers that
the rule will apply to. The following table lists each wildcard
character that can be used in the Pattern box and its
definition.
1. Open dialing rules in Enterprise Fax Manager.

2. In the right pane, double-click the dialing rule you want
to edit. The Rule Edit window opens.
186
Administrator Guide
Wildcard
Definition
Examples
Weight
Wildcard
Matches zero or
more digits;
must always
appear at the
end of number
string.
+ matches any fax number

entered.
0 points
Matches zero or
one digit; can be
placed
anywhere in the
number string.
~415+ matches any

4 points
number beginning with 415
or [digit]415 including 415555-7000, 415-3222, 1-415555-7000, and 2415.
%
Matches digits
[tableID,#] defined in a
destination table
to the number of
digits specified
(see Creating,
deleting, and
copying
destination
tables on page
196).
415+ matches any number

that begins with 415,
including 415-555-7000,
415-4455, and 4151.
Examples
Weight
415-%[EAST,3]+ matches
all numbers that begin with
415 and have a three-digit
prefix defined in the
destination table EAST.
Exact matches on the digits 0-9 have a weight of 10 points.

Use of wildcard characters decreases the weight of a pattern
match because wildcard character matching is always less
specific than an exact match.
~~415+ matches 1-415555-7000, 9-1-415-5557000, and 415-555-7000.

?
Definition
Example The fax number 520-555-7000 matches the

patterns 520-555-700? and 520+, but is always matched
with the first rule because it is more specific.
Matches exactly 415-555-7??? matches

5 points
one digit.
any number that starts with
415-555 and has its final
four digits between 7000
and 7999.
To add other symbols to the list of supported characters, such

as a comma or period, edit the Windows registry to change
the ValidPatternChars value. See ValidPatternChars on page
349.
415-???-???? matches
any number within the area
code 415.
Priorities
Select the check boxes next to the priorities you want to
match for this rule. Only faxes with the priority levels
selected here will be considered for this rule. Matching based
on priority can be useful when doing fax broadcasts or other
large volume faxing. It can also be useful for universal
redirection of faxes (for example, to send all high priority
faxes from Server2 instead of Server1).
187
Administrator Guide
Fax Traffic Type

Apply the dialing rule based on whether the fax or SMS was
generated by the RightFax Integration module. You can
restrict the rule to production traffic only, non-production
traffic only, SMS messages only, or apply the rule to all
faxes.
Minimum Queue Depth

Specify the number of fax pages that must be waiting in the
servers queue before this rule is considered. Use to define a
dialing rule to offload outgoing fax traffic to another server
when the load on the current server gets too high.
Minimum Fax Size

Specify the minimum number of pages a fax must be before
this rule is considered. Use to define a dialing rule to offload
very large faxes to another server, leaving the local server
free to send only smaller faxes.
The Restrictions tab
All (Every)
Each dialing rule can be restricted to specific servers, users,

or groups in your organization.
The rule will be applied regardless of the origin of the fax.
Only These
The rule will only be applied to the IDs you specify. Enter one
or more names of servers, users, or groups to which the rule
applies. Use commas to separate multiple entries.
All But These

The rule will be applied in all cases except the IDs you
specify. Enter one or more names of servers, users, or
groups that are exempt from the rule. Use commas to
separate multiple entries.
The Number Adjustments tab

The Number Adjustments tab specifies how fax numbers that
match the dialing rule can be modified to properly send from
188
Administrator Guide
the specified destination.
You can append or prepend any combination of dialable

digits. You can also include special dialing characters that
have special meaning to RightFax.
Dialing characters supported by dialing rules

The following table lists the dialable characters and their
definitions. Characters are not case-sensitive.
You can add or remove digits from the beginning or end of

the destination fax number (for example, to automatically
add a 1 to long distance calls or a 9 if necessary to get an
outside line).
It can also be used to add a users international billing code
or to remove all but the last four digits of a number for
internal routing.
Note If your organization requires a dialing prefix for all
outgoing calls (including all outgoing faxes), specify the
prefix in the Global Board Settings (see Configuring the
DocTransport modules on page 61). Do not specify the
prefix in the dialing rules.
189
Character
Definition
09
Dialable phone digits.
Hook-flash signal.
Pound button on phone.
Asterisk button on phone.
, (comma)
1-second pause (you can combine several of these

characters to increase the length of the pause).
Replaced in the dial string by the faxs Billing Code 1

value.
Replaced in the dial string by the faxs Billing Code 2

value.
Replaced in the dial string by the faxs ToContactNum

value (the recipients voice number).
Replaced in the dial string by the faxs ToName value

(the recipients name). Any undialable characters in
this field are discarded.
Replaced in the dial string by the faxs ToCompany

value (the recipients company name). Any undialable
characters in this field are discarded.
Replaced in the dial string by the users domestic long

distance Auto Billing Code (see Configuring
Automated Billing Codes on page 82).
Administrator Guide
Character
Definition
Replaced in the dial string by the users international

long distance Auto Billing Code (see Configuring
Automated Billing Codes on page 82).
5-second pause (you can combine several of these

characters to increase the length of the pause).
Pulse dialing mode.
Tone dialing mode (default).
Wait up to 15 seconds for a dial tone.
Do not prepend the dialing prefix.
Do not append the dialing postfix.
Required for SR140 and T.37 FoIP numbers. Appends

the IP address of the FoIP router.
&
Example For international calls, a dialing rule 001+wGii

(001=Pattern;wGii=Append) specifies that if the first three
digits of an outgoing call are the international dialing prefix (
pattern of 001+), RightFax will wait for a dial tone (w), look
up the users international billing code to dial (G), and wait
10 seconds before dialing it (ii).
Example For post-dialing for in-band FoIP calls using an
SR140, a dialing rule including @172.17.9.225&5555
appended, specifies that if the gateways IPaddress is
@172.17.9.225, the SR140 will post-dial the digits 5555 as
soon as one of the following has been received from the
gateway: a SIP 183, SIP 200, or H.323 message.
The Time and Day tab

The settings on the Time and Day tab determine the time
periods for each day of the week that the rule is applied.
Customize the settings to take advantage of special off peak
phone rates or to balance fax loads between servers at the
times when your fax traffic is the highest.
Indicates that a sequence of DTMF digits will follow.

This applies to post-dialing for in-band FoIP calls using
an SR140,
The post-dial string can include PSTN Telephony
characters such as 0-9, #, *, and a comma, but not p, t,
w, and !.
The digits will be dialed as soon as the SR140
receives a SIP 183 or SIP 200 response code or a
H323 message from the gateway.
Note To use DTMFpost dialing, the post_dialing_
enable parameter must be enabled on the SR140.
190
Administrator Guide
Note If you enter a range that straddles two days, the

system divides the time between the current and the next
day, adding the time range for the next day to any existing
time ranges. Verify that the time ranges for each day are
correct.
Quick Sets
Use these buttons to quickly apply common time restriction
settings:
l
Days (listed separately)
For each day, enter hh-hh to specify the time range when the
rule applies. hh is the time in 24-hour format. Do not specify
minutes. To change the hours that a rule is applied, do one of
the following:
l
All Times applies 00-23 from 00:00:00 to 23:59:59 every

day. This is the default.
Weekend applies 00-23 to Saturday and Sunday and
removes all weekday settings .
Weekdays applies 00-23 to Monday through Friday and
removes all weekend settings.
Peak Times applies 00-18 to Monday through Friday and
removes all weekend settings.
Never removes all settings.
The Destination tab

The Destination tab specifies where in your organization
faxes matching the dialing rule pattern are routed prior to
dialing the destination fax number.
To specify multiple time ranges, enter the time ranges

separated by comma in the format hh-hh,hh-hh.
Example To have a rule apply nights only between 7 P.M.
and 2 A.M., enter 00-02,19-23 in each day of the week
box.
To not apply a rule during a given day, delete any entries

and leave the box blank.
191
Administrator Guide
Note Take care not to create dialing rules on two or more

servers that will cause a fax to loop between them. If this
occurs, RightFax sends the fax after ten loops.
Receive into Fax Server

Select this option to route faxes matching the dialing rule
pattern to a RightFax Enterprise or RightFax Branch Office
server (including the local server) on the network and deliver
them as inbound faxes.
You can use this option to define intra-office routing rules
that let RightFax users in your organization send faxes to
each other across different fax servers on the network. If the
fax number does not match a routing code on the receiving
RightFax server, the fax is routed to the Default user ID on
that server.
After you select this option, in the Name box, enter the
destination server name to use for routing.
Send via Transport

Note Entries in the Name boxes are limited to 47
characters. This means that you can enter fully qualified
domain names that have 47 or fewer characters, including
periods and backslashes. If the domain name is longer, use
the IP address instead.
Select this option to select one of the transport methods that

you added and configured in the RightFax DocTransport
module as the fax destination, rather than a specific RightFax
server. For more information, see Configuring the
DocTransport modules on page 61.
To select a transport method in this box, the transport must
have been added in the DocTransport module. You can select
from the following transport methods:
Send via Fax Server

Select this option to route faxes matching the dialing rule
pattern to any RightFax Enterprise or RightFax Branch Office
server (including the local server) on your network before
transmission. The destination fax number is reevaluated
against the dialing rules on the new server. The new server
then transmits or forwards the fax according to its own rules.
To specify the email address of the destination T.37compatible device, click the Number Adjustments tab,
After you select this option, in the Name box, enter the
destination server name to use for routing.
FOIP.The fax will be transmitted packaged as an email

message with a TIFF attachment via your SMTP server to
a T.37-compatible device.
192
Administrator Guide
strip all of the digits from the destination fax number, and
then prepend the destination email address.
l
The Other tab
RFCONNECT. The fax will be routed to RightFax Connect.

RightFax Connect requires a ten-digit phone number.
Depending on your incoming digits, you may need to make
changes to the the Number Adjustments tab.
SMS.The fax will be routed to an SMS number. When a
fax is sent to an SMS device, only the cover page notes
are transmitted.
To specify the destination SMS number, click the Number
Adjustments tab, strip all of the digits from the
destination fax number, and then prepend the desired SMS
number.
For information about making changes on the Number

Adjustments tab, see see The Number Adjustments tab on
page 188.
Applies Only when Local Channels are Disabled

Select this check box to apply the rule only when the fax
server detects that all fax channels are disabled.
No Special Action
Select this option to process the fax without delay on any
available channel.
Send on Specific Range of Channels

Select this option to send the fax only on the channels you
specify. The channel range specified here overrides any
channel restriction placed on a specific fax using the
<CHANNEL> embedded code. This parameter is not
transferred with the fax if it is routed to another fax server
for sending.
Disallow Sending
Select this option to prevent faxes from sending based on
attributes such as the number pattern, time of day, or
193
Administrator Guide
sender. The user gets the message Fax blocked from dialing
phone number. This is sometimes referred to as the Do Not
Dial or DnD feature. For information about setting
notifications for disallowed faxes, see The DnD Notifications
tab on page 195.
according to how closely it matches the dialed number and

uses the rule with the highest weight. This setting adds extra
weight to the rule so it can be selected over another rule that
has a better pattern match.
Dialing rule pattern characters are weighted as follows:
Reschedule After Disallow Sending

Select this option to prevent faxes from sending based on
attributes such as the number pattern, time of day, or sender
and then, based on the settings on the Time and Day tab,
retries faxing at the same time each subsequent day until the
fax is either sent or blocked altogether.
Example If a user tries to send a fax at 1 P.M. on Saturday
and has weekend time restrictions in effect, the fax is not
sent until 1 P.M. on Monday, when dialing rules no longer
restrict sending.
digit match (09) = 10 points
+ (plus) = 0 points
? (question mark) = 5 points
~ (tilde) = 4 points
Rule Disabled
Select this check box to remove the dialing rule from
consideration by the fax server. To enable the dialing rule,
clear the check box.
Delay Fax
Comment
Select this option to prevent the fax from sending before a

specified time of day. If the specified time is earlier than the
time the fax is received, the fax sends at that time on the
next day. Specify the Delay Until time using 24-hour
notation (00002359).
(Optional) Enter a descriptive comment for the dialing rule.
Note Least-Cost Routing rules are evaluated one time. If

transmission is delayed by the Delay Fax setting, other
settings for the rule are not evaluated.
Priority Delta
Enter -2, -1, 1, or 2 to add or subtract priority points for all
faxes that match the dialing rule pattern. Enter 0 to not
change the priority. Priority is rated on a three-point scale:
low priority <= 1, normal priority = 2, high priority >= 3.
Extra Rule Weight

Add additional weight to the dialing rule. When a fax number
matches two or more dialing rules, RightFax weighs each rule
194
Administrator Guide
Load balancing
The DnD Notifications tab
Examples of dialing rules in use

Example A company with RightFax servers in New York and
Seattle adds the following dialing rules on the New York
server:
l
206-???-????
Remove first three digits and send via Seattle server
206-820-50??
Remove first six digits and receive into Seattle server
When someone in New York sends a fax to 206-820-7000 (a

customer in Seattle) the server routes the fax to the Seattle
server which sends it via a local call. When someone in New
York sends a fax to a co-worker in Seattle at 206-820-5065,
the server considers the fax a received fax and routes it to
the appropriate internal fax mailbox (5065).
Load balancing
Outbound faxes are sent to the DocTransport with the most
assigned fax channels before processing the dialing rules that
determine load balancing. Load balancing divides your
outgoing fax traffic across multiple RightFax DocTransports,
routing faxes to the DocTransport with the most available fax
channels. The load balancing feature is only available in
RightFax Enterprise servers.
Notify sender that the document was blocked

Select this check box if you want the sender to be notified
after attempting to send a fax to a number that is blocked by
the Disallow Sending (Do Not Dial) feature. For more
information, see The Other tab on page 193.
If this option is not selected, the sender will get the Fax
number blocked custom message. To configure this
message, see Configuring custom messages on page 36.
Important Include all load balancing dialing rules on all

fax servers and remote DocTransport computers so your
load balancing rules operate even if one or more
DocTransport computers fail.
Users to Notify
Enter the RightFax user IDs to which notifications will be
sent. Use commas to separate multiple user IDs. To select
user IDs from a list of all user IDs on the local server, click
[...].
195
Administrator Guide
To use load balancing rules
To add or edit destination tables
1. Create multiple dialing rules with the same number

pattern, each routing faxes to a different DocTransport
computer. Because the number patterns are the same,
each rule is assigned the same weight.
1. Open dialing rules in Enterprise Fax Manager.

2. In the right pane, double-click the dialing rule you want
to edit. The Rule Edit window opens.
3. In the left pane, expand Dialing Plan, then and click
Destination Table.
2. When multiple rules match a fax number with equal

weight, RightFax directs the fax to the DocTransport
with the most available fax channels. Equal distribution
is not guaranteed. If none of the servers have outbound
fax channels available, faxes are directed to the
DocTransport that has a channel available the soonest.
4. On the Edit menu, click New to create a table, or Edit

to edit an existing table.
Creating, deleting, and copying

destination tables
You can store and organize groups of numbers such as dialing
prefixes and area codes in destination tables. Use these
tables to create dialing rules to represent a range of numbers
instead of creating a separate rule for each number pattern.
You can add numbers to a destination table by typing one
number at a time, by entering a number range, or by
specifying an external data source, such as an SQL database.
Example A destination table can be created that contains all
of the area codes in a major metropolitan area. You can then
create a single dialing rule that addresses all of these area
codes.
Example A destination table can use an SQL database
containing all numbers on your do-not-call list.
5. In the Destination Table Name box, enter or edit the

name of the destination table.
6. Do one of the following.
Note The entries in a destination table must all be the

same length and may only include the digits 09, pound
[#], and asterisk [*].
196
Administrator Guide
To add numbers by typing them, in the Insert Text

box, type one number per line. Click Insert Text.
The numbers you entered appear in the Entries
box.
Note If you copy destination tables from a new

RightFax server version to an older one, any
configuration data not supported by the older version
will be lost.
To add a range of numbers, under Insert Range, in

the Start and End boxes, enter the starting and
ending numbers respectively, and then click Insert
Range. All numbers in the range appear in the
Entries list.
Importing destination table entries from an

external source
If your organization maintains a database containing lists of
phone numbers not to be dialed, you can link the destination
table to this database and then set up a dialing rule that
prevents these numbers from receiving fax transmissions.
To specify an external data source, select the Use

External Data Source check box, and then click
to specify an SQL database. Specify the column you
want to import. For more information, see
Importing destination table entries from an external
source on page 197.
Before you can set up a Do Not Dial list, you must configure
the database containing the numbers to block as an ODBC
data source. Refer to the documentation for your servers
operating system for information on configuring a new ODBC
data source.
7. To remove an entry (and allow faxes to be sent to the

number), click the number in the Entries box, and
click Delete Selection.
After you have set up the ODBC data source for the database
containing the numbers to block, set up Do Not Dial rules.
8. Click OK.
To import destination table entries from an external source
To delete a destination table

l
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, when creating a new

destination table, select the Use External Data
Source, check box, and then click [...]. The
Configure External Data Source window opens.
In the right pane, select the table to delete, and on the

Edit menu, click Delete.
To copy destination tables from one RightFax server to

another
1. Select the table or tables you want to copy.
2. Drag the selection to another server.
197
Administrator Guide
in the database. For example, you could enter a query

for a field called Block Number set to true. This would
limit the range of blocked phone numbers to only those
for whom a separate field in the table called Block
Number is set to true.
8. Click OK. All numbers from the database appear in the
Entries list in the Destination Table Edit window.
The entries in the box will be automatically updated as
you make changes to the database.

You can test and confirm your dialing rules and fax routing
scheme without sending a fax.
2. Next to SQL Connection, click [...]. The
SQLConnection window opens.
To start testing
3. Enter the Server name, select the Authentication

type, select the Database you created for the numbers
or look it up, and then click OK.
2. In the left pane, expand the name of the RightFax

server, and then click Dialing Plan. The testing
The Configure External Data Source window opens

showing the connection information in the
SQLConnection box
4. In the Table Name box, enter the name of the table
that contains the phone numbers.
5. In the Destination Column Name box, enter the
name of the table column specific to the phone
numbers.
6. In the Primary Key Column Name box, enter the
name of the primary key column for the table you
specified in the Table Name field.
7. In the Condition box, enter any SQL script that you
might want to use to limit the range of phone numbers
198
Administrator Guide
options appear in the right pane.
information packets make a round trip between

machines.
To verify the route of a fax

1. In the Phone Number box, enter a fax telephone
number. You can also enter a specific User ID, Group
ID, Fax Priority, and Fax Size to test how each
affects the fax routing.
2. If the dialing rule applies to production faxes, select
the Integration Fax check box. Production faxing is
implemented with the optional Integration module.
3. If the dialing rule applies to SMS messaging, select the
SMSMessage check box.
4. Click Route Trace. As the fax number passes one or
more servers, the results box shows the following:
To view downed servers

The Downed Servers list in the right pane shows any rules
that are disabled due to downed RightFax servers and the
error that caused the rule to be disabled.
l
To refresh the list of downed servers, click Reset

Downed.
In the right pane, click Ping. The following information

appears in the Pinging serverservername box:
l
Which rules are being used.
How the fax number is manipulated along the way.
The number of hops or jumps from server to server.
To test communications with the selected RightFax server

l
The time it takes to route between servers. This

does not include the time to transfer image data.
That additional time depends on the size, resolution,
and density of the fax.
To verify dialing rule execution

1. In the Phone Number box, enter a fax telephone
number. You can also enter a specific User ID, Group
ID, Fax Priority, and Fax Size to test how each
affects the route and execution of the rule.
The server availability index value shows the

availability of the server. The higher the value, the
greater the server availability.
The time for call value shows in how many seconds
2. If the dialing rule applies to production faxes, select

the Integration Fax check box. Production faxing is
199
Administrator Guide
implemented with the optional Integration module.
To add or change blocked numbers
3. Click Test. As the fax is routed, the results box shows

the following:
l
1. Create a destination table for the numbers you want to

block.
Each dialing rule against which the fax number is

compared.
2. Create a dialing rule that uses that table for the

matching string.
Information about the match weights and server

availability.
3. On the Other tab of the dialing rule select Disallow

Sending.
4. Save the rule.
To automatically route unwanted faxes to one or more

dedicated user accounts
You can block unwanted faxes using dialing rules in

combination with a destination table and as needed route
these faxes to a dedicated user account.
1. Create one or more RightFax user account, such as

SpamAccount, to which to route unwanted faxes and
assign each user account a routing code
Full RightFax administrators can approve faxes that were

blocked by dialing rules, disapprove or delete them.
Approved faxes are immediately scheduled to send.
Disapproved faxes are assigned a status of Fax was
disapproved in the original senders FaxUtil mailbox.
2. Create a Windows registry sub-key ANI that contains

the Entries for each blocked number and the user
account to which it will be routed. See Entries (in ANI
Key) on page 348.
The DocTransport module by default blocks all outgoing calls

to numbers beginning with 911 (the standard emergency
number throughout the United States). All non-numeric
characters are ignored by DocTransport.
To approve or disapprove a fax blocked by a dialing rule

1. Sign on to FaxUtil as an administrator and on the List
menu, click Administrative Mode
Example If a user sends a fax to ,,911, DocTransport

ignores the two preceding commas, matches 911, and then
blocks the number.
2. To view only faxes needing approval, on the List menu,

click Needing Approval.
3. Right-click the fax. On the shortcut menu, point to
Status, and then click Approve Fax or Disapprove
Fax. You can add a note (up to 450 characters) to be
stored in the fax history together with the date and
your user ID
Note You can also use the Windows registry keys

BlockedNumbers and BlockingFlags to prevent faxes from
being sent to specific numbers or to turn off the 911
blocking feature.
200
Administrator Guide
520-%[SOUTHAZ,3]+
Send via local fax server. Strip 3 digits from beginning.
Prepend 1.

This section describes several Least-Cost Routing examples.
Scenario 3: Distinguishing + wildcard rules from other

local numbers
Scenario 1: Using LCR (a simple example)

PDQ Company has a RightFax server in New York City
(NYSERVER) and one in Tucson (TSNSERVER).
The PDQsystem administrator for NYSERVER notices that

faxes bound for internal four-digit PBX numbers in New York
that begin with 520 are being inadvertently routed to Tucson.
In addition, New York just added a prefix for the Tri-State
area of 520 (requiring a 1 to be dialed first from the PDQ
office.) Those calls too are going to Tucson. To correct this
situation, the administrator adds these two rules to
NYSERVER:
PDQ determines that it would be cheaper to send New York

faxes bound for Tucson and Southern Arizona numbers via
TSNSERVER. It adds this rule to NYSERVER:
520+
Send via fax server TSNSERVER.
Scenario 2: Using dialing destination tables
520?
Send via local fax server.
PDQ Company wants to make sure that TSNSERVER will

correctly dial Southern Arizona numbers outside of Tucson by
prepending a 1.
520-????
Send via local fax server. Prepend 1.
PDQ could add rules to TSNSERVERthat prepend all numbers

that have a certain prefix, such as 458, with 1 and as needed
strip the 520 area code before prepending the 1:
These two rules intercept 520 calls that would otherwise

match the 520+ rule in Scenario #2. These rules would
match the local destination numbers more specifically and
therefore be weighted more heavily.
458+
Scenario 4: Stripping unnecessary digits
520-458+
Send via local fax server. Strip 3 digits from beginning.
Prepend 1.
The PDQ system administrator for NYSERVER has also

noticed that recent transfers from the Tucson site out of habit
still dial a 1 at the beginning of ten digit long distance
numbers. Because the PDQ New York long distance carrier
does not require it, the administrator adds a rule to
NYSERVER to strip the 1 from these numbers:
But PDQ determines that area code 520 includes several

prefixes for which similar rules would need to be created. To
avoid having to create individual rules for each prefix, PDQ
creates a destination table named SOUTHAZ that includes all
necessary prefixes. And it creates the following two rules on
TSNSERVER referencing the SOUTHAZ destination table:
1-???-???-????
Send via local fax server. Strip 1 beginning digit.
%[SOUTHAZ,3]+
201
Administrator Guide
Scenario 5: Using LCR (an advanced example)
evening and at night via long distance.
PDQ Company opens a sales office in Los Angeles with a new

RightFax server (LASERVER). PDQ and the local phone
companies in L.A. have worked out a special low rate for all
calls in the local Los Angeles/Orange County area. A similar
deal was worked out for the New York metro area. This
means PDQ can save money by routing all LA faxes to the
LASERVER and all NY faxes to the NYSERVER. Because of
charges related to the TCP/IP connection between L.A. and
N.Y., it is still cheaper to send faxes during off-peak periods
to L.A. and N.Y. via direct long distance dialing.
A local rule stripping off the unnecessary area code is

required on both the NYSERVER and LASERVER. PDQ adds this
rule on NYSERVER and a similar rule on LASERVER:
PDQ would first set up the following destination tables:
PDQ Company is expanding and the load on the RightFax

servers is increasing. PDQ decides to boost the priority of
faxes from certain high priority Groups and Users on
LASERVER to verify that their faxes are sent quickly. This rule
is added to LASERVER:
212+
Send via local fax server. Strip 3 digits.
To enable Least-Cost Routing for TSNSERVER to NY and LA, a
copy of each of the four destination tables and each of the
dialing rules would be entered on TSNSERVER.
Scenario 6: Boosting priority
On NYSERVER an LA area code table (LAACODE) and an LA

area code+destination table (LAPREFIX).
On LASERVER a NY area code table (NYACODE) and a NY
area code+destination table (NYPREFIX).
+
Restricted only to Users: SALESMGR,CFO and to Group:
TOPDOGS. Priority Delta +1.
LAACODE and NYACODE each contain a list of area codes that

match the low-rate phone numbers in their respective
regional areas. LAPREFIX and NYPREFIX match numbers with
low rates in area codes where only certain prefixes in area
code are included in the special low rate.
Scenario 7: International routing

PDQ Company expands into the international market. Their
first overseas site is London which has a RightFax server
installed (UKSERVER). All faxes from LA, NY, and Tucson
bound for England need to be routed to UKSERVER. This rule
is added to each of these servers:
PDQ would define the following two rules on NYSERVER:

%[LAACODE,3]+
Time of day set to peak times. Send via fax server
LASERVER.
011-44+
Send via fax server UKSERVER.
1%[LAPREFIX,6]+
Time of day set to peak times. Send via fax server
LASERVER.
Rules would need to be placed on UKSERVER to normalize the

phone numbers for England (such as stripping area codes or
adding digits if necessary).
LASERVER would have a matching set of rules referencing

NYACODE and NYPREFIX and routing to NYSERVER. Peak
times are specified because it is still cheaper to send in the
202
Administrator Guide
Scenario 8: Load balancing

PDQ adds another RightFax server to its expanding NY site
(NYSERVER2).Usage data indicates that during peak times,
faxes on NYSERVER are taking on average several minutes
longer to be sent than those on NYSERVER2. Upon analysis,
PDQ finds that the users of NYSERVER are sending many
more faxes than the users on NYSERVER2.
By entering these two rules on each server, new outgoing
faxes on each server are routed to the one with the least
load:
+
Send via local fax server.
+
Send via fax server NYSERVER2 (or NYSERVER).
Because each rule is weighted the same, RightFax load
balances between the two servers.
Scenario 9: Backup servers

PDQ Companys system administrator for LASERVER hears
about the new NYSERVER2 in New York and decides to make
use of the additional server by replicating all the dialing rules
on LASERVER for NYSERVER but this time referring them to
NYSERVER2. This leads to a guaranteed path of Least-Cost
Routing if one or the other of the N.Y. servers fail for any
reason.
Upon hearing about the new NYSERVER2 in New York, PDQ
Companys system administrator for LASERVER replicates all
the dialing rules on LASERVER for NYSERVER but this time
referring them to NYSERVER2. This leads to a guaranteed
path of Least-Cost Routing should one or the other of the New
York servers fail for any reason.
203
Administrator Guide
Chapter 22: Creating fax cover sheet templates
The RightFax server includes a folder with cover sheet

template files that you can modify or use as examples when
creating your own templates. The template files are located
in: RightFax\FCS\Imported.
After you create the cover sheets you need, import the files
into RightFax. See Managing cover sheet template files on
page 209.
Note On a RightFax 10.6 server, cover sheets can have
long file names. Earlier versions of RightFax FaxUtil and
Enterprise Fax Manager only display cover sheets that have
the standard 8.3 file name length. Cover sheets with longer
names do not appear.
The fax cover sheet templates determine the information

included on the cover sheet for each outgoing fax. They
usually include information about your organizationsuch as
logo, address, and phone numberand codes that represent
specific sender and destination information.
The information on a RightFax cover sheet must fit on one

page. Any cover sheet information appearing on subsequent
pages will be ignored.
You can create HTML and HTM cover sheet templates using an
HTML editor or a text editor.They can include any text and
graphics that are supported by these file types.
You can create multiple cover sheet files, such as a cover

sheet for each department or separate cover sheets for
different types of fax documents.
When creating an HTML cover sheet template, follow these

guidelines:
You can create the following types of cover sheets:
l
l
HTML. See Creating an HTML cover sheet template on

page 204.
l
Microsoft Word. See Creating a Microsoft Word (.doc)

cover sheet template on page 205.
PCL. See Creating a PCL cover sheet template on page
205.
204
Use absolute paths to reference other files, such as

graphics.
Use cover sheet codes to specify information such as
sender and destination data. For instructions, see
Inserting cover sheet codes on page 205 for a list of valid
codes, see Cover sheet codes on page 206.
Save the file with a file name extension of .htm or .html.
Administrator Guide
Creating a Microsoft Word (.doc) cover sheet template
source file (such as a .doc or .txt file) and then output this file
to PCL. Store both the source file and the PCL output on the
RightFax server This is recommended because the PCL file
cannot be edited.
Creating a Microsoft Word (.doc) cover

sheet template
If Microsoft Word is installed and configured on your RightFax
server for server-side application conversion, you can create
and use cover sheets in the native Word document format
(.doc). See Configuring Office application conversion on page
89 and Configuring server-side application conversion on
page 87.
When creating a PCL 5 compatible cover sheet template,

follow these guidelines:
l
Note Native Word cover sheets can take slightly longer to

convert to fax format than PCL files. This is exaggerated if
the server running Word has insufficient RAM.
When creating a Word cover sheet template, follow these

guidelines:
l
Cover sheets stored in the native Word format support all

language character sets supported by Word and Windows,
including Hebrew. To show special characters, such as
French accents, verify that ANSI mode is enabled on the
code page of the server. See Character Set Mode on page
35 for more information. Word cover sheet codes can also
use any TrueType font.

To save your source as a PCL file, select a printer driver
that supports PCL 5 or later and select the Print to file
option in your applications Print dialog box.
Save the file with the file name extension .pcl.
RightFax is shipped with sample cover sheet files and the

source documents they were created from. You can edit
these source files. Using Microsoft Word, open the FCS.doc
file in the RightFax\FCS\PCL_Source folder, make any
desired changes, and then print the cover sheet to a file in
the RightFax\FCS folder with the file name extension .pcl.
Inserting cover sheet codes

When the RightFax server generates a cover sheet for an

outgoing fax, it replaces the cover sheet codes in the
template with the data they represent. For a list of codes, see
Cover sheet codes on page 206.
Save the cover sheet file with the file name extension .doc
(not docx).
To insert a code in an htm and html cover sheet template

l
In the desired location of the html cover sheet, type

{coversheetcode}.
Use an application that can print to PCL5 to create a PCL

(Printer Control Language) template file. First create a
205
Administrator Guide
Example For the recipients company name, you would

type {FROMPHONENUM}.
Note Do not use double-byte characters into the

DocVariable field. While double-byte characters
added to the text of a Microsoft Word cover sheet
convert correctly, double-byte characters inserted
into DocVariable fields do not.
To insert a code in a PCL cover sheet template

l
In the desired location of the PCL cover sheet, in the

source file, type <coversheetcode> and apply a native
printer font to both the angle brackets and the code.
Example For the recipients company name, you

would insert DOCVARIABLE FROMPHONENUM.
Note The remaining text can use any font. When the
cover sheet template is printed to PCL format, only text
formatted with native printer fonts is stored in text
format. All other font types are converted to graphic
images. Any cover sheet code not formatted in a native
font will appear on the cover sheet instead of being
replaced by its associated data.
3. Click OK. To view the added code, right-click in the

location of the inserted DocVariable, and then click
Toggle Field Codes. The inserted variable becomes
visible.
4. Apply a TrueType or native printer font to
{DOCVARIABLEcoversheetcode\*MERGEFORMAT}
Cover sheet codes
Example For the recipients company name, you would

type and apply a native printer font to
<FROMPHONENUM>.
Not all cover sheet codes are supported in all formats. Refer
to the following table for a list of available cover sheet codes.
To insert a code in a Microsoft Word cover sheet template

1. In the desired location of the Word cover sheet, insert
the Document Automation field DocVariable, and then
click Field Codes.
Note If you place a cover sheet code in a Word text
box, make sure the box is large enough to fit all of the
text that replaces the codes.
Maximum Description
characters
BILLINFO1 +
15
Billing code 1 (if any).
BILLINFO2 +
15
Billing code 2 (if any).
CALL_BACK
31
The callback information (if any).
CALLBACK2
2. In the Field codes box,type coversheetcode so

that the text in the box appears as
DOCVARIABLEcoversheetcode.
Cover sheet code
206
Note Not for Microsoft Word

cover sheets.
Administrator Guide
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
CCTEXT
69
EMAILADDRESS
Variable
The senders email address from

the RightFax user properties. (See
Creating a user profile on page
108.)
FAXDATE
Variable
The date that the fax is created.
All the listed recipients of a fax

(including CC and BCC
recipients) in this format:
Name,FaxNum;Name,Faxnum;...
You can include up to 21
{CCTEXT} codes on a cover
sheet, each code representing one
line of recipients up to 69
characters long. Include one
{CCTEXT} code on each line that
contains recipients. The cover
sheet only lists the number of
recipients for which space is
provided.
Note Not for HTML or PCL

cover sheets.
FAXDIDNUM
31
The senders fax number.
FAXSENDDATE
Variable
The date that the fax was sent.

cover sheets.
FROMCOMPANY
59
The senders company name.
FROMCITYSTATE
59
The senders city and state.
FROM_NAME
59
The senders name.
CUSTOM1
Variable

cover sheets.
DATEONLY
Variable
The date that the fax cover sheet

was generated. The date format is
determined by the default date
format on the RightFax server.
FROMNAME
59
The senders name.

cover sheets.
FROM_
PHONENUM
31
The senders phone number,
EMAIL_ADDRESS
Variable

cover sheets.
The senders email address from

the RightFax user properties (See
Creating a user profile on page
108).
FROMPHONENUM 31

cover sheets.
available for all three types of
cover sheets.

cover sheets.
207
Administrator Guide
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
FROMPHONE
31
OPERATORNUM
31
The general phone number for the

senders organization.
ROUTEINFO
Variable
The routing information entered in

the user profile of the user creating
the fax. (See The Inbound Routing
tab on page 112).
TIMEONLY
Variable
The time that the fax cover sheet

was generated. The time format is
determined by the default time
format on the RightFax server.

cover sheets.
GENERALFAXNUM 31
The general fax number for the

senders organization.
NOTETEXT
The notes added to the fax when it

was addressed. You can include
up to 21 <NOTETEXT> codes on
a cover sheet, each code
representing one line of notes up
to 69 characters long. Include one
<NOTETEXT> code on each line
that you want notes to be listed
on. The cover sheet only includes
as much note text as there is
space allotted for. If the notes for
a fax are shorter than the space
provided by <NOTETEXT>
codes, the remaining lines will be
filled with blanks.
NUMPAGES
NUMPAGESC
69
Variable
Variable

cover sheets.
TO_CITYSTATE
The recipients city and state,

cover sheets.
TOCITYSTATE
59
The recipients city and state.
TO_COMPANY
59
The recipients organization name.

cover sheets.
The number of pages in the fax

body, not including the cover
sheet. To include the cover sheet
in the page count, use the
<NUMPAGESC> code.
TOCOMPANY
59
TO_CONTACTNUM 31
The recipients organization name.

The recipients phone number.
cover sheets.
The number of pages in the fax

including the cover sheet. To
exclude the cover sheet in the
page count, use the
<NUMPAGES> code.
59
TOCONTACTNUM
208
31
The recipients phone number.
Administrator Guide
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
Cover sheet code
Maximum Description
characters
TO_FAXNUM
31
WHENFAXED
Variable
The recipients fax number.

cover sheets.
TOFAXNUM
31
The recipients fax number.
TO_NAME
59

cover sheets.
TONAME
59
UNIQUEID
16
The unique ID assigned to the

outgoing fax.
USERID
59
The RightFax User ID.

The list of cover sheets includes all cover sheet templates
currently available in RightFax. You can import additional
cover sheet files, edit information about existing files, and
delete files no longer needed.
To open the list of cover sheets

cover sheets.
USERNAME
59
1. On the RightFax server, start Enterprise Fax

Manager. For more information, see Starting
The RightFax User Name,

cover sheets.
WHEN_FAXED
Variable
The date and time the document

was generated by the fax server.
The time the fax was processed
by the fax server can be very
different from the time it is actually
sent as recorded on the TTI line,
especially if you are using the
RightFax Delay Send feature.

server, and then click Cover Sheets. The list of
currently available cover sheets appears in the right
pane. The default cover sheet is indicated by a green
check mark.
The date and time the document

was generated by the fax server.
The time the fax was processed
by the fax server can differ largely
from the time it is actually sent as
recorded on the TTI line,
especially if you are using the
RightFax Delay Send feature.
To add a cover sheet to the list

1. In the list of cover sheets, right-click an existing file,
and then click New.
2. Enter the following information:
Note Not for HTML or Microsoft

Word cover sheets.
209
Administrator Guide
Granting user permission to select a cover sheet
ID. The text string that will appear when a user is

selecting a cover sheet.
files.
4. Click OK.
Description. The text string that will appear in the

cover sheet list.
Copying cover sheets from one server to

another
File Name. The name of the file that will be copied

to the SQL database. Click Import and browse to
the location of the new file. Select the file and click
Open.
To copy one or more cover sheets from one RightFax

server to another
l
3. Click OK. The cover sheet is copied to RightFax and

appears in the list of cover sheets.
Note If you copy cover sheets from a new RightFax

To delete a cover sheet from the list

l
Select the cover sheet or sheets, right-click the selection,

click Delete, and then confirm the deletion.
Granting user permission to select a

cover sheet
To edit a cover sheet ID, description or file name

1. Right-click the cover sheet, and then click Edit.
If your organization has several fax cover sheets for different

types of faxes, users with the appropriate permission can
select which cover sheet to use for any fax they send.
2. You can change any of the following information:

l
Select the cover sheets you want to copy, and drag the
ID. The text string that appears when a user is

selecting a cover sheet.
Users can also include the <FCSFILE> code in documents to

specify a cover sheet file for that document. For more
information, seeRightFax embedded codes on page 310.
Description.The text string that appears in the

cover sheet list.
File Name. The name of the file that has been
copied to the SQL database. To choose a new file for
the ID, click Import and browse to the location of
the new file. Select the file, and then click Open.
To set the user permission change cover sheets

3. To preview the displayed Word or html file, click View.

Word files open in Microsoft Word in read-only mode
and html files in your browser. You cannot preview PCL

server, and then click Users.
3. In the list of users in the right pane, double-click the
210
Administrator Guide

4. Under Cover Sheet Defaults, click Send Cover
Sheets, and in the Cover Sheet Model box, select
the cover sheet file.
user ID.
4. On the Permissions tab, select the Can Change
Cover Sheets check box.
To assign a default cover sheet to a group of RightFax

users

When a user sends a fax, RightFax creates the cover sheet

using a default template. You can define the following
defaults settings:
l

server, and then click Groups.
A default cover sheet for each user. The indicated file will
be used if the user does not select a cover sheet when
sending a fax.
3. Double-click the group ID.
A default cover sheet for a group of users. The indicated

file will be used if the user does not select a cover sheet
and does not have a default user cover sheet.
4. On the Basic Information tab, under Cover Sheets,

click Select.
5. In the Default Cover Sheet list, select a cover sheet,
and then click OK.
A default cover sheet for the entire system. The indicated

file will be used when the user does not select a cover
sheet and has neither a default user or group cover sheet
defined. The cover sheet template selected as the system
default appears with a green check mark in the list of
cover sheets.
To change the system cover sheet

To assign a default cover sheet to a RightFax user

server, and then click Cover Sheets. The list of the
existing cover sheets appears in the right pane.

3. Right-click the cover sheet to set as the new system

default, and then click Set as System Default.

server, and then click Users.
Setting required cover sheet information
3. Double-click the user ID, and then click Default

Outbound Settings.
As the administrator, you can specify the cover sheet

information that users must enter when sending a fax or after
they have received a fax. For example, you can require that
211
Administrator Guide
the fax recipient include billing codes or other fields for

billing records.
To require cover sheet information

2. On the Utility menu, click Customize Cover Sheet
Fields.
3. On the Sending Required Fields tab, select the check

boxes next to those fields you want to be mandatory to
send a fax. The To Fax Number option is always
required. If a user tries to send a fax without filling in
all required fields, the fax remains in the users FaxUtil
mailbox with the status Info Not Complete.
4. On the Receive Required Fields tab, select the check
boxes next to the fields you want to be mandatory for
received faxes. If a fax arrives that does not include all
required fields, the recipient will not be able to delete
the fax until the required fields have been completed.
212
Administrator Guide
Chapter 23: Using Optical Character Recognition
Enabling OCR processing on the WorkServers
4. Users choose whether to convert individual faxes or

automatically convert all received faxes to text. See
Creating and managing OCR text files on page 218
Use the Optical Character Recognition (OCR) service to

convert:
l
Images of text in received faxes into standard text files.
To configure OCR routing
The first occurrence of a bar code on a received fax into

its equivalent text or number string.
On a RightFax Enterprise server or higher, set up a central

mailbox and create a routing table. See Using OCR to route
received faxes on page 216. OCRrouting requires that
OCRprocessing is enabled.
Note Codabar, Code 39 (3of9), Code 93, Code 128,

EAN-8, EAN-13, I2of5, UPC-A, and UPC-E are supported
symbologies.
Enabling OCR processing on the

WorkServers
The resulting text can be viewed, edited, or used to route

faxes to their intended recipients.
To configure OCR conversions
To enable OCRprocessing, the OCR service must be enabled

on at least one WorkServer. You can enable OCR processing
on as many WorkServers as you want.
1. Enable OCR on the WorkServers. See Enabling OCR

processing on the WorkServers on page 213.
To enable OCR processing
2. Configure the Conversion Engine for OCR. See

Configuring the Conversion Engine for OCR on page
214.
1. In Windows Control Panel of the RightFax server,

double-click RightFax WorkServer.
3. Give OCR permission to each user who is authorized to

use the feature and enable OCR and the output file
defaults for each user. See Configuring RightFax users
for OCR conversion on page 214.
2. In the WorkServer Configuration window, in the

component tree in the left pane, select the WorkServer
213
Administrator Guide
that you want to perform OCR processing.

4. Click the RecoStar tab, complete the following fields,
and then click OK:
l
3. In the Services list, click OCR, and then click OK.
Configuring the Conversion Engine for

OCR
Maximum Conversion Time. Adjust this setting

based on the size of the largest document (page and
word count) sent for this conversion. The default
value of 1 minute is usually adequate for all but the
largest documents. Local testing ultimately
determines the optimal setting for your
environment.
Maximum number of retries. The maximum
number of conversion attempts per document is
controlled by the Maximum number of retries
setting. Documents that fail conversion are marked
as Problem Converting Fax Body or Coversheet.
Country. Select an option from the list. This list
contains all supported languages, as well as some
country and region codes that incorporate multiple
languages with similar character sets (such as
Western_Europe).
RightFax uses RecoStar to perform OCR conversion.
Configuring RightFax users for OCR

conversion
To configure RecoStar
1. On the RightFax server, on the Start menu, click All
Programs, then Open Text, and then RightFax
Give OCR permission to all RightFax users that must be able

to receive OCR versions of fax images. As OCR conversions
are processor-intensive, limit the number of users with this
permission.
2. In the Enterprise Fax Manager application, click the

name of the RightFax server to configure in the tree in
the left pane.The list of services appears at the lowerright pane of the window.
To give a RightFax user OCR permission

1. Run Enterprise Fax Manager, and double-click the user
name to open the User Edit dialog box.
214
Administrator Guide
2. Click the Permissions tab and select Can OCR

Faxes.
TXT, RTF, or DOC.
3. Click the Default Receive Settings tab.
5. In the Format list, select the text format used to

interpret your fax pages:
4. Under Automatic OCR Options, select the Enabled?

check box to automatically convert all received faxes
using OCR. In the Extension box, type a default threeletter file extension for the output file. Valid options are
ASCII produces a plain text file.

RTF (rich text format) preserves fonts and
formatting but is only available to Windows users.
6. Click OK.
215
Administrator Guide

3. If you have set up multiple central mailboxes for OCR
routing, you can use a separate routing table for each
mailbox. See Creating alternate routing tables on page
218.

RightFax recommends that you use OCR routing as a
secondary routing method only. Especially in large
organizations, route faxes using other, more reliable
methods. For more information, see Routing inbound faxes
on page 220. Use OCR routing only for faxes whose intended
recipients could not be determined by these methods.
Creating and configuring the OCR central

mailbox
To use OCR to route faxes to their intended recipients, the
faxes must arrive in one or more central mailboxes. This
mailbox is configured to reroute all incoming faxes using OCR
routing.
When a fax arrives in a central mailbox configured for OCR

routing, the fax cover sheet text is checked against a routing
table that contains the RightFax user IDs and other
identifying text. If a match is found between the identifying
text and the fax cover sheet text, the fax is routed. If no
match is found, the fax remains in the central mailbox.
To create a central mailbox for OCR routing

1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, create a new user with the
following properties:
Note the following about bar codes contained in received

faxes:
l
a. On the Identification tab, set the User ID to

OCR and the Group IDto Everyone.
Only the first encountered bar code is converted to its

equivalent text string and used to determine a match.
b. On the Inbound Routing tab, set the Routing

Code to a unique code and the Routing Type to
OCR, and then click OK.
Do not use a cover page if the bar code to be used for

routing is contained in an attachment.
Only Codabar, Code 39 (3of9), Code 93, Code 128, EAN-8,
EAN-13, I2of5, UPC-A, and UPC-E bar codes are
converted.
Important Only the central mailbox should

have its Routing Type set to OCR. Do not set
the routing type of individual RightFax user
mailboxes to OCR. Otherwise each users
mailbox will attempt to reroute all received
faxes, potentially creating endless routing
loops.
To use OCR routing

1. Configure a central mailbox to receive the faxes to be
routed and configure it for OCR routing. See Creating
and configuring the OCR central mailbox on page 216.
2. Edit the properties of the Everyone group as follows:
2. Create a custom routing table containing RightFax user

IDs and their associated text. See Creating the OCR
routing table on page 217
216
On the Basic Information tab, set the

Administrator to OCR, and then click OK.
Administrator Guide
Creating the OCR routing table

The OCRrouting table is a text file that determines to which
user to route a fax based on matching text or bar codes found
on the fax cover sheet.
If the text in the fax cover sheet is an exact match for an

entry in the routing table, the fax is routed to the RightFax
user ID associated with the matching text.
Remove any blank spaces at the end of an entry to

ensure that trailing spaces are not used for
matching.
The matching text must be an exact match of the
text from the cover sheet.
Example Using the following routing table, any fax received

with the word Jane is routed to JDoe, even if it is addressed
to Jane Smith, even if there are other Janes later in the
routing table. If the cover sheet includes "Smith," but not
John, the fax is not routed. Similarly, a fax simply
addressed to Marketing or VP Marketing would not be
routed. Only the exact title Director of Marketing would
cause the fax to be routed to user JDoe.
When creating the OCR routing table, keep in mind that

RightFax scans the routing table from top to bottom, routing
the fax to the first match it finds. This means:
l
UserID and MatchingText must be separated by a

single space.
Place your highest priority user IDs at the top of the list so
they are sure to receive their faxes even if matching text
conflicts with other users in your organization. The order
in which you list user IDs in the table is very important.
If you want routing by bar code to take precedence over
routing by text, place bar codes at the top of the routing
table strings.
JDoe Jane
JDoe Doe
If you want routing by text to take precedence over

routing by bar code, place bar codes at the bottom of the
routing table.
JDoe Jane Doe

JDoe Director of Marketing
JDoe 555-1212
To create the OCR routing table
JSmith John Smith
1. On the RightFax server, in the RightFax\WorkSrv

folder, create a text file named Route.txt. The folder
includes a sample Route.txt file for reference.
JSmith 555-1000
Example Using the following routing table, matches for
numbers would be routed first, then names, and then titles or
departments.
2. Using one line per RightFax user, enter the routing

information in the format UserID MatchingText.
JDoe 5205551212
Note the following:
JSmith 520555100
TLogan 520555198
JDoe Jane Doe
217
Administrator Guide
JSmith John Smith
TLogan Ted Logan
After the workserver has been configured and permissions

granted, users can either convert individual faxes to OCR text
or they can configure RightFax to automatically convert all
received faxes to text. After a fax has been converted to text,
RightFax stores the text file along with the original fax
image.
JDoe Director of Marketing

JSmith Sales
TLogan Development
Creating alternate routing tables
Converting individual faxes to OCR text files
If you have set up multiple central mailboxes for OCR

routing, you can use a separate routing table for each
mailbox.
To convert a fax image to text, you see a list of received

faxes with either FaxUtil or RightFax Web Access.
To specify a file name for the routing table other than

Route.txt.
To convert each fax

1. Click the fax to select it.
1. Run Enterprise Fax manager and edit the user ID for

the mailbox.
2. Click the OCR icon or right-click and choose OCR from

the menu.
2. On the Inbound Routing tab, in the Routing Info

box, enter the file name for the routing table. The new
routing table file must be located in the same
RightFax\WorkSrv folder and use the same format as
the Route.txt OCR routing file.
After the OCR processing is complete, an icon appears in the

OCR column for the fax and the text file is stored as a fax
attachment.
Configuring automated OCR conversion
3. You can also specify a RightFax user ID to which

unmatched faxes automatically route for each central
mailbox: In the Routing Info box, after the file name,
type a comma followed by a RightFax user ID.
To configure RightFax to automatically convert all received

faxes to text with OCR, the OCR module must be enabled and
the current user must have OCR permission. After the
automated conversion has been enabled, each user can set
the OCR Options defaults. Users can override any of these
settings for each individual fax.
Example If you have set up an OCR central mailbox for the

Sales department, you can specify a routing table called
Sales.txt and have all unmatched faxes automatically route
to Jane Doe (RightFax user ID JDoe). To do this, enter the
following line in the Routing Info box of the Sales central
mailbox:
To convert all received faxes

1. In FaxUtil, on the Tools menu, click Options.
2. On the Receiving tab, select the Automatically OCR
SALES.TXT,JDoe
218
Administrator Guide
Received Faxes check box, and then click Set OCR

Options.
3. In the Output Type list, select TXT, DOC, or RTF.
4. In the Format list, select RFT or ASCII.
219
Administrator Guide
The RightFax server provides several methods for routing

received faxes to their intended recipients in your
organization. The routing method (DID/DNIS, DTMF, channel,
ANI, or CSID routing) is determined primarily by the type of
telephone service you use.
phone company forwards any or all of these dialed numbers

to your system along with the call. RightFax uses these
included numbers to route faxes to the proper recipients.
Each RightFax user is assigned a personal fax mailbox that is
assigned a DID/DNIS number (routing code). When a call
comes in with a valid DID/DNIS number, the fax is placed in
the corresponding users fax mailbox.
To route faxes to users, each user must be assigned a unique

routing code. When a fax is received, RightFax attempts to
determine the intended recipient based on information
associated with the received fax and then routes the fax to
that recipient. The users account settings determine the
delivery method of the fax, such as whether the fax is sent to
the users FaxUtil mailbox, a network directory, or attached
to an email message.
To configure the DID/DNIS settings

1. Configure the RightFax server and fax board(s) for
DID/DNIS routing by running the RightFax
DocTransport configuration program. Each fax board
must be configured for DID/DNIS routing separately.
See Brooktrout Fax Board configuration on page 63 for
more detail.
2. Assign routing codes to users in accordance with the

number of DID/DNIS digits for which your services are
configured.
DID (Direct Inward Dial) and DNIS (Dialed Number

Identification Service) are considered the most accurate
methods for routing faxes. While DNIS supports bidirectional faxing, DID lines support inbound phone service
only.
Example If you have a set of DID/DNIS numbers of

555-1001 through 555-1020, and your phone service is
configured to forward the last four digits of the dialed
number, you would assign the routing codes 1001
through 1020 to your users. If you have three digit
A DID/DNIS interface assigns multiple telephone numbers to

a single pair of wires (a telephone trunk). Often these
numbers are sequential and all contain the same prefix. For
example, a single DID/DNIS line may have 20 numbers
associated with it ranging from 555-1001 to 555-1020. Your
220
Administrator Guide
Brooktrout Fax Board configuration on page 63. Each

fax channel must be configured for DTMF routing
separately.
service, you would assign the routing codes 001

through 020 to your users.
3. In Enterprise Fax Manager, click Users, and then
double-click a user name to open the User Edit dialog
box.
2. From the Enterprise Fax Manager, click Users and

double-click a user name to open the User Edit dialog
box.
4. On the Inbound Routing tab, in the Routing Code

(DID/DNIS number) box, enter the users DID/DNIS
phone extension code.
3. Click Inbound Routing, and then enter the users

DTMF code in the Routing Code box. The digits
entered here correspond to the digits entered by the
caller when prompted.
Note This number must have the exact number of

digits that you specified in the Number of Digits for
Routing box when configuring the fax boards.
Configuring channel routing

With channel routing, faxes are routed based on the phone
line on which they are received. For example, if each of your
departments use a unique fax number, all faxes to that
number are delivered to a single fax mailbox. Each of the
members of the department can check the department
mailbox for faxes, the faxes can be directed to a printer
located in the department, or each fax can be routed to the
intended recipient.

Unlike DID/DNIS routing, DTMF uses Plain Old Telephone
Service (POTS) with a single phone number assigned to each
phone line. The person sending the fax dials this number and
the call connects normally. Before the fax transmission
starts, the fax board prompts the caller with a tone or voice
prompt to enter a routing code for the fax they are sending.
If the caller enters a valid routing code (one that is assigned
to a RightFax user) the fax is placed in that user's mailbox. If
the caller does not enter a code before a certain amount of
time has elapsed, or if the code does not correspond to a
valid RightFax mailbox, the fax is placed in the mailbox that
corresponds to the Channel Extension setting for the
channel it arrived on (or to the administrator of the Everyone
group if no channel extension match is found).
Configuring RightFax for channel routing

Each fax channel must be configured for channel routing
separately. To configure the RightFax server and fax boards
for channel routing, run the RightFax DocTransport
configuration program.
Click each channel number under the fax board names. For
each channel, set the Channel Extension to a number
between 1 and 99. This setting corresponds to the Routing
Code of the mailbox that is to receive all faxes coming in on
this channel. You can also set two or more channels to the
same Routing Extension if you want a single mailbox to
receive faxes from multiple channels.
To configure DTMF routing

1. Configure the RightFax server and fax board(s) for
DTMF routing by running the RightFax DocTransport
configuration program. For more information, see
221
Administrator Guide
In most cases, one central mailbox performing ANI routing is

sufficient. If the needs of your organization require you to
create multiple central mailboxes, each mailbox must have
a routing code that corresponds to a channel extension
configured in the DocTransport.
Channel routing with digital fax boards

To implement channel routing with digital fax boards, set the
Windows registry value DoDigitalChanRoute to 1. See
DoDigitalChanRoute on page 348.
Caution Only the central mailbox should have a routing

type of ANI. Do not set individual RightFax user mailboxes
to this routing type. If set to ANIrouting, individual user
mailboxes will attempt to reroute all received faxes,
potentially creating endless routing loops.
Configuring recipient mailboxes

To assign channel extensions to mailboxes, edit the user
profile for each recipient mailbox in Enterprise Fax Manager.
Click the Inbound Routing tab and enter the Channel
Extension setting of the channel that you want to receive
faxes from in the Routing Code box.
To create a central mailbox for ANI routing
1. Run Enterprise Fax Manager and add a new RightFax

user called ANI.
ANI (Automatic Number Identification) is a service provided

by telephone service providers. It precedes each incoming
phone call with a series of digits that includes (among other
things) the phone number dialing in.
2. For the new user ANI, edit the user properties. On the
Inbound Routing tab, enter 0 (zero) in the Routing
Code box. This causes all incoming faxes whose
owners cannot be determined to automatically route to
this mailbox.
RightFax can use ANI information to route inbound faxes to a

user mailbox based on the phone number that the fax
originated from. Using ANI routing, all faxes from a certain
phone number can be routed to a specific recipient. Similarly,
all faxes originating from a specific area code or telephone
number prefix can be routed to a specific recipient. This
routing method can be useful to sales departments for
routing faxes according to sales territories.
3. Click ANI in the Routing Type box. This configures

the mailbox to perform ANI routing on each received
fax.
4. If you have not already done so, enter the ANI pattern
matching string in the DocTransport module. See
Configuring Brooktrout global transport settings on
page 64.
ANI routing is not available with analog fax boards.
5. On the RightFax server, create an ASCII file called

Ani.tbl in the RightFax\Bin folder. This file is the ANI
routing table. Each line must contain a separate entry
using this format:
Configuring RightFax for ANI routing

To route faxes with ANI routing, the faxes must arrive in one
central mailbox. This mailbox is configured to reroute all
incoming faxes using ANI routing.
RoutingCode ANIString
222
Administrator Guide
Where RoutingCode is the routing code setting of the

user to route to and ANIString is the ANI data
represented by X characters in the ANI pattern match.
The ANI string and routing code must be separated by a
single space.
to match with data in RightFax. For this reason, CSID routing

can be an unreliable method of routing.
CSID routing precludes some other routing types like DTMF
and channel routing. However, routing types that occur after
arriving in a fax mailbox (like OCR routing) can still be used.
If an ID for the sending device is not transmitted or cannot be
determined, the fax is placed in the mailbox that corresponds
to the Channel Extension setting for the channel it arrived
on (or to the administrator of the Everyone group if no
channel extension match is found).
Example of a short ANI routing table:

1001
1002
1003
1004
15205551212
15205552345
15205550982
15205551000
Configuring RightFax for CSID routing
Creating alternate routing tables
To configure RightFax for CSID routing
You can set up multiple central mailboxes for ANI routing.
1. Run the RightFax Server configuration program.
For example, you could set up a mailbox that receives and

routes faxes to the Sales department. Create a central
mailbox for Sales, and specify a routing table called
Sales.tbl.
2. Click the General tab and select Enable CSID

Routing.
3. On the RightFax server, create an ASCII file called
CSID.tbl in the RightFax\Bin folder. The CSID.tbl file is
the CSID routing table. Each line must contain a
separate entry using this format:
To specify the routing table for the mailbox, edit the user
profile for the mailbox in Enterprise Fax Manager, click the
Inbound Routing tab, and type the file name in the Routing
Info box. The custom routing table files must be located in
the RightFax\Bin folder.
RoutingCode CSID
Where RoutingCode is the routing code setting of the
user to route to, and CSID is the CSID information
(either text or a phone number) that, when sent, routes
to that user. The routing code and CSID must be
separated by a single space. The CSID text can contain
spaces and other special characters.

CSID (caller subscriber identification) routing routes inbound
faxes to a specific mailbox based on the ID of the sending
device. Using CSID routing, faxes sent from a specific fax
number can be routed to a specific recipient.
Example of a short CSID routing table:
This method relies on data from the sending device, which

may or may not include a fax phone number. The CSID may
be the company name or other data and it may be impossible
1001 520*
1002 Acme, Inc.
1003 RIGHTFAX
223
Administrator Guide
The asterisk (*) wildcard character can be used to

represent any unspecified characters at the end of the
CSID string. This wildcard can only be used at the end
of the CSID string in the CSID.tbl file, and all
characters preceding the wildcard must match the
incoming CSID exactly for routing to be successful. In
the preceding example, all incoming faxes with CSIDs
that indicate they originated from area code 520 are
routed to the RightFax user with the routing code 1001.
option, you must also provide the necessary routing

information in the Routing Info box so that RightFax can
find the correct email mailbox. For information on routing
faxes to an email mailbox, see Configuring users to receive
faxes via email on page 266, or refer to the documentation
included with the RightFax email gateway module.
Network directory
When you select this routing type, incoming faxes are sent to
a network folder that you specify. If you select this option,
you must type the path to the folder in the Routing Info box
and/or choose from several macros as to how you would like
the faxes stored (such as by month, day, or billing code).

After you configure a routing method for your organization,
you have several options for the delivery method to the user.
The delivery method is configured individually for each
RightFax user.
Note If you you enter an incomplete path, the path you

entered will be created relative to the worksrv.exe working
directory. For example, if you enter XXX\ZZZ, the image
can be found at C:\PROGRA~2\RIGHTFAX\WORKSRV\
XXX\ZZZ \.
To assign a delivery method to a user

1. Run Enterprise Fax Manager (see Starting Enterprise
Fax Manager on page 18), and click Users under the
RightFax server in the Fax Server Tree. The list of
users appears in the right pane of the window.
Example The following entry in the Routing Info box routes

faxes to the RightFax\Faxin folder on the \SYS volume of the
FILESERV file server:
2. Double-click a user to edit the users profile. The User

Edit dialog box opens.
\\fileserv\sys\rightfax\faxin
In this example, the RightFax fax server would have to be
attached to FILESERV with sufficient privileges to write to the
Faxin folder. RightFax creates any specified folders,
assuming it has the necessary network access privileges.
3. Click Inbound Routing and select the delivery method

in the Routing Type box.
Delivery options include:
The destination path can also specify one or more folder

macros that cause unique or descriptive folders to be created
dynamically. The following table lists the available folder
macros.
Fax mailbox
When you select this routing type, incoming faxes are routed
to the users FaxUtil mailbox.
Email
When you select this routing type, incoming faxes are
forwarded to the user as an email message. If you select this
224
Macro
Definition
~1
Date (YYYYMMDD)
Administrator Guide
RightFax user IDs and matching strings, and when a match is

found, routed to the appropriate user. No additional routing
information is necessary if you use the default OCR routing
table Route.txt.
Macro
Definition
~2
Day of the week (SUNSAT)
~3
Month (JANDEC)
~4
Year (YYYY)
~5
Day of the month (DD)
For more information about OCR routing, see Using OCR to

route received faxes on page 216.
~6
Month as decimal (0112)
RightFaxInterConnect
~7
User ID (truncated to 11 characters)
~8
Week of year as decimal (0051)
~9
Billing Code 1 (truncated to 11 characters)
~0
Billing Code 2 (truncated to 11 characters)
~A
Remote ID (left to right, truncated to 11 characters)
When you select this routing type, incoming faxes are

redirected from one RightFax server to another. In the
Routing Info box, enter the destination RightFax server
name. The InterConnect service must be enabled on at least
one of the receiving RightFax servers WorkServers, and the
RightFax user account (user ID) of the fax recipient must
exist on both RightFax servers.
~B
Remote ID (right to left, truncated to 11 characters)
Telephony server
RightFax can route incoming faxes to a telephony server
mailbox. In the Routing Info box, enter the telephony
server routing information using this format:
Example Entering \\FILESERV\SYS\RIGHTFAX\~1 causes

the fax server to create a folder
\\FILESERV\SYS\RIGHTFAX\20020101 when storing a fax
received on January 1, 2002.
(NP: or TCP:)
server/source/sourcepassword/destination
The file name stored in this folder is a unique name assigned

by the RightFax server and cannot be changed. The total
length of the path, after macro replacement, cannot exceed
72 characters.
Where NP: or TCP: represents the network protocol, either

named pipes or TCP/IP.
Note Only received faxes are routed to a network folder

using this method. If a sent fax is forwarded or routed from
one RightFax user to another RightFax user with a network
routing destination specified, the fax appears in the
recipients fax mailbox, but does not appear in the specified
network folder.
Smart Fax Distribution is a method of distributing received

faxes between all the members of a user group.
With Smart Fax Distribution, the user group that shares the
faxes is assigned a Routing Code. Faxes that are routed to
the group ID are distributed among the group members
(using each individuals configured routing method) either
round-robin or according to each users ability to process the
faxes.
OCR
When you select this routing type, incoming faxes are OCRed
for recognizable character strings, compared to a table of
225
Administrator Guide
Assigning unique ID numbers to fax file names androutingtoanetwork

folder
To configure Smart Fax Distribution for user groups, see The

Smart Fax Distribution tab on page 128.
folder.
8. In Enterprise Fax Manager, edit each user whose
received faxes should be routed. In the User Edit
dialog box, click Permissions. Select the check box
Stamp Pages of Received Faxes with Audit
Stamp.
Assigning unique ID numbers to fax file

names and routing to a network folder
Faxes stored in a network folder can be assigned unique ID
numbers, and the ID numbers can be used as the file names.
By default, RightFax generates and assigns unique ID
numbers to each fax it receives. You can specify an
alternative ID number scheme if you want to store faxes on a
network folder. For example, you can specify an ID that
consists of the server name, date, and page count.
9. Click Inbound Routing. In the Routing Type box,

select Network Directory.
10. In the File Format box, select TIFF (G3-1D) or TIFF
(G4).
11. In the Routing Info box, type the name of the folder
where the faxes will be saved.
This unique ID number is printed on the fax page in the

receipt terminal information (RTI) line.
To assign unique IDs

1. Set the Windows registry value for
UseReceiveStampUnique to 1 on the FaxServer and
on each WorkServer. See UseReceiveStampUnique on
page 353.
2. In Enterprise Fax Manager, select the server.
WorkServer# Module. The WorkServer
4. Under Services, select FileRoute, and click to clear
Archive.
5. Under Archive Settings, click Separate File Per
Page Output check box.
6. Repeat steps 3, 4, and 5 for each WorkServer that you
want to handle file routing.
7. Specify the users whose faxes should be routed to the
226
Administrator Guide
Chapter 25: Responding to inbound faxes with AutoReply
Requirements
The AutoReply service monitors one or more RightFax

mailboxes for inbound faxes and replies with a fax to the
sender if the inbound fax includes a valid CSID number. You
can route the inbound faxes to different RightFax mailboxes
based on whether the auto-reply was successful and you can
print those for which auto-reply failed to a RightFax printer.
Installing AutoReply
You can install AutoReply on any computer with network
access to the RightFax server. After installing AutoReply, run
the AutoReply Wizard to add the AutoReply service to the
RightFax server. For more information, see Configuring
AutoReply on page 228.
The faxed replies are fully customizable for each monitored

user. A reply can include personalized messages, relevant
fax addressing information, your organization's logo or other
graphic images, and a copy of the cover page from the
received fax being replied to.
To install AutoReply
1. Log on to the computer with a Windows account that is
a member of the domain users and local administrators
group.
Requirements
l
Microsoft .NET Framework
Microsoft C++ runtime components
2. Run RightFax Setup.exe. The RightFax Product Suite

Setup wizard opens.
3. Setup requires Microsoft .NET Framework. If this
software is not installed on your system, Setup
prompts you to install it.Click OK.
For users that will be monitored for automatic replies,

verify that inbound routing is not set to delete after
routing. If it is set to delete, auto-reply will fail. To change
this setting, see Creating a user profile on page 108.
4. Review the welcome screen and click Next.

5. Carefully read and accept the license agreement and
click Next.
All auto-reply faxes are sent from one RightFax user

account. It is recommended that you define a user ID
dedicated to this feature. To create a user ID, see
Creating a user profile on page 108.
6. Setup can check for RightFax updates and other latebreaking information:
227
Administrator Guide
To check for updates, verify you have an active

HTTP connection and then click Check for
Updates. If updates are found, follow the
instructions in the Result section.
To continue with Setup without checking for

updates, select the Do not check for updates
check box, and then click Next.
Defining to route and print inbound faxes based on the

success of their auto-reply. The settings must be defined
for all monitored mailboxes (<Default>) and as needed
for individual mailboxes.
Selecting a format.ini file to apply to the reply faxes. A
template file must be selected for all monitored mailboxes
(<Default>) and as needed for individual mailboxes.
A sample format.ini file is available at
RightFax\AutoReply\Samples. Use it to create customized
format.ini files. For more information, see Customizing
the reply fax on page 230.
8. Select the RightFax AutoReply Setup component, and

then click Next.
To configure AutoReply
1. On the Start menu, click All Programs, then Open
Text, and then RightFax Autoreply Wizard.

software, click Apply. This may take several minutes.
2. On the Choose Server page, do the following:

a. In the RightFax Server box, type the name of
the server that AutoReply will monitor.
11. Select your installation folder, and then click Next.
b. In the Log on as user box, enter the RightFax

user ID and in the Password box, enter the
password.

13. To apply your settings and complete Setup, click
Apply, and then click Close.
c. Click Connect.
d. When you are logged in, click Next.
3. Click Set up and configure a new RightFax

server, and then click Next.
In a shared services environment, you must configure

AutoReply on each node.
4. On the Choose an AutoReply User page, in the

Select the AutoReply user ID list, select the
RightFax user ID from which to send the reply faxes. It
Configuring AutoReply involves:
Adding the AutoReply service to the RightFax server.
228
Administrator Guide
c. Repeat the above steps for individual monitored
mailboxes, and then click Next.
is recommended that you define a user ID dedicated to

this feature. Click Next.
5. On the Select Monitored Users page, in the
Available users list, select one or more users to
monitor, and then click Add. The users appear in the
Monitored users list. When you have selected all
users to monitor, click Next.
7. On the Enter File Names page, select the format.ini

file to apply to the reply faxes.
a. In the Select the monitored user ID list, click
<Default> to select the format.ini file for all
monitored mailboxes; otherwise, select a
specific user ID.
6. On the Edit Monitored Users page, select to route or

print inbound faxes based on the success of their autoreply was successful.
b. Click Browse, select the *.ini file, and then click

Open.
a. In the Select the monitored user ID list,

select <Default> to define the default methods
for all monitored mailboxes; otherwise, select a
specific user ID.
c. Repeat above steps for individual monitored

mailboxes, and then click Next.
8. Click Finish.
b. As needed , specify any of the following:

l
To make changes to your AutoReply configuration
To route an inbound fax to another mailbox

when the auto-reply is successful, in the
Select a user to route the fax to after a
successful autoreply box, select the user
ID.
1. On the Start menu, click All Programs, then Open

Text, and then RightFax Autoreply Configuration.
2. On the Connection tab, enter the user ID and
password, and then click Connect.
To route an inbound fax to another mailbox

when the auto-reply fails, in the Select a
user to route the fax to if an autoreply
is not sent box, select the user ID.
3. On the AutoReply User ID tab, as needed, change the

RightFax user ID from which to send the reply faxes.
4. On the Monitored Users tab, as needed, change
which RightFax mailboxes will be monitored for
AutoReply.
To print an inbound fax on a RightFax printer

when the auto-reply fails, in the Select the
printer where the fax should print if an
autoreply is not sent box, select the printer
ID. The printer must be defined in Enterprise
Fax Manager.
5. On the Monitored User Configuration tab, as

needed, change for which inbound faxes will be routed
and printed based on the success of the auto-reply.
6. On the Format File tab, as needed, change which
format.ini files will be applied.
229
Administrator Guide
7. When you have made the configuration changes, click

OK.
Frame#. Each Frame section defines the location of

a frame on the fax page and its content. You can
place an unlimited number of frames on a page. The
options for the Frame section include:
Frame#
When you configure AutoReply you must select a text file that
controls the appearance of reply faxes. You can use the same
appearance for all reply faxes or define separate text files for
different monitored users.
Option
Value
Definition
Area
Left, Top,
The boundaries of the
Right, Bottom frame.
A sample text file called Format.ini is available in the

RightFax\AutoReply\Samples folder. It includes layout
settings for a reply fax page.
Left, Right: Measured from

the left edge of the page.
To customize a format.ini file
Top, Bottom: Measured

from the top edge of the
page.
1. Copy the format.ini file found in the

RightFax\AutoReply\Samples folder, save it to a folder
accessible by the server, renaming as necessary.
Example To define a frame

that fills the lower-right
quarter of a letter-size page,
enter: 4.25,5.5,8,10.5.
2. To customize the appearance, modify the values in the

General, Frame#, and Libdocs sections. The General
section options apply to the entire fax page, those in a
Frame# section to the given frame, and those in the
Libdocs sections specify libdocs to attach.
l
Border
Width
The width (in pixels) of the

frame border. For no border,
omit or set to zero.
General. The options for the General section

include:
General
Option
Value
Definition
Font
Name, Size
The font that will be used if

a font is not specified for a
frame.
OutputSize
Letter, A4,
Legal
The size of the page for the

fax.
230
Administrator Guide
Frame#
Frame#
Option
Value
Definition
Option
Value
Definition
File
File name
The name of the file to

include in the frame. This
can be either a text file (set
Type option to Text) or
graphic file (set Type option
to Graphic).
Text
Text
If you set the Type option to

Text, this option supplies
the text that appears.
Note This option
supports a single line of
text only. To include a
longer text message, use
the File option.
For graphic files,

monochrome bitmap files
are recommended for best
image rendering.
To add variables to the text,

Using variables in text on
page 232.
To add variables to the text

in a text file, see Using
variables in text on page
232.
Font
Name, Size,
Style
The font that is used for all

text in this frame. Specify
the name of the font, the
point size, and the style
(Bold, Italic, or both).
HorizontalAlignment
Left, Center,
or Right
The horizontal alignment of

the text or graphic within the
frame.
Type
Text,
Graphic, or
FaxPage
Each frame must be one of

these types:
Text displays literal text
from the Text option or text
from a text file specified in
the File option.
Graphic displays the
graphic file specified in the
File option, scaled to fill the
frame.
FaxPage displays the first
page of the fax that is being
replied to, scaled to fit the
frame.
UFile
231
Name of
Unicode file
Use instead of File if the file

is a Unicode file.
Administrator Guide
Frame#
Option
Value
Definition
UText
Unicode text
Use instead of Text if the

text is Unicode text.
VerticalAlignment
Top, Center,
Bottom, or
Wrap
The vertical alignment of the

text or graphic within the
frame. Use the Wrap value
to wrap unformatted text to
fit within the boundaries of
the frame.
DocumentIDs ID,ID,ID,(...)
~3
Date and time the fax was received (the start of

receipt). The date and time appears as Date Time
[Timezone], where Date and Time are formatted
according to the Regional settings in Control Panel.
~5
Unique ID of the fax (assigned by the RightFax

server).

To troubleshoot the service, you can run AutoReply in a
command window to view debug information.
Libdocs
Value
Definition
Example The text TO: Fax Sender at ~1 expands in a

reply fax to TO: Fax Sender at 520-555-0100.
Libdocs. This section is used for attaching libdocs to

the end of reply faxes. The options for the Libdocs
section include:
Option
Variable
To view in debug
Definition
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, stop the AutoReply service.
Separated by commas, the

IDs of the lib docs to be
attached.
2. Open a command prompt and change to the

RightFax\AutoReply folder.
3. Type AutoReply -d -1, and then press ENTER.
Using variables in text

Text in the format files and text included from external files
can contain the following variables.
Variable
Definition
~1
Destination fax phone number.
~2
Number of pages in the received fax.
232
Administrator Guide
Chapter 26: Creating, sending, and managing faxes
There are several ways you can begin to create a fax. You
can create a fax from within RightFax FaxUtil, or from
external programs such as Microsoft Word. You can also
create faxes from existing files. Whichever method you use,
you can include a variety of elements in each outgoing fax:
l

To send a fax from the RightFax server
1. Choose the fax method depending on the type of
information you want to send. (See Choosing the fax
method on page 234.) RightFax opens the Fax
Information dialog box, where you enter fax
addressing information, can attach files, library
documents, and your own notes, and specify when and
how the document is sent.
A cover sheet
One or more files such as Word documents, PDF files, or
Excel spreadsheets
One or more library documents that are stored on the
RightFax server
2. To send a new fax, on the Main tab, enter fax

addressing information (such as the destination fax
number). See Specifying addressing information on
page 236.
You must also specify addressing information that may or

may not go on the cover sheet, depending on your cover
sheet configuration.
Note Boxes that appear in bold are required. If you

send a fax before completing all the required boxes,
the fax remains in your FaxUtil mailbox with the
status Info Not Complete as the required boxes are
completed.
In most cases, only To Name and Fax Number are
required. The RightFax administrator can determine
the required entries for users in Enterprise Fax
Note If you have installed one or more RightFax email

gateway modules, you can create a fax as an email
message and fax it directly from your email mailbox. For
information on faxing from your email client application,
see Using RightFax email gateways on page 262, or refer to
the RightFax Gateway for Microsoft Exchange Guide or
RightFax Gateway for Lotus Notes Guide.
233
Administrator Guide
Manager. For more information, see Setting required

cover sheet information on page 211.
Faxing from the RightFax FaxUtil program

Open RightFax FaxUtil from your program menu or FaxUtil
icon. To begin creating a fax, click New Fax in the upper left
corner.
3. On the Cover Sheet Notes tab, add notes you want to

include on the cover sheet. See Adding cover sheet
notes on page 238.
Faxing from an external application
4. On the Attachments tab, you can add files to the fax,

or remove files from the fax. See Attaching files on
page 239. If you chose either the Send To or print-tofax methods, there are already files attached to the
fax.
From within an application like a word processor or

spreadsheet, you can fax a document by printing it to the
RightFax Fax Printer. To enable this feature:
l
5. To use RightFax overlay forms, set fax priority, modify

cover sheets, or enter more recipient information, see
Entering additional processing options on page 240.
6. Click Send.
l
Choosing the fax method

RightFax provides users several convenient ways to create a
new fax. Depending on which components you want included
in your fax, choose one of the following fax methods:
l
Use the RightFax FaxUtil program.
To fax from an external application such as a word

processor, spreadsheet, or other business application,
print to fax by selecting the RightFax Fax Printer.
To send a document that is already stored on your system
without opening the application that created it, use the
Send To feature.
The RightFax Print Driver component must have been

selected during the RightFax client installation (described
in the RightFax Installation Guide).
The application used must be able to print to a network
printer.
The service account running the Print Spooler
(spoolsv.exe) needs Full Control on the 'spool' folder in
%windir%\system32 and Full Control of the
%allusersprofile% folder. The local system account which
runs the Print Spooler service by default has the
necessary permissions by default.
The user account running the RightFax system tray icon
(FaxCtrl.exe) needs List folder / read data, Delete, and
Delete Subfolders and Files permissions for the 'RightFax'
folder in %allusersprofile% folder.
Note The RightFax folder may be in a subdirectory
(either Application Data or Roaming).
The user account also needs Full Control permissions on
the %tmp% folder.
To create a new fax without launching any other

programs, use Quick Fax.
All of these methods bring up the same fax information dialog

box and show the same faxing options.
234
Administrator Guide
RightFax client installation (See the RightFax Installation

Guide).
Faxing stored files using SendTo

You can fax a stored file without opening the application that
created it. The stored file must be in a format that RightFax
can convert to fax format (see File formats that convert to
fax format on page 322). From the folder that contains the
file you want to fax, right-click the file to open a shortcut
menu, click Send To, and then click Fax Destination via
RightFax. To enable this feature:
l

(FaxCtrl.exe) needs List folder / read data, Delete, and
Delete Subfolders and Files permissions for the 'RightFax'
folder in %allusersprofile% folder. The RightFax folder
maybe in a subdirectory (either Application Data or
Roaming). The user account also needs Full Control
permissions on the %tmp% folder.
The user account also must have Full Control

permissions for the %tmp% folder.
Right-click RightFax system tray and select

Configuration to view or change the defaults that were
set at installation. The Configure Client window includes
the following options:
Fax Server Name

The fax server name.
Protocol
When faxing from the system tray is enabled, users can

create a fax by combining files, library documents,
addressing information, and their own notes from one dialog
box. In the system tray, right-click the RightFax tray icon,
and on the shortcut menu, select Quick Fax/Broadcast.
TCP/IP, Secure TCP/IP, or HTTP.
Proxy Server
If the protocol is HTTP, this is the proxy server configured
in the RPCover HTTP component.
To enable faxing from the system tray
List folder / read data, Delete, and Delete Subfolders

and Files permissions for the 'RightFax' folder in
%allusersprofile% folder.
Note The RightFax folder may be in a subdirectory
(either Application Data or Roaming).
The RightFax Print Driver component must have been

selected during the RightFax client installation (described
in the RightFax Installation Guide).
Faxing from the system tray

(FaxCtrl.exe) must have
Login Method
To use the HTTPprotocol for print-to-fax, install the

Windows RPCover HTTP Proxy component. (See the
RightFax Installation Guide).
The login options are: Use NTAuthentication, Use Network

Login ID, or Use Specified Login ID.
Install the RightFax Print Driver component during the
User ID when using the Use Specified Login ID Login

Method.
User ID
235
Administrator Guide
Phonebook dialog box opens, listing the individual and

group entries in your RightFax phonebooks. Double-click a
phonebook entry to add it to the Current Recipients list.
You can add as many fax recipients to this list as you want.
Language
The default language is English.
Tray Icon Double-click

Determines whether double-clicking the tray icon opens
FaxUtil or Quick Fax/Broadcast.
To add the fax addressing information entered under To as a

new entry in your RightFax phonebook, click Add Entry. For
more information, see Using the RightFax phonebook on page
251. Your user profile determines if this option is available.
For more information, see The Permissions tab on page 110.
Specifying addressing information
Fax Number
You can specify the recipient addressing information in
different ways. Click the arrow button below the Name field
and choose one of the following options:
l
Select Fax Number to enter a fax number. Special

characters such as hyphens, parentheses, and spaces can
be included, but are not required.
For post-dialing, enter an ampersand (&) followed by a
sequence of DTMF digits. The post-dial string can include
PSTN Telephony characters such as 0-9, #, *, and a
comma, but not p, t, w, and !. The digits will be dialed as
soon as the SR140 receives a SIP 183 or SIP 200 response
code or a H323 message from the gateway.
Under To, enter the name, phone number, and other

addressing information for the intended fax recipient as you
want it to appear on the fax cover sheet. Boxes in bold (such
as Fax Number) must be completed before the fax can be
sent.
Fax Name
Enter the name of the recipient. To select a fax destination

from your RightFax phonebook, click Phonebook. The
236
Select E-Mail Address to enter an email address.

Sending to an email address allows several additional
options including sending via certified delivery, sending
images in portable document format (PDF), and sending
file attachments that cannot be rendered as images (such
as WAV files). The email address can be up to 254
characters long and must include one (and only one) @
symbol.
Select SMS to store the fax and send a text message to
the recipient.
Administrator Guide
You must enter at least one destination for the fax. If you do
not enter a destination, or if the entered information is
invalid for that address type, the Send button remains
unavailable.
Hold for preview

You can examine the final version of the outgoing fax before
you send it. The fax is held in your FaxUtil mailbox with the
status Held for Preview and can be viewed there. To send
the fax after you have previewed it, click the fax in FaxUtil
and select Release in the Fax menu.
Note To use email or SMS addressing, the fax

administrator must configure the RightFax server
appropriately (see Adding and configuring email gateways
on page 271 or Configuring SMS via the Push-Proxy
Gateway on page 79).
Use smart resume

Allows the fax server to resend only the portion of a fax that
failed to send. For example, if the connection is broken after
40 pages of a 50-page fax, normally all 50 pages have to be
resent. By enabling Smart-Resume, the server only resends
the last 10 pages.
Accounting
You can also specify up to two codes under Accounting.
These codes can be used by the RightFax administrator to
track who the fax was sent to or who sent the fax, depending
on the needs of your organization. The names of the codes
are customizable. For example, they may be called
BillingCode 1 and BillingCode 2 or they may be called Account
and Department. Click Lookup to view and select from a list
of available codes. For more information on using billing
codes, see Creating billing codes on page 144.
Create PDF image

When sending your document to an email address, check this
option to send each attachment as a PDF file instead of a TIFF
file (the standard image format used for faxes). To create
PDF files, you must purchase and enable the PDF module. To
send PDF files as faxes, you must purchase and enable the
SecureDocs module.
Fine mode
If you are sending the fax by email, you can click the []
button to open a list of PDF password protection options (if
the administrator has enabled them). For more information,
see the SecureDocs Guide.
Select this check box to create the fax using 200200 dots
per inch (DPI) resolution. Using this resolution takes longer
to generate and send the fax but produces a clearer fax
image.
For information on creating PDFs and setting PDF options,

see Working with PDF files on page 248.
Use cover sheet

Adds a cover sheet to the beginning of the fax. RightFax uses
the cover sheet file specified by the RightFax administrator
as your user or group default. If you have permission to
change cover sheets in your RightFax user profile (see The
Permissions tab on page 110), you can select the cover sheet
to use (see Entering additional processing options on page
240).
Use cheap rates

Tells RightFax to send the fax at a specified time (typically in
the late evening when long distance rates are lower). The
Cheap Rates time can be specified by selecting Options in
the FaxUtil Tools menu, and then clicking the Other
Options tab.
237
Administrator Guide
Delay send
Tells RightFax to postpone the transmission of your fax to a
later day or time. Use this option to take advantage of offpeak phone rates or to ensure that the fax recipient is
available. If you select this check box, you must also specify
a date and time to queue the fax for transmission. If you
specify a time and date that has already passed, the fax is
sent as soon as possible.
Recording Manual Fax Information

When you send or receive a fax from a fax machine that is
not connected to the network or to the RightFax server (such
as a thermal fax machine), no record of the fax is stored on
the RightFax server. In FaxUtil, you can record such a fax
transmission on the RightFax Server server for tracking
purposes. The Sent, Received, and Pages options in this
dialog box let you specify information about the fax. These
options are available in FaxUtil on the Fax menu when you
select Record Manual Fax.
Notes to be Placed on the Cover Sheet

Type the notes that you want to appear on your fax cover
sheet. You can enter up to 21 lines of text, up to 69
characters each.
Adding cover sheet notes

A cover sheet contains fields that are populated with recipient
and sender data when the fax is generated. It may also
contain a field for notes. Click the Cover Sheet Notes tab to
add cover sheet notes or comments.
Text Limit
This shows the current number of lines in your note and the
number of lines remaining. Although it is possible to enter
more than 21 lines of text, only 21 are shown on the cover
sheet. If you exceed 21 lines, the computer beeps and an
error message appears in this box.
Comments for your Records

This is a comment for your own use only. This text is not sent
to the fax recipient. Text you enter in this box appears in
your FaxUtil mailbox in the Comments column.
238
Administrator Guide
Attaching files
You can fax two types of documents as attachments: library
documents and documents in their native file format. Library
documents are frequently faxed documents that your fax
administrator has stored on the fax server. Native documents
are electronic document files that you have saved on your
local computer or on a server (such as Microsoft Word DOC
files).
You can attach any of the file types supported by the RightFax
document conversion engine (described in File formats that
convert to fax format on page 322), and you can attach as
many files to a fax as you want.
To work with attachments, click Attachments on the Fax
Information box. If you began the fax process with a stored
document or by printing a document within an external
application, that document is automatically attached to the
fax and appears in the list of attachments.
This box lists the library documents and native document

files you attached to the fax. Each of your attachments are
added to the fax in the order it is listed here. To move an
attachment up or down, select the attachment and click the
arrow keys. To remove an attachment, select it and click
Delete[X]. To preview an attachment, select the attachment
and click the View Fax (magnifying glass) button.
To add more attachments to the fax, choose one of the
following:
l
Click File Attachments (paperclip), Choose a file to

attach.
Click Library Documents, Choose from the library.
Click Scanned Documents. Specify a scanner and click
Start Scan.
The new attachment appears in the list.
239
Administrator Guide
If you are sending to an email address and you attached a

native document file, the check box in the Native column is
available. Check this option to send the file in its native
document format as a file attachment to the email message,
rather than rendering the document into a fax image. Using
this option, you can attach files of any type, including file
types that cannot be rendered as images (such as WAV files).
In addition, form overlays cannot be applied to attachments
when the Native option is selected.
Recipient Notify Address

Enter an SMS address to receive an SMS/pager notification of
a new fax.
Recipient Fax ID
Specify the exact remote fax ID of the intended recipients
fax machine or server. When this feature is enabled, the fax
is not sent unless the remote ID matches the ID specified.
You can use the asterisk (*) and question mark (?) wildcards
if you are not sure of the exact ID. Asterisks represent zero
or more characters or digits. Question marks represent
exactly one digit or character each. This feature is supported
for Brooktrout fax boards only.
Note Because most email client applications support plain

ASCII text files, these files can almost always be used as
email body text. Many email client applications also support
HTML and rich text format (RTF). If the file type you specify
is not supported by your recipients email client application,
it is ignored.
Use Form
Select this check box to add an overlay form to the fax. To
specify the form file to use, click the arrow to open a list all
available forms. For more information on forms, see
Creating overlay forms on page 135.
Entering additional processing options
Cover Sheet File

If your user profile includes permission to change fax cover
sheets, you can select a cover sheet in this list.
Priority
Specify the priority that is assigned to the fax. Select low,
normal, or high priority from the list. If you do not have the
Can Use High Priority permission checked in your
RightFax user profile (see The Permissions tab on page 110),
the High Priority option does not appear here.
Automatic Deletion
Specify when sent faxes should be automatically deleted
from your FaxUtil mailbox.
PDF Attachment Type

Specify whether the PDF file consists of Text or of Photos
and Images. If the original is light in color, specify Light.
240
Administrator Guide
From
About adding embedded codes to documents
Enter your name, fax number, phone number, and other

contact information. This information appears on the fax
cover sheet.
You can place embedded codes anywhere in a document that

accepts text characters and they can be written using upper
or lower case characters.
Note the following to ensure that embedded codes in your

documents are interpreted correctly by the RightFax server:
Note Do not use the codes described in this section on fax

cover sheets. For information about codes you can use on
cover sheets, see Creating fax cover sheet templates on
page 204.
Embedded codes are special faxing instructions that you

insert into documents created in other applications, such as
instructions to include fax cover sheet or billing information
or attach library documents.
<code> no parameter
<code:parameter> one parameter
When the RightFax server converts the document to fax

form, it uses the instructions contained in the embedded
codes and then strips the codes from the document.
Incorrectly typed or formatted codes are ignored and will
appear in the fax as text.
Example <TOFAXNUM:555-1212> The embedded code
TOFAXNUM instructs the RightFax server to send the fax to
the destination fax number 555-1212.
Example <TOFAXNUM:{MERGEFIELD FaxNumber}>

Together with mail merge from Microsoft Word, the
embedded code TOFAXNUM instructs the RightFax server to
send the fax to the numbers included in the FaxNumber field
of a data source.
<code:parameter,parameter,parameter>
multiple parameters
Every embedded code string (angle brackets, code, and

parameters) in your document must be formatted using a
native printer font. Only native printer fonts are stored in
their original text format in the PCLfile from which the fax
is generated. All other fonts are converted to graphic
images.
Incorrectly typed or formatted codes are ignored and will
appear in the fax as text. Examples include mistyped
codes, missing angle brackets, or code strings in a font
that is not a native printer font.
Embedded codes cannot line wrap and any embedded code
statement that is so long that it wraps to a second line is
ignored.
Note In very large documents that use embedded codes,
the pre-scanning process can cause the FaxServer to
appear unresponsive. You can specify the maximum length
of time for embedded code processing by editing the
Windows registry PrescanTimeoutSeconds value.
For a complete list of embedded code keywords,

descriptions, and their correct syntax, see RightFax
embedded codes on page 310.
Format the code and any parameters according to the

requirements for the specific code:
241
Administrator Guide
that group. Users not assigned to a group appear in the

default group Everyone.

FaxUtil shows information about the sent and received faxes
for each user. The left side of the FaxUtil window shows a
folder tree that sorts the faxes. The right side of the window
shows a list of the fax documents. A series of icons across
the top of the window shows actions you can take (such as
view, delete, print, or forward) for each selected fax.
3. Continue to expand the tree the user mailboxes that

you want.
4. Click any user name to show the faxes for that user.
Working with folders

To create a new folder and move faxes to it
FaxUtil folder tree
1. Right-click any of the folder names and choose New.
The left side of the FaxUtil window includes the following

folders:
l
2. Enter a name for the folder.

3. From the list of faxes, right-click any fax name and
choose Move to Folder.
All Shows all faxes

Main Shows all faxes except for those manually moved to
other folders
4. Click the folder where you want to store the fax, then
click OK.
Other Users (optional) this folder appears only when the

user is a RightFax administrator, group administrator, or
delegate.
FaxUtil list of faxes

The right side of the FaxUtil window shows information about
the sent and received faxes, including date and time of
transmission, number of pages, and status of transmission.
Newly received faxes that have not yet been viewed appear
in a bolder font than viewed faxes. There is also a series of
status flags that indicate which actions have been performed
on each fax.
In addition, each user can create custom folders for storage

of faxes by category. Faxes must be moved to the custom
folders manually.
Viewing other users

RightFax administrators, group administrators, and delegates
can view the mailboxes of other RightFax users. If you can
view other mailboxes, an Other Users entry is included in
your FaxUtil folder tree.
Task flags
The first few columns before the Date/Time column contain
symbols that indicate the tasks that have been performed on
each fax.
1. Click + next to Other Users in the folder tree to

expand the list. The first level of the list shows Group
names.
2. Click any group name to show the names of users in
242
Sent/Received Up-arrow = fax has been sent; downarrow = fax has been received. Curved arrow = fax has
Administrator Guide
been forwarded.
l
Viewed Magnifying glass icon = fax has been viewed.
Printed Printer icon = fax has been printed from FaxUtil.
The RightFax Viewer

To view a fax, open the RightFax Viewer by double-clicking
any fax in your list. The RightFax Viewer shows the first page
of the fax. You can scroll through additional pages, if any, by
clicking the Go to Next Page or Go to Previous Page
icons at the top of the Viewer.
Converted with OCR Document icon = fax has been

converted from image to text using Optical Character
Recognition (OCR). The resulting text shows in a separate
tab on the RightFax Viewer.
Additional icons at the top of the Viewer let you save, print,
or delete the displayed image, display the next or previous
fax in the list, or forward or route the displayed fax to other
RightFax users. Additional views of each fax may be
available by clicking the tabs across the top of the image as
follows:
Converted to PDF Rectangular icon = fax has been

converted from image to Portable Document Format
(PDF). The resulting PDF file shows in a separate tab on
the RightFax Viewer.
Certified, Secure, or Email Envelope icon = fax has
been delivered by email or secure email. A globe icon =
fax has been delivered by certified delivery. For more
information on secure mail, see the RightFax SecureDocs
Guide.
Enhanced Image
When enabled for a user, both the enhanced image and the
original received image are available in the RightFax Viewer.
If you route or forward to a RightFax user, both the original
image and the enhanced image is sent. If you forward to a
destination outside of your RightFax system, only the original
image is sent.
Sorting the list of faxes

By default, the list of faxes appears in order by date with the
most recent fax on top of the list.
OCR
The OCR tab only appears if you have the Optical Character
Recognition (OCR) feature enabled and performed OCR on
this fax. If you route or forward to a RightFax user, both the
original image and the OCR text are sent. If you forward to a
destination outside of your RightFax system, only the original
image is sent.
To change the order in which faxes are listed

1. Click any column header in the document list to sort the
documents in that column in ascending order.
2. Click the same column header again to sort the
documents in that column in descending order.
PDF
3. Right-click any column header to open a list of filter

options.
The PDF tab appears only when viewing sent documents for
which you created Portable Document Format (PDF) output.
To view PDF images in FaxUtil, you must have installed
Adobe Acrobat Reader.
243
Administrator Guide
History
This tab is available for all faxes. It shows information about

the fax transmission as well as information about tasks
performed on the fax such as viewing, forwarding, or
annotations.
When you forward a document from your FaxUtil

mailbox, a copy of the document is sent to the recipient
and the original document remains in your mailbox.
When you route a document, the original document is
sent to the recipient and is removed from your mailbox.
Annotations
Note If you route or forward to a RightFax user, the
original image, enhanced image, and OCR file (if any) are
sent. If you forward to a destination outside of your
RightFax system, only the original fax pages are sent.
You can add notes or graphics on top of any original image or

enhanced image. These annotations are stored with that
document.
To annotate a document
To forward and route documents
1. Open a fax in the RightFax Viewer.
1. Select the document from your received fax list and

click the appropriate icon on the tool bar:
2. To open the annotation tools, from the RightFaxViewer

Tools menu, choose Options, and then select the
Annotation Toolbar checkbox.
3. Click the tab for the image that you want to annotate.
Note If the image you want to annotate is displayed
when you turn on the Annotation Toolbar, youll need
to select another tab (such as History) and then
reselect the image tab before the annotation tools will
appear.
Forward to New Number
Forward to User
Route to User
2. If forwarding to a new number, complete the

addressing boxes in the Fax Information dialog box.
If sending to other RightFax users, double-click each
user who should receive the document.
3. Click OK to send.
4. Click any of the annotation tools, then click and drag

the mouse on your image to create the annotations.
Choices include a hollow rectangle, a hollow circle, a
solid rectangle, a solid circle, a text box, a straight
line, and adding an image from a file.
Splitting faxes
You can split any fax in your FaxUtil mailbox into multiple
faxes. Each of the new faxes has a status of Information
Incomplete. Specify addressing information for forwarding
or routing.
5. When your annotation is complete, choose Save from

the File menu.
Forwarding and routing documents

Ways to send a received fax to someone else:
244
Administrator Guide
Managing faxes
in the list, move it up or down in the list, remove it

from the list, or specify specific pages that you want
included.
To split a fax
1. Select a multi-page document from your FaxUtil list
and click the Split Fax icon on the tool bar.
3. (optional) You can click View Fax (magnifying glass)

to view a selected fax.
2. Specify the pages of the original fax that you want

included in each of the new faxes. You can specify a
single page or a range of pages for each fax. Separate
the output faxes with commas. For example, if you
have a 5 page fax, and want to create one fax with the
first 3 pages and another fax with just the last page,
you might enter:
4. Click Combine to create the new fax with each of the

original faxes as attachments. The Fax Information
window appears.
5. Complete the addressing information, and click OK to
send the new fax.
1-3, 5
Managing faxes
3. (optional) You can click the View Fax button to view

the original fax.
This section describes managing faxes.
4. Select the Keep Original Fax check box to store both

the new split faxes and the original fax. Clear the check
box to remove the original fax after the split.
Monitoring transmission success and failure

Use FaxUtil to monitor the transmission of your faxes. A
transmission is successful if the RightFax server made a
connection, transmitted the information across the line, and
received information from the target fax machine indicating
that the fax information was received.
5. Click OK to create the new faxes you specified and

return to the FaxUtil mailbox.
6. You can route or forward the new faxes with the
standard Fax Information dialog box.
If a transmission attempt is not successful, it is retried. As a

fax is being retried, it appears with a yellow status icon in the
senders FaxUtil mailbox. If the fax has not been successfully
sent after the specified number of attempts, it is abandoned
and saved in the senders FaxUtil mailbox with a red status
icon.
Combining faxes
You can combine faxes in your FaxUtil mailbox into a single
fax.
To combine several faxes into one fax
For information about specifying retry counts and intervals,

see Retry settings on page 33.
1. Select two or more faxes from your FaxUtil list and

click Combine Fax on the tool bar. The selected faxes
appear in a list in the Combine Fax window in the order
in which they are placed in the new fax.
For a complete list and description of RightFax error

messages, see Error and status messages on page 324.
2. From the Combine Fax window, you can select any fax
245
Administrator Guide
Fax Approval
Approving faxes blocked by dialing rules
RightFax can be configured to hold outbound faxes for

approval by an administrator before sending. Only RightFax
administrators, group administrators, and group alternate
administrators can view and approve these faxes.
Faxes that are blocked by dialing rules can be approved for

transmission by RightFax administrators. Group
administrators and alternate group administrators cannot
approve faxes.
To require fax approval for a user
To approve a fax blocked by a dialing rule
1. Edit the user profile in Enterprise Fax Manager. For

more information, see Creating a user profile on page
108
1. Logon to FaxUtil as an administrator.

2. On the List menu, click Administrative Mode. to
view the contents of all fax mailboxes for which you
are an administrator.
2. On the Permissions tab, select the Must Have

Faxes Approved check box.
3. On the List menu, click Needing Approval to show

faxes waiting for approval.
To view a list of all faxes waiting for approval
4. To approve or disapprove a fax, right-click the fax and

select Status > Approve Fax or Disapprove Fax.
You can add a note (up to 450 characters) that is stored
with the date and your user ID in the fax history. You
can also delete the fax rather than approve or
disapprove it.
1. Run FaxUtil.
2. On the List menu, click Administrative Mode to view
the contents of all fax mailboxes for which you are an
administrator.
3. On the List menu, click Needing Approval to show
faxes waiting for approval.
If the fax is approved, it is immediately scheduled to

send. If the fax is not approved, it is assigned a status
of Fax was disapproved in the original senders
FaxUtil mailbox.
4. To approve or disapprove a fax, right-click the fax,

point to Status, and then click Approve or
Disapprove. You can add a note (up to 450
characters) that are stored with the date and your user
ID in the fax history. You can also delete the fax rather
than approve or disapprove it.
Controlling deleted faxes

By default, RightFax will retain the image files of faxes that
have been deleted from FaxUtil until all corresponding
database records have been removed.
If the fax is approved, it is immediately scheduled to

send. If the fax is not approved, it is assigned a status
of Fax was disapproved in the original senders
FaxUtil mailbox.
Note To use this option when also using the XMLGenerator

module, set the Forward, Route, Delete option for External
Document Connector in server configuration to Disabled.
246
Administrator Guide
To configure RightFax to immediately delete fax images

1. Open the Windows Registry on the RightFax server.
2. Browse to the subkey of
HKLM\Software\RightFax\FaxServer.
3. Create a new REG_DWORD entry of
DeleteImagesOnPurge.
4. Edit this entry to contain a value of 0.
5. Restart the RightFax services.
247
Administrator Guide

RightFax works with portable document format (PDF) files.
or Network Directory).
Users can specify that they want incoming faxes delivered

to their email boxes as PDF files. The default RightFax
configuration can convert received faxes to standard PDF
before routing; the optional RightFax Searchable PDF
module license is required to convert received faxes to
searchable PDF.
2. Select a PDF option:

l
When sending faxes by email, users can attach existing

PDFs to their emails. If the attachments are not yet in
PDF, RightFax can create PDF files in either standard or
password-protected formats. Password protection, also
called encrypted delivery, requires the optional RightFax
SecureDocs module (see the SecureDocs Guide).
Select PDF to deliver faxes as PDF files to the

users email.
Select PDF (Searchable) to deliver a searchable
PDF to the users email (requires the RightFax
Searchable PDF module license). For more
information, see Using the PDF module to convert
PDF files for faxing on page 249.
Creating and sending a PDF by email
RightFax can convert PDF documents into TIFF image files

for faxing. The optional RightFax PDF module is required
to convert PostScript or PDF files to TIFF format.
Depending on your licensed options, you can use RightFax to

create PDF files for email delivery in the following ways.
To convert attachments to PDF
Select the Create PDF checkbox on the Fax Information

dialog box. When viewing the sent fax in FaxUtil, the
attachments appear in their own PDF tab.
You can specify PDF as the inbound routing delivery format

for each user.
To add a password to the PDF
To convert received faxes to PDF
Select the Create PDF checkbox, click the PDF options (...)
button to specify the password and the functions to be
protected. See the SecureDocs Guide for more information.
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, from the User Edit

Inbound Routing tab, select any of the routing types
for which PDF is available (such as Microsoft Exchange
248
Administrator Guide
Using the PDF module to convert PDF files for faxing
This option is available if you licensed the RightFax

SecureDocs module.
activating new components on the RightFax server, refer to

the RightFax Installation Guide.
To create and store the PDF on a web site for certified

delivery
After the RightFax PDF module has been activated on the

RightFax server, you must enable PostScript processing on at
least one RightFax WorkServer module (described in the next
section) and copy the PostScript fonts you want to support
onto the RightFax server.
Select the Use Certified Delivery check box. The recipient

will receive an email containing a link to the PDF and
instructions for opening it.
Enabling PostScript processing on a

WorkServer
This option is available if you licensed the RightFax

SecureDocs module.
Using the PDF module to convert PDF

files for faxing
1. After the PDF module is activated, in Windows Control

Panel of the RightFax server, double-click RightFax
WorkServer.
When this module is activated, you have the option to use a

PostScript print driver to create the RightFax printer on each
RightFax client computer. RightFax users can print native
PostScript and PDF documents directly to the RightFax
printer, and also send rich PDF files (files that include full
color and editable data) to email addresses.
2. In the WorkServer Configuration window, in the

component tree in the left pane, select the WorkServer
that you want to perform PostScript processing. You
can enable PostScript processing on as many
WorkServers as you want.
Important The RightFax PDF conversion engine does not

support conversion of PDF files that contain embedded
TrueType (CID) fonts that use Identity-H encoding.
Activating the PDF module on the RightFax

server
The files required by the RightFax PDF module are installed
on all RightFax servers during the server installation, The
PDF module must be licensed and activated before its
functionality is enabled.
To activate the PDF module, you must have licensed a
RightFax server type that includes this module, or purchased
and licensed this module separately. For information on
249
Administrator Guide
Using the PDF module to convert PDF files for faxing
3. Click PostScript in the Services list to enable

PostScript processing.
Adding PostScript fonts

To correctly convert Type 1 PostScript fonts in PostScript and
PDF files, the fonts must be copied into the RightFax\Shared
Files\PDF\PSFonts\Font folder. When it is activated, the
RightFax PDF module supports 35 basic PostScript fonts
including Times, Helvetica, Courier, and Symbol.
To add additional font conversion support, copy the
PostScript fonts you want to support into the RightFax\Shared
Files\PDF\PSFonts\Font folder on the RightFax server. Be
sure to include both the .pfm and .pfb components of the
PostScript fonts.
Adding a margin before conversion

When PDF files have images that go to the edge of the page,
part of the image can be cut off and replaced with a margin
during conversion. To reduce the size of the page slightly
before conversion so that the margin does not cut off any
content, set the Windows registry ShrinkToView value on
each machine running the conversion WorkServer. See
ShrinkToView on page 359 for more information.
250
Administrator Guide
Chapter 28: Creating phonebooks andbroadcastingfaxes
Chapter 28: Creating phonebooks and broadcasting faxes
RightFax phonebooks store fax addressing information (such

as name, fax number, and phone number) in a single location
so you can easily apply all fax destination information when
addressing an outgoing fax. You can also create group
phonebook entries that contain fax addressing information
for multiple fax recipients. RightFax users can choose to use
the phonebook built in to the RightFax FaxUtil client or can
link to existing ODBC, LDAP, or MAPI contact lists.
For information on using phonebook entries to address

outgoing faxes, see Specifying addressing information on
page 236.
To open your RightFax phonebook

1. Run RightFax FaxUtil.
2. On the Tools menu, click Phonebook. You can create
individual entries (for one person at a time) or group
entries (to fax to multiple individuals and groups at the
You can use phonebooks or other databases containing

contact information to send fax broadcasts. Fax broadcasting
sends a single fax to multiple recipients without addressing
each fax individually.

The RightFax phonebook is a fax recipient database
customized for each RightFax user. Because each users
phonebook is unique, all phonebook functions are managed
from within the FaxUtil client application.
Caution You can limit access to your phonebook entries
only if your RightFax account is password-protected. If it is
not, unpublished entries from your phonebook will be
accessible to other users.
251
Administrator Guide
the item.
same time).
l
Externally available. If selected, the item is

available to applications other than RightFax
software.
Hidden on cover sheet CC list. If selected, the
item does not appear in the CC list on the cover
sheet.
6. Under Billing Information, enter billing codes and

notes you want to assign to all faxes sent to this
recipient.
7. Click OK. The new entry appears as an individual entry
in your phonebook list.
To create a group phonebook entry

A group phonebook entry can consist of both individual and
group entries
To create an individual phonebook entry
1. On the FaxUtil toolbar, click Phonebook, and then

click New Group.
1. On the FaxUtil toolbar, click Phonebook, and then

click New Entry.
2. In the ID field, type a name for the phonebook entry.
2. In the ID and Type name or select from list fields,

enter an ID and a description for the group.
3. Under Address, enter addressing information for this

recipient, at a minimum, a name and a fax number.
3. Select any of the following check boxes to specify who

can view and edit this group phonebook entry.
4. Under Other, enter optional contact information, such

as a secondary fax number, voice numbers, and the
recipient's fax id.
5. Under Options, select any of the following check boxes

to specify who can view and edit this phonebook entry.
l
Published. If selected, other RightFax users can

view the item.
Read Only. If selected, only the owner can modify
Published. If selected, other RightFax users can

view this phonebook item.
Read Only. If selected, only the owner can modify
this phonebook item.
Externally available. If selected, this phonebook
item is available to applications other than RightFax
software.
4. In the box on the left, select all individual and group
252
Administrator Guide
items you want to add to the group, and then click the
right arrow to move them to the Group Members box.
quotation marks.
l
5. Click OK. The group appears in your phonebook list.
Importing entries into the RightFax

phonebook
The following table lists each of the valid phonebook entry

fields.
Field
name
Maximum
length
Description
ID
17
A unique ID used only to reference the

phonebook entry. It never appears on the
fax.
Name
59
The recipients name as it will appear on

the fax cover sheet.
Company
59
The recipients company name as it will

appear on the fax cover sheet.
Address
59
The recipients address as it will appear

on the fax cover sheet.
CityState
59
The recipients city and state as they will

appear on the fax cover sheet.
Fax1
31
The recipients primary fax number. This

is used when dialing the fax destination
and may appear on the fax cover sheet.
Fax2
31
On the first line of the file, specify the field names using
the table below. When exporting from an existing source,
map each field name to the corresponding RightFax name.
The recipients alternate fax number. This

is used when dialing the fax destination
and may appear on the fax cover sheet.
Voice1
31
The recipients primary voice number as it

will appear on the fax cover sheet.
On subsequent lines, match the order of the field data to

the order of the field names.
Voice2
31
The recipients alternate voice number as

it will appear on the fax cover sheet.
If you have user permission to create and edit phonebooks,

you can import entries into your personal phonebook from a
specially formatted text file. The import file can be:
l
Generated by an external source such as a contact

database manager
Exported from another RightFax phonebook
Generated by the RightFax PhnPrint administrative utility
(See the Administrative Utilities Guide for more
information.)
Creating a file to import

Follow these guidelines when creating an import file or
exporting contacts from an external source:
l
Create an ASCII text file.
Separate each phonebook entry with a line break.
Use comma-, tab-, or space-delimited format.
If quotation marks are used to surround any field, they

must be used for all fields in the file.
Indicate blank fields with a single space surrounded by
253
Administrator Guide
Field
name
Maximum
length
Description
Quotes Around Fields
BillCode1
17
A code associated with the recipient used

for billing or tracking purposes. It never
appears on the fax.
Fields in the import file can be surrounded by, but do

not require, quotes. If quotes are used, they must be
used on every field in the file. Select this check box if
your data fields are surrounded by quotes.
BillCode2
17
An additional code associated with the

recipient used for billing or tracking
purposes. It never appears on the fax.
Notes
128
Publish Imported Entries

Select this check box to make each new imported entry
published. Published entries can be accessed by other
RightFax users; unpublished entries can be accessed
only by you and the RightFax administrator.
Any additional information about the

recipient. This will not appear on the fax
and is for your information only.
Text Format
Select the text mode of the file to import. If your text
application doesnt specify whether its using OEM or
ANSI text, select OEM. If accented or other special
characters do not import properly, re-import the file
and select ANSI.
Example The following is a short example of a file that can

be can be imported into your RightFax phonebook. Some
unpopulated data fields are illustrated in the last entry.
ID,Name,Fax1,Company,CityState
Bob,Bob Jones,444-3333,Acme,Tucson AZ
Jane,Jane Doe,555-1212, ,
Field Delimiter
Using FaxUtil to import phonebook entries
Specify whether the import file uses a comma, a tab,

or a space, to separate the fields in each phonebook
entry.
After you create the import file, import the entries using
FaxUtil.
Duplicate ID Handling
To import phonebook entries
You have the following options for handling imported

entries that contain IDs that already exist in your
phonebook:
1. Run FaxUtil, and select Phonebook Import from the

Tools menu.
2. In the Phonebook Import window, complete each

box according to the format of the file you are
importing.
Import File
Enter the path and file name of the text file to import.
Click Browse to search for and select the file.
254
Replace Existing Entry replaces any existing

entry in the phonebook with the imported entry
containing the duplicate ID.
Replace After Confirmation replaces existing
entries only if you agree to a confirmation message.
Generate Unique IDs adds a number to the end of
duplicated IDs to make the new ID unique.
Administrator Guide
Saving phonebook entries to a comma-separated value (CSV) file
Skip ignores any entry in the import file with a

duplicate ID.
4. Choose a location to save your file, enter a file name

and click Save.
5. Click the Close button when finished.
3. When all boxes are complete, click Import to import

the entries.
Using MAPI phonebooks

Saving phonebook entries to a commaseparated value (CSV) file
RightFax also integrates with MAPI-compliant contact lists

such as Microsoft Exchange address lists and Outlook contact
lists. To access MAPI contact lists, each client workstation
must have MAPI installed.
To save phonebook entries to a CSV file

1. Run FaxUtil, and on the Tools menu, click
Phonebook. The Phonebook dialog box opens.
MAPI address books and contact list profiles are created by

Exchange, Outlook, and other MAPI-compliant applications.
Because these profiles conform to a universal standard, you
do not need to configure the MAPI-to-RightFax connection.
2. Select a user or group of users.

3. After selecting users to save, right-click the filter bar
and choose Save Contents As. The Select Export
File window opens.
This option is only available if you have user permission to

create and edit phonebooks.
To select a recipient from a MAPI source

1. In the Phonebook dialog box, click MAPI.
2. In the Choose Profile window, in the Profile Name

box, select the MAPI profile name, and then click OK.
3. In the Enter Password window, enter your network
user name, domain, and password, and then click OK.
4. In the MAPI contact list. double-click each contact entry
to add it to the Fax Destinations list. When you have
all the contacts you want, click OK.
255
Administrator Guide
The MAPI contacts appears in the Phonebook dialog

box in the Current Recipients list.
Configuring RightFax for ODBC connectivity

After the workstation has had ODBC drivers correctly
installed, you must map the ODBC fax contact information to
the corresponding fields in RightFax.

RightFax can connect to an existing ODBC database to use
your organizations existing contact database information for
addressing faxes. This is especially useful for sending fax
broadcasts to large numbers of recipients.
To configure ODBC in RightFax

1. Display the list of ODBC phonebooks in either of the
following ways:
There are two parts to configuring ODBC connectivity:

general ODBC configuration and RightFax-specific ODBC
configuration. Each workstation must be configured
individually for both types of ODBC information.

Click the RightFax tray icon in the taskbar and select

ODBC Configuration.
In the FaxUtil Phonebook dialog box, click
Configure Phonebooks and choose ODBC
Configuration.
2. Click Add next to ODBC Phonebooks to create a new

ODBC source or select an existing phonebook and click
Configuring ODBC drivers on the client

workstation
Because every database is different, this document cannot
provide specific instructions for configuring the ODBC drivers
on your workstations. Note the following guidelines:
l
Verify that you have the 32-bit version of ODBC installed

on your system by opening Windows Control Panel and
running the ODBC program to open the ODBC Data
Source Administrator.
Note the user ID and password that is used to log on to the
database or database server. You will use this ID and
password in the RightFax ODBC configuration.
After you configure the drivers on your workstation,
create a data source under a User DSN or System DSN
in the ODBC Data Source Administrator.
256
Administrator Guide
Edit.
field you want to leave blank. If you are familiar with

SQL code, you can create this information quickly and
enter it in the Select boxes. If you are not familiar
with SQL code, use a tool such as Microsoft Query to
generate the SQL code, and then cut and paste the
codes into the Select boxes.
Note With SQL queries you can combine multiple
ODBC source fields in a single RightFax field. This is
useful, for example, if your database contains
separate fields for first, middle, and last names.
Because RightFax has only one Name field, each of
these source fields should be combined into the single
RightFax field.
6. In the From and Where boxes, enter the SQL
information specified by the query results.
7. To presort the data, enter the necessary SQL data in
the Order box. (This should not be necessary because
RightFax can sort phonebook entries by column after it
retrieves the data.)
8. Specify the ODBC User ID and ODBC User
Password required to access the database
information. If the ID and password match those used
to log in to FaxUtil, you can select those check boxes
instead.
3. In the Phonebook Name box, enter a descriptive

name for this contact database.
9. If you have a large database, limit the number of

records loaded at one time in the Records to Load at
Once box.
4. In the ODBC Source box, enter the name under which

this database appears in the User DSN tab of the
ODBC program in Control Panel.
Using ODBC phonebooks to send faxes
5. Under Select, use simple SQL queries to relate ODBC

database fields to each of the listed RightFax
phonebook fields. Enter two single-quotes () in any
After you configure your ODBC information, you can access

these contact records as phonebook entries when addressing
257
Administrator Guide
LDAP phonebooks
faxes via the Fax Information dialog box (see Specifying

To configure LDAP in RightFax

1. Display the list of LDAP phonebooks in either of the
following ways:
To send faxes using ODBC phonebooks

1. Click Phonebook and select the ODBC Phonebook
tab. A list of contacts opens.
If you limited the number of records displayed at one

time, you see only that number of records. To view the
previous or next increment of records, click the arrows
on the far right side of the table.
Click the RightFax tray icon in the taskbar and select

LDAP Configuration.
In the FaxUtil Phonebook dialog box, click
Configure Phonebooks and choose LDAP
Configuration.
2. Click Add to create a new LDAP source or select and

existing phonebook and click Edit. The Configure
LDAP Phonebook dialog box opens.
2. Click one or more records, and then click OK to

address the fax.
The new fax is sent to each of the specified recipients.
LDAP phonebooks
RightFax users can connect to an existing LDAP database to
use your organizations existing contact database information
for addressing faxes. This is especially useful for sending fax
broadcasts to large numbers of recipients. LDAP phonebooks
are only accessible from Windows Vista, Windows 7,
Windows 8, and Windows 8.1 workstations.
Configuring RightFax for LDAP connectivity

For RightFax to work with your LDAP database, you must
map the LDAP fax contact information to the corresponding
fields in RightFax.
Note The LDAP User ID field is limited to 47 characters.
3. In the Phonebook Name box, enter a descriptive

name for this contact database.
4. In the LDAP Server box, enter the name of the LDAP
258
Administrator Guide
Fax broadcasting
server. Specify the servers IP port in the IP Port box.

5. Under Attribute Mappings, map the LDAP fields that
correspond to the listed RightFax fields. In addition,
you can filter the number and type of entries returned
to RightFax.
Fax broadcasting from phonebooks.
Fax broadcasting from a mail merge.
Fax broadcasting from a database.
The method you choose for your fax broadcast is determined

by the nature of the fax broadcast as well as the source of the
fax contact information.
6. If you have a large database, limit the number of

records loaded at one time in the Records to Load at
Once box.
Note When broadcasting the same document to a large

number of people, it is generally better to store the fax as a
library document. As a library document, the fax is already
stored in TIFF G3 format and does not need to be converted
again for faxing. If a fax is not saved as a library document
and is broadcast to 500 recipients, the WorkServers will
have to perform 500 separate PCL-to-TIFF G3 conversions.
Using LDAP phonebooks to send faxes

After you configure your LDAP information, you can access
these contact records as phonebook entries when addressing
faxes via the Fax Information dialog box (see Specifying
To send faxes using LDAP phonebooks
Fax broadcasting from phonebooks
1. Click Phonebook and select the LDAP database. A list

of contacts opens.
The easiest way to send a fax broadcast is to select Quick

Fax/Broadcast from the RightFax tray icon, and, in the Fax
Information dialog box, click Phonebook to open your
RightFax, ODBC, LDAP, or MAPI phonebook (as described
earlier in this section).
If you limited the number of records displayed at one

time, you see only that number of records. To view the
previous or next increment of records click the arrows
on the far right side of the table.
From each of these phonebooks you can specify multiple

recipients for your fax. The biggest advantage of using
phonebooks for fax broadcasts is convenience. After a
phonebook is created, faxing to one or more contacts in the
phonebook is as easy as clicking the desired contacts in the
list.
2. Click one or more records, and then click OK to

address the fax.
The new fax is sent to each of the specified recipients.
Fax broadcasting
Fax broadcasting from your RightFax or MAPI phonebook is

most useful for small fax broadcasts to your personal
contacts. These phonebooks are typically used only for
private contact management and exist separately from your
organizations primary contact data source.
You can send one fax to large numbers of recipients. This is

called sending a fax broadcast or fax broadcasting.
The RightFax server provides these methods for sending a
fax broadcast:
259
Administrator Guide
Fax broadcasting
Fax broadcasting from your ODBC or LDAP phonebook is

better geared towards large fax broadcasts because these
phonebooks can be dynamically linked to your organizations
primary contact data source.
mail merge.
3. Make sure you have an updated data source, such as a
list of fax recipients in Excel.
To create the RightFax printer
Using your phonebooks for fax broadcasts has some

disadvantages. First, all recipients receive the same fax body
pages. Although each cover page has the correct contact
information, the body of the fax cannot be not customized to
each recipient. Also, the fax broadcast must be specifically
initiated by someone and the contacts to fax to specified
manually.
1. Right-click the RightFax system tray icon, and then

select Configuration.
2. Click Create Fax Driver, and then select Create PCL
Fax Driver.
3. Enter a name for the printer and fax server receiving
jobs.
Fax broadcasting from a mail merge
4. In the Type column, select Windows.
You can send a fax broadcast using mail merge from

applications that support it, such as Microsoft Word or
Microsoft Access. For instructions on setting up mail merge,
refer to the documentation for the application.
To create the document and perform the fax broadcast

1. In Microsoft Word, create a macro-enabled document
(*.docm) based on the template in which you created
the macro to print the merged document by section.
Example
In the document, include the fax addressing

information and any instructions using RightFax
embedded codes together with mail merge fields. For
guidelines on adding embedded codes to documents,
see Using embedded codes on page 241. For
information about mail merge fields, see the
documentation for Microsoft Word.
Each application and each version of an application require

different steps for performing a fax broadcast with mail
merge. The following outlines the general steps for using this
broadcast method with Microsoft Word.
To prepare for fax broadcasting with mail merge

1. In Microsoft Word, add a macro to a macro-enabled
template (*dotm), such as Normal.dotm, that instructs
Word to send each mail merge section as a separate
print job to the RightFax print queue, rather than
sending all sections as a single print job.
Example The following shows RightFax embedded

codes used in combination with merge fields.
<TONAME:{mergefield Name}>
<TOFAXNUM:{mergefield FaxNumber}>
<TOCOMPANY:{mergefield Company}>
2. Create a RightFax printer that is a PCL5 printer and

does not open the Fax Information window. Set this
printer as the default printer before performing the
2. Perform the mail merge. Word creates a single

document with as many sections as there are recipients
260
Administrator Guide
Fax broadcasting
in the data source.

3. Set the RightFax printer you defined for the mail merge
as the default printer.
4. In the mail merged document, run the macro you
created when preparing for the mail merge. Each
section of the document is sent as a separate print job
to the RightFax printer queue.
5. Open FaxUtil to verify that the faxes have been sent.
Fax broadcasting from a database

Fax broadcasting from a database uses the scripting power of
your contact database with the faxing capabilities of
RightFax. There are many possible variations on this method.
The benefit of this method is that the fax broadcast can be
partially or completely automated depending on the database
you use. The method has the added flexibility of sending the
same document, such as a library document, to all recipients
or customizing each document for each recipient. The
drawback is that this method can be highly complex and may
require substantial programming in your databases scripting
language.
261
Administrator Guide
The RightFax server includes an email gateway for

SMTP/POP3. Advanced gateways for Microsoft Exchange and
Lotus Notes are available as separate, optional modules.

The SMTP/POP3 email gateway is installed when you run the
RightFax server installation. The mail server still requires
some configuration to work with the gateway software. After
the mail server has been configured, you must add and
configure the email gateway on the RightFax server
(described on Adding and configuring email gateways on
page 271).
Each RightFax email gateway acts as a communication link

between the RightFax server and your email server(s). Using
the RightFax email gateway, you can use your email client
software as a fax client system.
Email messages addressed to the RightFax email gateway
are picked up by the RightFax server, converted into faxes,
and transmitted. Incoming faxes can be routed to an email
mailbox by specifying each RightFax users mailbox
information in Enterprise Fax Manager. The gateway can also
provide notification of fax events via email.
Configuring SMTP/POP3 gateway installations

For SMTP/POP3 installations, SMTP/POP3 server(s) must be
accessible by the computer running the RightFax email
gateway(s).
Note that when using email gateways:

l
You must create a new POP3 mailbox specifically for use by

the gateway. The gateway periodically checks this mailbox
for fax-bound email messages to forward to the fax server.
Several common configurations for routing fax-bound email
messages to this mailbox are outlined in the following
sections.
Email clients must be configured for UTF-8 (unicode)

encoding so that special characters, such as the Euro
symbol, appear correctly in RightFax documents created
in email clients. Refer to the documentation for your email
client for information on enabling UTF-8 encoding.
Required information for outbound faxes does not apply to
faxes sent via the email gateways. For example, the email
gateway will send a fax that does not have a recipient
name even if RightFax is configured to require the To
Name field be completed before sending a fax.
Although the configurations vary, the goal is always to route

outgoing fax-bound email messages to the mailbox on the
SMTP server specified in the POP3 Mailbox Name box in
the E-mail Configuration dialog box (see Adding and
configuring email gateways on page 271).
262
Administrator Guide
The RightFax email gateway for SMTP/POP3 can be set to

recognize one of three addressing schemes for specifying
outgoing fax information like the fax number and recipient
name (see Using the RightFax addressing scheme on page
265). In the following configuration examples, the RightFax
addressing scheme is used.
intuitive as the dedicated domain method (Dedicated domain

for fax-bound email messages on page 263).
Many mail servers allow messages with addresses that
match a specific pattern to route to a particular mailbox. For
example, the pattern fax=* (meaning any mailbox that
starts with text fax=) can be defined to route matching
addresses to the email gateways POP3 mailbox on the SMTP
server. An address matching this pattern might look like this:
Dedicated domain for fax-bound email messages

This is typically the easiest configuration for email users to
understand and for SMTP/POP3 mail client software to
access.
/fax=555-1212/name=Jane Doe@company.com
Simple mailbox with description-area fax information
In this configuration, email users send all fax-bound mail

messages to a specific domain (e.g., faxgate.company.com)
and specify the pertinent fax information as the mailbox
portion of the mail address (left of the @ symbol). For
example:
Note This configuration is not compatible with the IETF

addressing scheme. If your SMTP server requires that you
use this addressing method, you must use the RightFax
addressing scheme (Using the RightFax addressing scheme
on page 265).
/fax=555-1212/name=Jane Doe@faxgate.company.com
Some SMTP mail servers allow very few configuration and

routing options. In these cases, fax-bound email messages
can be addressed to the email gateways POP3 mailbox. Fax
destination information is specified in the description-area of
the address string, using the same method used to provide
descriptive names for standard email addresses. For
example:
Create a domain on your SMTP/POP3 mail server that is

dedicated to receiving fax-bound mail messages. All mail
messages received at this domain must be placed in the POP3
mailbox specified in the POP3 Mailbox Name box in the Email Configuration dialog box. The RightFax email gateway
periodically checks this mailbox for outgoing messages. If
the messages contain valid fax addresses, they are routed to
the RightFax server for transmission.
/name=Jane/fax=5551212/ <faxgate@company.com>
A new MX (mail exchanger) entry in the DNS server may be

required to tell other computers what mail server handles
messages for the new domain.
The information in quotes is not interpreted as part of the

address. It is treated as descriptive information only. The
email message is routed to the faxgate mailbox on the
SMTP mail server. In this example, the name of the mailbox
specified in the POP3 Mailbox Name box in the E-mail
Configuration dialog box (where the gateway checks for
outgoing faxes) is faxgate. When destination fax
information is not found as part of the address, the RightFax
email gateway scans the descriptive information.
Important The SMTP gateway requires an SMTP server

with open relay enabled.
Mailbox pattern-matching routing

This addressing scheme has the advantage of not requiring a
new mail domain; however, email users may not find it as
263
Administrator Guide
Although this method requires little configuration at the mail

server, many email client programs make it difficult to add
descriptive information to an email address, often
misinterpreting it as part of the mail destination address.
Important For the SMTP gateway to correctly display

characters such as the Euro symbol in the subject line and
body text of the received email message, the client
application must send data to the RightFax server using
UTF-8 encoding. UTF-8 encoding must be configured as a
system setting on each client computer that uses the SMTP
gateway.

Sending a SMTP/POP3 message to a fax number is similar to
sending email, except the message must be specially
addressed. Text entered in the Subject box appears in the
Notes section of the fax cover sheet. Text entered in the
body of the email appears as the body of the fax. Attached
files are converted to fax images and appended to the fax.
(For a list of supported file types, see File formats that
convert to fax format on page 322.) Unsupported file
attachments cannot be converted and will be ignored.
Using the Simple SMTP Fax Addressing

scheme
The Simple SMTP Fax Addressing scheme allows fax-bound
email messages to be addressed using a format that is
similar to standard SMTP addressing - <fax
number>@domain.com
For example, to send a fax-bound SMTP message to the fax
number 555-1212 with a domain of RightFax.com, the
address format is:
Note Attachments sent from Microsoft Outlook use a

proprietary format that is not supported by the SMTP
gateway. If you need to send attachments from Outlook,
use the Microsoft Exchange module (available separately).
5551212@RightFax.com
The following table lists the characters supported by Simple
SMTP Fax Addressing. Space and tabs are removed.
The RightFax email gateway looks for fax-bound email

messages in a dedicated POP3 mailbox on the SMTP mail
server. Fax destination information must be included
somewhere in the address of each message. The SMTP/POP3
gateway supports three addressing formats: Simple SMTP
Fax Addressing, RightFax-specific format, and IETF. Which
addressing scheme the gateway recognizes is specified in the
SMTP/POP3 E-mail Configuration dialog box (see Adding
and configuring email gateways on page 271).
264
Character
Example
0-9
0123456789@<domain.com>
123*456@<domain.com>
#123456@<domain.com>
+15551212@<domain.com>
555-1212@<domain.com>
A-Z
ABCDEFG@<domain.com>
Name.Org@<domain.com>
&
5551212&1111@<domain.com>
Administrator Guide
space can be represented as %20. This encoding is only

required if the special characters needed cause problems for
your mail system.
Using the RightFax addressing scheme

The RightFax addressing scheme allows a great deal of
flexibility in how fax-bound email messages are addressed.
In all cases, faxes must be addressed in such a way that they
are forwarded to a mailbox that is dedicated to RightFax.
How fax-bound messages are routed to this mailbox depends
on how you configured the SMTP server (see Configuring
SMTP/POP3 gateway installations on page 262). In addition,
the name and fax number for the recipient must be included
as part of the address. Use these rules to address fax
messages using the RightFax addressing scheme:
l
The following table lists all fax destination elements

supported by the RightFax addressing scheme. Only the fax
number and name elements are required. Except for the fax
number, all of these addressing elements are used only for
display on the fax cover sheet.
Element Definition
Example
/bi1=
Billing code 1
/bi1=1111
The first forward-slash (/) encountered in the address

indicates the beginning of the fax destination information.
/bi2=
Billing code 2
/bi2=2222
/city=
Recipient city, state
/city=Tucson, AZ
Each element of fax information (such as name and fax

number) is separated by a forward-slash.
/com=
Recipient company name /com=Acme, Inc.
/fax=
Destination fax number
/fax=555-1212
/fax=555-1212&1111
/name=
Recipient name
/name=Jane Doe
/voice=
Recipient voice number
/voice=555-4567
Addressing elements can appear in any order (the fax

number can come either before or after the name).
Addressing elements cannot be separated by the RightFax
mailbox address itself.
Example
A fax recipient name and destination fax number are

required. If either element is not found, the message will
be discarded.
/name=Jane/fax=5551212@faxgate.company.com/fax=5551212/name=Jane/
com=Acme@faxgate.acme.comfaxgate@company.com/na
me=Jane/fax=5551212/name=Jane%20Doe/fax=5551212/faxgate@compan
y.com
The last element of fax information must be terminated by

either a forward-slash (/), an @ symbol, or the end of
the line. This allows any character to be part of a fax
information element, including spaces.
If a special character is required as part of a fax information

element, it can be specified by using a percent symbol (%)
followed by the ASCII value of the character expressed in
hexadecimal. For example, the space character has the
ASCII value of 32, which is written as 20 in hexadecimal, so a
Using the IETF addressing scheme

The IETF addressing scheme requires faxes be addressed in
such a way that they are forwarded to a mailbox that is
265
Administrator Guide
Configuring users to receive faxes via email
dedicated to RightFax. How fax-bound messages are routed

to this mailbox depends on how you configured the SMTP
server see Configuring SMTP/POP3 gateway installations on
page 262. In addition, the name and fax number for the
recipient must be included as part of the address. Use these
rules to address fax messages using the IETF addressing
scheme:
l
fax=555-1212@faxgate.company.com/fax=5551212/pn=Jane.Doe@faxgate.company.comfax=5551212
/g=Jane/s=Doe/o=Acme@faxgate.acme.com
Configuring users to receive faxes via

email
Only the portion of the address to the left of the domain

name (everything to the left of the @ sign) is significant
to the fax destination.
With the RightFax email gateways, RightFax users can

receive faxes as email message attachments instead of (or in
addition to) receiving them in their FaxUtil mailboxes.
The address must begin with the fax destination number.

The fax number can be followed by one or more optional
keywords that provide additional fax information.
To configure a user to receive faxes in email

1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, double-click the user to
open the User Edit dialog box, and then click the
The following table lists supported keywords for the IETF

addressing scheme.
Element
Definition
Example
/dd.bi1=
Billing code 1
/dd.bi1=1111
/dd.bi2=
Billing code 2
/dd.bi2=2222
/fax=
Recipient fax number
/fax=555-1212
/g=
Recipient first (given) name
/g=Jane
/i=
Recipient middle initial
/g=M
/o=
Recipient company name
/o=Acme, Inc.
/pn=
Recipient name (separate first,

middle, and last name with a
period)
/pn=Jane
/pn=Jane.Doe
/pn=Jane.M.Doe
/s=
Recipient last name (surname)
/s=Doe
Any invalid keywords included in the address will be ignored.

Example
266
Administrator Guide
Inbound Routing tab.
in the users FaxUtil mailbox regardless of how this

option is set.

The RightFax email gateways can be used to notify users of
fax status. The installed gateway is not required to be
configured to send and receive faxes. It can still notify users.
The SMTP gateway requires that you set up a default user.
When sending faxes from the SMTP gateway, notifications
may be sent to either the default User ID or the actual
sending User ID as follows:
l
2. In the Routing Type box, click your email gateway

type.
If the fax is held for preview or approval, the notification

goes only to the default User ID.
If the fax is sent successfully, the notification goes only to
the senders User ID.
If the fax fails for any reason, the notification goes to both
the senders User ID and the SMTP gateway default User
ID.
The notification method can be configured for a user group by

editing the group ID properties in Enterprise Fax Manager
and setting the group Notification Type to the option that
corresponds to your email gateway type.
3. In the File Format box, click the file format RightFax

uses for the fax attachment. For information on each
fax image format, see File Format on page 113.
To configure a user to receive fax notification in email
4. In the Routing Info box enter the users SMTP email

address (e.g., user@company.com). For example:
jdoe@acme.com.
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, double-click the user to

open the User Edit dialog box, and click the
5. Select the Delete After Routing check box only if you

want to delete the fax from the users FaxUtil mailbox
after it is routed to email. If RightFax cannot route a
fax to the destination email mailbox, it leaves the fax
267
Administrator Guide
Notification tab.

insert into fax-bound documents such as email messages.
You can use embedded codes to include fax cover sheet
information, attach library documents, add billing
information, and more.
To add an embedded code to an email message, type the
code you want, along with any required parameters, between
angle brackets. For example, an embedded code that tells
RightFax to send a library document called PriceSheet is
written as:
<LIBDOC:PRICESHEET>
RightFax removes all embedded codes from the mail
message when it converts it to fax form so they do not
appear in your final fax. If you type an embedded code
incorrectly, it is ignored by RightFax and is included in your
fax. Embedded codes can be written in either upper or lower
case.
2. In the Notification Method box, click your email

gateway type.
Note Select Use PCL converter for text files if you are
using embedded codes in your faxes.
3. In the Notification Address/Info setting enter the

users SMTP email address in the format
user@company.com. For example: jdoe@acme.com.
Embedded codes can be placed anywhere in the body of the

mail message (they do not work in the Address or Subject
boxes). Embedded codes cannot line wrap and any embedded
code statement that is so long that it wraps to a second line
will be ignored.
4. From the Notifcations about outbound faxes and

Notifications about received faxes lists, choose
the events that trigger notifications.
The RightFax email gateways support the following

embedded codes:
5. Click OK when you are done.
268
ATDATE
ATTIME
Administrator Guide
CHANNEL
COVER
DELETE
increase the workload on your fax server. Or, you may

anticipate a very high volume of gateway traffic and do not
want the added workload to interfere with the routine
operation of your fax server.
DELETEALL
To run the gateway remotely
FCSFILE
FINE
FROMFAXNUM
FROMGENFAXNUM
2. Select the Remote Email Gateway Service check

box to enable remote operation.
FROMGENPHONE
3. Map a drive to the \RightFax folder on the fax server.
FROMPHONE
4. Switch to the \RightFax\Gateway folder and enter the

following command:
IGNORE
LIBDOC (Same as LIBDOC2 in email gateways)
LIBDOC2
NOCOVER
NORMAL
PREVIEW
PRIORITY
SAVE
1. Select the RightFax E-mail Gateway configuration in

Enterprise Fax Manager. The E-mail Configuration
dialog box opens.
smtpgateway-lpath-fdatabase-sgatewayn
Where path is the directory path to the RightFax files,
database is the name of the server containing the fax
database, and n is the number of the email gateway.
This number is zero-based, so the first email gateway
is gateway, the second email gateway is gateway1,
the third email gateway is gateway2, and so on. To
confirm the gateway number, open the Windows
registry and check the Gateway keys under HKEY_
LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\Gateway (64-bit:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\
RightFax\Gateway).
For descriptions and examples of each embedded code, see

RightFax embedded codes on page 310
For example, to start the Remote Gateway service

process from drive R: (which is mapped to the RightFax
folder on the fax server) using the RightFax Database
module on the server rfaxserv, enter:

By default, each email gateway installs and runs on the
RightFax server. There are some situations where it is
beneficial to run the email gateway on a different computer
on your network. You might not, for example, want to
smtpgateway -lr: -frfaxserv -sgateway
269
Administrator Guide
gateway, your second email gateway is referred to as

gateway1,your third email gateway is referred to as
gateway2, and so on. To confirm the gateway number,
open the Windows registry and check the Gateway keys
under HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\
RightFax\Gateway (64-bit: HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\Software\
Wow6432Node\RightFax\Gateway).

If you experience problems with your RightFax Email
Gateway module service, first check for errors in the
RightFax log of the Windows Event Viewer.
To check for errors in the RightFax log

1. On the Start menu, click All Programs, then
Administrative Tools, and then Event Viewer.
Example If you are running the SMTP gateway and it is your

only email gateway, enter: smtpgateway -d -1 -sgateway
2. In the Event Viewer, select RightFax from the

Applications and Services Logs menu to open the
RightFax log. Email gateway-related problems will
appear on the log in the Source column as RightFax
Email Gateway Module.
When running the email gateway in a command window, you

must set the window properties to allow you to scroll back
many lines. To set the command window to sufficient size,
click the MS-DOS icon in the top left of the command window.
Click Properties to open the Command Prompt
Properties dialog box. Click the Layout tab, and then set
Screen Buffer Size height to 2000.
3. Double-click the entry for a description of the error.

The amount and type of information saved to the event log is
determined by the LogLevel setting in the RightFax E-mail
Gateway configuration in Enterprise Fax Manager. With the
log level set to terse, only critical errors are recorded. Log
levels normal and verbose record more information which
may help track down problems.
Error 2140 Starting Service

Error 2140 is a generic Windows NT based error stating that
the service did not start. Check the Event Viewer RightFax
log, under the Source column RightFax Email Gateway
Module for more details.
Running the gateway in a command prompt window also

gives a very detailed report of gateway events. To run the
gateway in a command window, first make sure that the
RightFax Email Gateway Module service is stopped (for
information on stopping the RightFax services, see Starting
and stopping services on page 25.) Open a command prompt
window and change to the RightFax\Gateway folder. To run
the gateway, enter the following command:
Error 53
This is a Windows NT based networking error which indicates
that the UNC name that was specified for the Location of
Mail Files in the gateway configuration is an invalid network
path. If the specified path is correct and valid, it may be that
the account being used to start the Email Gateway Module
service does not have access rights to that folder.
smtpgateway-d-1 -sgatewayn
Where n is the number of the email gateway. This number is
zero-based, so your first email gateway is referred to as
270
Administrator Guide
service in Enterprise Fax Manager.
Error 85 The local device is already in use

This is a Windows NT based networking error stating that the
drive to which RightFax is trying to connect the UNC name
that was specified for the Location of Mail Files, or API
Files is already assigned.

To add or configure an email gateway
1. Open the email Gateway configuration program.
l
If no email gateway was configured during the

RightFax server installation, in Windows Control
Panel, double-click RightFax E-mail Gateway.
Note To view the RightFax control panel icons on
x64 systems, be sure to select View 32-bit Control
Panel Items in Control Panel.
2. In the E-mail Configuration window, click Add

Gateway to add a new gateway, and then select the
type of gateway to add. You can install multiple email
gateways with RightFax, and each installed gateway is
listed in the tree on the left. Click each gateway in the
list to view its configuration options.
If you already have one or more email gateways

configured, you can open the configuration program
by double-clicking the RightFax E-mail Gateway
General settings
Click the General tab to begin configuration for all gateways.
FROM message
Specify a text string that appears in the FROM: field of
messages placed into your system by the email gateway.
E-mail delivery direction

Specify the type of messages the gateway processes. Valid
options are:
271
Administrator Guide
Both. (for both inbound and outbound messages)
Use FaxUtil user information
Inbound Only.
Outbound with Notifications.
Outbound without Notifications.
Select this check box to use the information from the users
RightFax account in place of the SMTP friendly name.
Depending on the information found in the users profile, an
email address, a user name, or a friendly name appears in
the From User Name field on cover sheets using the <from
name> embedded code.
Frequency
Include fax with notifications
Specify (in seconds) how often the gateway will check the
mail system and the fax server for incoming or outgoing
faxes to process. To avoid overloading system resources, set
the Frequency at 30 seconds or higher.
This option applies to notifications of successfully sent faxes

and faxes that failed to send. Select the check box to include
a viewable copy of the fax with these types of notifications
and specify the format of the copy:
Event LogLevel
Specify the level of information logged in the Application
Event Log under the service name RightFax E-Mail Gateway
Module.
Select TIF or PDF format.

Select First Page to include a copy of the first page only
or All Pages to include a copy of all pages.
You can select the following options:

l
None.No information is saved.
Terse.Records critical errors only.
Normal.Records errors and major events only.
Server Timeouts
Specify how long the client will wait for a response from the
email server by moving the slider to the right to increase the
time or to the left to decrease it.
SMTP settings
Verbose.Records all significant events and is most useful

for tracking and resolving problems.
Click the SMTP tab to enter information about the SMTP

server.
Caution If you leave this value set to Verbose for

long periods of time, the Event Log can become full,
which may prevent new events from being logged.
Remote e-mail gateway service

Select this check box if you are running the E-mail Gateway
service on a computer other than the fax server. See Running
the email gateway remotely on page 269.
272
Administrator Guide
Log on using the same settings as the incoming

server Select to use the account name and password
from the POP3 tab.
Log on using Select to enter SMTP Account name and
Password.
Email Subject
You can customize the subject line of messages sent through
the SMTP email gateway. Use the following variables:
l
~1 = Remote ID
~2 = Send channel
~3 = Unique ID of fax
~4 = ANI
~5 = Fax status
SMTP Server
Name or IP address of the SMTP server.
Port
POP3 settings
Defaults to 25, the standard for nonencrypted SMTP

messaging. The standard port for encrypted messaging is
465. Enter the port number for your configuration.
POP3 servers can be specified separately for each email

gateway. The content of this tab is unavailable if the email
direction is set to Inbound only.
Encryption type
Specifies whether the server is using encryption (TLS/SSL).
Defaults to None.
Note To enable encryption, you must have first configured
your email server for secure communication.
Use Default
Click this button to return to the default settings of the Port
25 and Encryption Type of None. When the confirmation
box appears, click OK.
The server requires authentication

Click this to activate the following authentication fields:
273
Administrator Guide
Password
password for the account above.
Send APOP passwords as

Choices are Auto, Encrypted only, Clear text only. This
option is not available if you have selected encryption
(TLS/SSL).
Maximum number of messages to retrieve

Specify the maximum number of messages that can be
processed at one time by the email gateway.
Use PCL converter for text files

Select this option to use the fax server's PCL conversion
engine when converting email messages to fax format. This
option is required to properly convert embedded codes in
mail messages. This conversion also usually produces more
accurate fax images of ASCII text than the fax server's
native document conversion engine.
POP3 Server
Name or IP address of the POP3 server.
Port
Remove e-mail headers
Defaults to 110, the standard for non-encrypted POP3

messaging. The standard port for encrypted messaging is
995. Enter the port number for your configuration.
Select this option to remove email headers before converting

to fax format.
Use IETF fax addressing
Encryption type
Select this option to allow the fax server to recognize the

Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) fax addressing
standard for encoding fax destination information as part of
the SMTP email address. You must use the IETF format when
using the RightFax SMTP Gateway with Outlook 2010.
Specifies whether the server is using encryption (TLS/SSL).

Defaults to None.
Note To enable encryption, you must have first configured
your email server for secure communication.
Send through this user when e-mail sender is unknown
Use Default
If the sender does not have a RightFax account, this option

specifies a valid RightFax User ID that is used to send the
fax. The cover sheet will include the senders email address.
Click this button to return to the default settings of the Port

110 and Encryption Type of None. When the confirmation
box appears, click OK.
Account name
POP3 login name.
274
Administrator Guide
Custom messages
Notification
message
Variable options
When a fax is received as an email attachment or when an

email fax status notification is received, a header is included
in the mail message that provides details about the fax.
Sent/Received
time
~1 = Date (in Windows locale format) and time

(HH:MM)
To customize the text of header messages
To customize the subject line of the inbound message
Click the Custom Messages tab.
Edit the Windows registry:

1. Log on to the RightFax server using a Windows account
that is a member of the local administrators group.
The options on this tab are the same for all email gateways.
Each message combines text with one or more variables and
each has its own available variable options, described in the
following table.
Notification
message
Variable options
Elapsed time
~1 = The total time that the fax spent being

processed by the fax board displayed (MM:SS)
~2 = The fax channel used to send or receive the
fax
Inbound user
~1 = The RightFax user ID of the fax recipient

~2 = The fax recipient's routing code
None sent
N/A
Page record
~1 = The range of page numbers successfully

sent or received
2. Open the Windows registry editor and browse to

HKLM\software\RightFax\Gateway\Gateway.
If you have more than one gateway, each is
represented by its own subkey (e.g., Gateway1,
Gateway2, etc.).
3. Create a new REG_SZ entry called FaxSubject.
4. Edit FaxSubject to contain the information you want to
appear in the subject line of inbound messages.
5. Close the Windows registry.
Select service account

Note If you are storing or accessing files on a NetWare
volume, you must make sure the Service Account also
exists as an account within Novell.
Received remote ~1 = Remote ID

ID
Result
Sent remote ID
All RightFax email gateways log on to the network as a

service using a Windows NT based user account that you
specify.
~1 = The result code and any accompanying text

as reported by the fax board (These codes and
messages may differ depending on your fax board
type.)
To change the email gateway service account
~1 = The destination fax number

~2 = The destination remote ID
1. Click Select Service Account. The Select Service

Account dialog box opens. This dialog box lists all the
275
Administrator Guide
user accounts in a specified domain and selects the

user account that the email gateway uses to log in to
the server.
2. Click Load Users. This lists each user account in all
domains on the network.
3. Click a user account in the list to automatically fill in
the Domain or Workgroup and User Account
boxes.
4. Enter the password for the selected user account in
both the Password and Confirm Password boxes.
5. Click OK to apply the new service account.
Starting and stopping the gateway service

After installing the gateway, a new service called the
RightFax Email Gateway Module is created. If the email
gateway is running on the same computer as the fax server,
the service is set to Manual and is automatically started and
stopped by the RightFax Server service. Do not stop the
RightFax Email Gateway module service manually. However,
if the email gateway is running on a remote computer (see
Running the email gateway remotely on page 269), you must
start and stop the gateway service manually.
SMTP/POP3 gateway registry settings

Some additional functions can be set by editing the Windows
registry settings for the gateway. To see the full list, see
Gateway Registry Entries on page 354.
276
Administrator Guide
Chapter 30: Inbound faxing with Microsoft Exchange Unified Messaging (UM)
Overview
Chapter 30: Inbound faxing with Microsoft Exchange Unified

Messaging (UM)
Overview
Configuring Exchange UM for faxing
RightFax10.6 is a partner fax solution for Microsoft Exchange

2010 or later Unified Messaging (UM).
This section assumes that the Microsoft Exchange UM role is

already installed and configured in your organization. Refer
to your Microsoft Exchange documentation for information
about creating the following items in UM:
As Exchange UM detects fax calls, the calls are referred back

to the IP Gateway from where they are routed to the
RightFax server for processing. After processing, each fax is
handed off to the Exchange UM server for delivery to the
user. The email with attached fax TIFF image is placed into
the Inbox as well as a new Search Folder called "Fax" in the
recipient's Outlook mailbox.
Requirements
l
Microsoft Exchange Server 2010 or later with the Unified

Messaging role installed and configured.
UM Dial Plans
UM Mailbox Policies
UM IP Gateway
UM IP Hunt Groups
UM-enabled Mailboxes
This section describes the additional requirements to enable

inbound faxing with Unified Messaging.
An IP Gateway installed and configured to communicate

with the Exchange Server.
Fax tone detection
RightFax 10.6.
Fax tone detection is deactivated by default in Exchange UM.

Verify that fax tone detection has been activated on each UM
Server that will receive fax calls.
Brooktrout SR140 Transport installed and licensed on the

RightFax server.
In the MSExchangeUM.config file located in the X:\Program

Files\Microsoft\ExchangeServer\V14\Bin directory, change
the EnableInbandFaxDetection setting from False to True.
277
Administrator Guide
Note Restart the Exchange server for the changes to take

effect.
Dial plans
Verify that each UM dial plan is enabled to receive faxes. By
default, the ability to receive faxes is activated. If you
prevent the dial plan from receiving faxes, no users in the
dial plan can receive faxes. The Dial Plan setting takes
precedence over individual UM-enabled user settings.
Intended use: Partner
AuthMechanism: ExternalAuthoritative
PermissionGroups: ExchangeServers, Partners
RemoteIPRanges: {RightFax server IP address}
requireTLS: False
EnableAuthGSSAPI: False
Note For more information about creating receive
connectors, see the Microsoft documentation at
http://technet.microsoft.com/en-us/library/bb125159
(EXCHG.140).aspx
UM mailbox policy
Configure each UM mailbox policy to allow users with that
policy to receive faxes. The Mailbox Policy configuration
includes the RightFax server URI in the following format
(include the quotation marks):
sip:<FQDN or IP of RightFax server>:<port>;<transport>"
You can enable Exchange UM for doctransports such as

Brooktrout FoIP boards, SR140, and OEMFoIP.
Port = The port on which the fax server listens (Default is

5060)
Note If you are using the optional RightFax Connector for

Microsoft Exchange, duplicate faxes may appear in the
users mailbox. The connector adds inbound and outbound
faxing through Microsoft Exchange. If the user is configured
for routing inbound faxes to Exchange, the connector will
route a copy of a received fax to the users Outlook inbox in
addition to any faxes delivered by UM based on the
specified fax routing. For more information, see the
RightFax Connector for Microsoft Exchange Administrator
Guide.
Transport = The transport protocol (Default is UDP)

Example "sip:172.17.18.19:5060;Transport=UDP"
User mailboxes
The ability to receive faxes can be enabled on an individual
UM mailbox basis. Ensure that each Exchange mailbox is UMenabled and is enabled to receive faxes.
Dedicated receive connector
To enable and configure Exchange UM
Fax messages sent to Exchange UM from the RightFax server

must be authenticated. To facilitate authentication, create a
new partner receive connector on the Hub Transport server
to which the RightFax server submits SMTP fax messages.
Configure the receive connector with the following values:
1. In the left pane, under Brooktrout and Advanced

Settings, click Exchange Unified Messaging.
2. In the right pane, select the Enable Exchange
278
Administrator Guide
Unified Messaging check box.
Route to SMTP Email Only The fax will be returned as

an email to Exchange for delivery to the FAX search folder
in the recipient's email inbox. The fax will not be stored on
the RightFax server for tracking, billing, or accounting
purposes.
Route to RightFax User Only The fax will be placed
into the recipient's fax mailbox on the RightFax server.
The fax will not appear in the users FAX search folder in
Outlook.
Route to Both The fax will be returned to Exchange for
delivery as an email and place a copy in the recipient's fax
mailbox on the RightFax server.
3. Under SMTPAuthentication to Exchange Unified

Messaging Server enter the Exchange server and
authentication information:
l
Exchange Server Name or IP The address of the

Exchange Server that has been configured for UM
and inbound faxing.
Domain The domain of the Exchange Server.
User Account, Password The user account and
password hat will be used to authenticate all traffic
from the RightFax server to the Exchange server.
To select a user from Active Directory, click User
Account.
4. Under Exchange UM Fax Routing, click one of the

following routing methods:
279
Administrator Guide
RightFax users can manage their fax mailboxes from a web

browser using the RightFax Web Client. The Web Client
converts HTTP-formatted requests into RightFax-formatted
queries and replies.
Software for the RightFax Web Client is installed on a
Microsoft IIS server which may or may not be running on the
same computer as the RightFax server. For information
about installing Web applications, see the RightFax
Installation Guide.
The RightFax Web Client keeps track of all the users logged
on to the system by storing each users profile in a
connection table. User-specific data such as fax and
phonebook lists, configuration settings and security rights are
stored until the user logs off or the connection idle time limit
is exceeded. To see the information currently stored in the
Web Clients connection table, users can click the Statistics
link after logging on to the Web Client.
Configuration settings
To open the RightFax Web Client window

l
In the RightFax Web Client window, click the

Configuration tab.
On the IIS server on which the Web Client is installed, in

Windows Control Panel, double-click RightFax Web
Client.
280
Administrator Guide
Logging level
Event Log under the service name RightFax Web Client
Module."
Note For logging to occur, either enable NT notification or
ensure that the IIS user has permission to write to the
event log.
l

Server settings
Connection settings
Default fax server
Maximum available connections
Enter the name of the fax server that the Web Client will scan
for authenticated user accounts.
Specify the maximum number of concurrent Web Client

sessions that will be allowed.Consider that even inactive
sessions consume some of the Web servers available
memory and that many simultaneous users may slow down
page load times for each user.
Additional fax servers

Enter the names of additional fax servers separated by
commas. Web Client users will be able to select a fax server
other than the default server when logging on to the Web
Client.
Note For changes to take effect, stop and restart the Web
Server service.
Default fax server protocol
Timeout (minutes)
Specify the network protocol that the IIS server running the
Web Client will use to communicate with fax servers.
Specify the number of minutes that a Web Client session can

remain idle before the connection is dropped.
281
Administrator Guide
Maximum list size
Users can reset forgotten passwords
Specify the maximum number of entries that will be

displayed for fax, phonebook, library document, and billing
code lists requested by users. Lists that exceed this number
will be split onto multiple pages.
Select this check box to give all users, except

NTauthenticated users, the option to reset forgotten
RightFax passwords that prevent them from signing in to the
web client.
Reset the IIS server for the change to effect.
Only users with an email address in their user account can

reset their password. To reset their password, the user must
provide their RightFax user ID or its associated email
address. An email will be sent to the user IDs email address
containing a link to a page where the user can save a new
password.
Clients settings
l
In the RightFax Web Client window, click the Clients tab.
Empty trash folder each session

By default faxes remain in the trash folder until it is manually
emptied or until the aging limit is reached. Select this check
box to automatically empty the trash folder when users exit
the Web Client.
282
Administrator Guide
Chapter 32: Using TeleConnect to access faxes by phone
With the RightFax TeleConnect feature, users can access

their fax mailboxes via a touch-tone telephone. Users dial in
to the RightFax server to use RightFaxs automatic
forwarding, printing, and notification features to manage
faxes. The TeleConnect menu of options includes:
l
Retrieve new faxes
Retrieve a catalog of faxes
Retrieve specific faxes from the catalog
Hear fax statistics
Change fax mailbox options

2. In Enterprise Fax Manager, click the name of the
RightFax server to configure in the tree in the left
pane.The list of services appears at the lower-right
pane of the window.
DocTransport Module. The DocTransport
4. Under BrookTrout in the left pane, select Advanced
Settings and TeleConnect.
To run TeleConnect, you must have a RightFax server

installed and operational. Because it uses digital voice
prompts, you must also have a Brooktrout fax board with
voice capability installed.
TeleConnect does not require a separate or additional
installation to your fax server.
To configure TeleConnect
1. On the RightFax server, on the Start menu, click All
Programs, then Open Text, and then RightFax
283
Administrator Guide
TeleConnect. Otherwise, dialing the number may cause users

to hear a fax tone instead of accessing the TeleConnect
system.
You can also turn on DTMF routing for a particular analog
channel. When users dial this number they will hear a tone or
voice prompt to enter an extension. Enter a unique four-digit
extension in this box. If you tell your users to enter this
number when they hear the prompt, they will connect to the
TeleConnect system. If this number is not entered after a few
seconds (depending on the DTMF timeout value), the channel
will provide a fax tone and attempt to receive a fax.
Call Type
Specifies how TeleConnect will connect to the caller when
faxes are requested.
l
Enable TeleConnect
Enables the TeleConnect module.
Routing Code/Channel Ext

Specifies the routing code (such as DTMF extension or DID
number) that will be assigned to TeleConnect. When calls
arrive on this extension they enter the TeleConnect system
automatically, rather than being received as an incoming fax.
One Call. Requires the user to call from a fax machine.

TeleConnect uses the same connection to send faxes back
to the caller without having to initiate a second call. In this
way, Teleconnect incurs no phone charges.
Two Call. Causes TeleConnect to request the recipients
fax number and initiates a separate call to send faxes.
RightFax user setup
If you have a bank of numbers dedicated to your fax server,

you must assign one of the numbers to TeleConnect by
entering the extension here. If you have only analog channels
you must dedicate one of your fax channels to TeleConnect.
To do this, enter a unique four-digit number in this box, and
click the channel you want to dedicate under Global Board
Settings in the left pane and enter the same four-digit value
in the Channel Extension box. Users must be able to dial
into this channel. Do not include the channel in a hunt group
unless all channels in that hunt group are dedicated to
Prompt.Asks each user to specify a one- or two-call

session.
To use TeleConnect to access RightFax via touch-tone phone,

each caller must have a RightFax user account with unique
numeric Voice Mail Subscriber ID setting and a
Password. (The Password setting cannot be blank.)
TeleConnect uses these settings to identify the user when
calling in to the system.
284
Administrator Guide
Recording multilingual messages
Multilingual support
The TeleConnect module supports messaging in up to nine
languages in addition to the English language default. When
multilingual support is enabled, you can record your own
language message files and save them to their own folders.
When callers first dial into the system, TeleConnect will play
a message asking them to select the language they want.
You can record custom multilingual messages for

TeleConnect using a third-party sound editor that supports
the Dialogic OKI32 file format, or using the message recorder
built into the Fax-on-Demand component of the Docs-onDemand module (if it is licensed and installed.) For
information on using Docs-on-Demand to record prompts,
refer to the RightFax Docs-on-Demand Guide.
To enable multilingual support, add the TeleConnect registry

keyword Multilingual(1).
Toll-number support
Your TeleConnect system can be set up on 1-900 and 1-976
toll-lines. FCC requirements for toll-numbers state that
callers may not be charged until a full minute has gone by.
During the first 30 seconds of the call, callers must be told
how much they will be charged and they must agree to the
charges. If the caller does not immediately agree to the
charges, the line must be disconnected.
Create a TeleConnect registry keyword for each additional

language you want to support using the format VoicePath#
(voicepath1;voicepath2), where # is a number 2 through 9
that the user presses to access alternate language files
(English is automatically set to 1), voicepath1 is the path
to the local folder where the language files are stored, and
voicepath2 is an optional secondary folder path. If
TeleConnect cannot find the file it wants in the first folder, it
will look in the second folder.
To enable toll-number support, add the TeleConnect registry

keywords 900Enable(1) and 900Agree(#), where # is a
number 0 through 9 that the caller must press to respond
affirmatively and continue with the call. If this parameter is
left blank, any key will be accepted. The system will
automatically hang up on anyone who has not pressed the
agree button within the first 28 seconds of the call.
For information on creating TeleConnect registry entries see

TeleConnect registry configuration on page 289.
Multilingual selection prompts

After multilingual support is enabled, TeleConnect will
automatically cycle through every defined VoicePath entry,
starting with VoicePath1 and ending with VoicePath0. It will
play message 010.VOX from each VoicePath folder, if the file
exists.
For information on creating TeleConnect registry entries see

TeleConnect registry configuration on page 289.
Toll-number prompt
The default message file 010 says For an English language

menu, press 1. In VoicePath2, this file might say in Spanish
For a Spanish language menu, press 2. In VoicePath3, it
might say in German For a German language menu, press
3.
Note If you have both toll-number and multilingual

support enabled, Fax-on-Demand plays the VoicePath
prompts before the toll-number prompt. Because selecting
a language option is interpreted as an agreement by the
285
Administrator Guide
caller to accept the charges, make sure that toll-call

information is included in your foreign language prompts.
by message file 312. If you enabled both AskVoiceNumber

and AskAlphaNumeric, message file 306 is followed by
message file 311. For a complete list of TeleConnects
message files refer to the next section.
After toll-number support is enabled, message 020.VOX plays

one time. This message should explain how much the caller is
charged, that he must be 18 years or older, and ask him to
press a key to agree to the charges. This prompt must be less
than the 28 second limit to press the required agreement
key.
Voice prompt files

The TeleConnect module uses voice prompt files located in
the RFBoard\Mainapp\Voices folder on the RightFax server.
Voice prompt files are saved as DialogicOKI32 files (.vox
files). These files can be customized in Fax-on-Demand
(described in the RightFax Docs-on-Demand Guide) or using
a third-party sound editor that supports the Dialogic OKI32
file format.
If the caller doesnt press a key or presses a key other than

one specified by the 900Agree registry keyword, the line is
disconnected. If the caller presses the key specified by the
900Agree keyword (or any key if the 900Agree value is
blank), the system proceeds to the Main menu.
All files in the RFBoard\Mainapp\Voices folder are listed in

the following table along with their voice text.
Requesting fax routing information

If a fax is sent to a number that delivers faxes to several
people (such as a public or hotel fax machine), there may be
a problem determining the fax recipient. TeleConnect can be
configured to ask the caller to enter a name or phone number
to assist in routing. Requests for fax routing information are
skipped if the caller requests that the fax(es) be sent back to
the fax machine he is calling from using the same connection
(the One-call option).
Voice prompt
a.vox
...a...
allque.vox
All of your queued faxes will be sent.
b.vox
...b...
badfaxnum.vox Invalid entry. We will not send documents to that

fax number.
To ask the caller to enter a phone number to assist with

routing, add the TeleConnect registry keyword
AskVoiceNumber(1).
To ask the caller to enter an alphanumeric sequence (such as
a name), add the TeleConnect registry keyword
AskAlphaNumeric(1).
If either of these options is enabled, TeleConnect plays
message file 306. If you enabled AskVoiceNumber only,
Message file 306 is followed by message file 307. If you
enabled AskAlphaNumeric only, message file 306 is followed
File name
286
badlogin.vox
The mailbox and password combination you

entered is not valid. Please try again.
beginrec.vox
You may begin recording after the beep. Press

pound when finished.
c.vox
...c...
catalog.vox
...catalog...
catalogs.vox
...catalogs...
count.vox
...faxes with a total of...
d.vox
...d...
Administrator Guide
File name
Voice prompt
File name
Voice prompt
deliverif.vox
Are you sure you want to delete this message?

Press 1. If not, press 2.
greeting.vox
Welcome to RightFax, the leading enterprise fax

server.
doc.vox
...document...
hundred.vox
...hundred...
docs.vox
...documents...
ifcorrec.vox
If this is correct, press 1. To reenter, press 2."
fax.vox
...fax...
invalid.vox
Invalid entry. Please try again.
isnotavail.vox
...is not available.
faxes.vox
faxnum.vox
Enter your fax number and then press the pound

key.
login1.vox
Please enter your mailbox number.
login2.vox
Please enter your security code.
faxtype.vox
If you are calling from your fax machine, press 1. If

you wish the fax delivered to a fax number, press
2.
fwdfax.vox
Your faxes are currently being forwarded to...
mainmenu.vox To retrieve faxes, press 1. To retrieve a list of all

faxes, press 2. To hear fax mailbox statistics, press
3. To change mailbox options, press 4. To quit,
press the Star key.
fwdfaxnm.vox
Please enter the fax number to forward your faxes

to.
million.vox
...million...
n00.vox
...zero...
fwdmenu.vox
To automatically forward your faxes to a fax

machine, press 1. To forward your faxes to a
network user, press 2. To disable fax forwarding,
press 3. To cancel changes, press the Star key.
n01.vox n99.vox
...one... - ...ninety-nine...
new.vox
...new...
You may not enable fax forwarding to a network

user because a destination user has not been
specified.
nofwd.vox
Your faxes are not currently being forwarded.
nonewfxs.vox
You have no new faxes.
nonque.vox
We are unable to queue your faxes for

transmission.
noprinter.vox
Your faxes may not be automatically printed

because a destination printer has not been
selected.
notavail.vox
The fax server is not available. We are unable to

process your call.
notones.vox
No entries detected. Please try again.
fwdnous.vox
fwduser.vox
Your faxes are currently being forwarded to a

network user.
fwdwarn.vox
Your fax forwarding option is currently set to a

network user. If you change this, there will be no
way to restore this setting over the telephone
interface. If you still want to change this option,
press 1. If not, press 2.
goodbye.vox
Goodbye.
287
Administrator Guide
File name
Voice prompt
File name
Voice prompt
ntfdisab.vox
Alternate notification to another network user is

disabled.
recmenu.vox
ntfenab.vox
Alternate notification to another network user is

enabled.
To play back, press 1. To record, press 2. To save

this message, press 3. To cancel changes, press 4.
To delete this message, press 5.
rtverr1.vox
You entered an invalid fax ID number.
rtvid1.vox
You may retrieve up to...
rtvid2.vox
Enter the fax ID number and press Pound.
rtvmax.vox
You have entered the maximum allowable fax IDs.
rtvmen.vox
To retrieve all new faxes, press 1. To retrieve a list

of all faxes, press 2. To retrieve faxes by their ID
number, press 3. To return to the Main menu, press
the Star key.
ntfmenu.vox
To enable alternate notification press 1. To disable

alternate notification, press 2. To cancel changes,
press the Star key.
ntfwarn.vox
You may not enable alternate notification because

a network user to notify has not been selected.
onecall.vox
Shared call beginning.
optmenu.vox
For automatic forwarding options, press 1. For

automatic printing options, press 2. For alternate
notification options, press 3. To return to the Main
menu, press the Star key.
sil_100.vox
0.1 second silence
sil_1000.vox
1 second silence
outbound.vox
...outbound...
sil_250.vox
0.25 second silence
page.vox
...page...
sil_500.vox
0.5 second silence
pages.vox
...pages...
sntstat1.vox
...outbound faxes totalling...
pound.vox
...pound...
sntstat2.vox
...are in process...
prndisab.vox
Your faxes are not being automatically printed.
sntstat3.vox
...have been sent successfully, and...
prnenabl.vox
Your faxes are currently being automatically

printed.
sntstat4.vox
...are abandoned.
someque.vox
Not all of your queued faxes will be sent due to an

error.
star.vox
...star...
statmenu.vox
For statistics on outbound faxes, press 1. For

statistics on inbound faxes, press 2. To return to the
main menu, press the Star key.
prnmenu.vox
To automatically print your faxes, press 1. To

disable automatic printing, press 2. To cancel
changes, press Star.
rcvstat1.vox
...received faxes totalling...
rcvstat2.vox
...of your received faxes have not been viewed or

printed.
that.vox
That...
...received...
thissess.vox
...this session.
received.vox
288
Administrator Guide
and value is an optional value setting for the keyword. The

phone number extension or DID channel assigned to
TeleConnect is always the first entry. The extension and all
keywords must be separated by a grave (`) character.
File name
Voice prompt
thousand.vox
...thousand...
toprocee.vox
To proceed...
totaling.vox
...totalling...
upto.vox
...up to...
waitcnt.vox
Please wait while the system retrieves your faxes.
waitgen.vox
Please standby while we are processing your

request.
youhave.vox
You have...
youmay.vox
You may request...
If you want extension 2001 to have a limit of 25 faxes,

always send the faxes back to the originating number, and
disconnect after only 2 errors, the entry would be:
youselec.vox
You selected...
2001`CallType(1)`MaxErrors(2)`MaxFaxes(25)`
For example, if you want to set up TeleConnect for DID

extension 2000 so that it asks the caller to enter a return-fax
number, limits the caller to 32 faxes per call, and disconnects
after 3 errors, the entry would be:
2000`CallType(0)`MaxErrors(3)`MaxFaxes(32)`
The following table lists all available TeleConnect keywords,

and includes the default settings (if any) and descriptions.
TeleConnect registry configuration

TeleConnect is configured primarily via multi-string (Reg_
Multi_SZ) registry entries. Each channel dedicated to
TeleConnect has its own configuration registry entry. The
TeleConnect configuration registry entry is located at HKEY_
LOCAL_MACHINE\Software
\RightFax\DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrout\TUI\Extensio
ns
(64-bit: HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\
RightFax\DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrout\TUI\Extension
s).
The multi-string registry entries for TeleConnect use this
format:
Keyword
Default
Description
900Agree
N/A
900 caller agreement sequence.
900Enable
False
900 telephone processing.
AppType
Application type:
extension`keyword(value)`keyword(value)`...
0 = TeleConnect
2 = One-Doc Poll
Where extension is the phone number extension or DID

channel assigned to TeleConnect, ` is the grave character
located on the same key as the tilde (~), keyword is one of
the configuration setting keywords from the following table,
AskAlphaNumeric False
Ask caller for alpha-numeric

sequence.
AskVoiceNumber True
Ask caller for voice number.
CallType
Default call type:
0 = Prompt
1 = One-call
2 = Two-call
289
Administrator Guide
Keyword
Default
Description
Keyword
Default
CSID
N/A
CSID to use during a one-call

transaction. If blank, it uses the
channel default.
VoicePath
DefaultBI1
N/A
Default billing code #1 for a two-call

fax TeleConnect. If a fax is being
forwarded from a users mailbox, the
system attempts to use the billing
codes from the source fax. If no
billing codes are present in the
source fax, the value specified here,
and that of DefaultBI2, are used.
MainApp\ The path(s) for voice prompt files.

voices;
The system searches sne or more
voices
folders to play a voice file. Folders
are separated with a semicolon. A
relative folder specification is
relative to the DocTransport folder.
Any recorded message is recorded
to the first folder listed.
VoicePath0
N/A
Language #0 voice folder(s).
VoicePath2
VoicePath9
N/A
Language #2 voice folder(s)

DefaultBI2
N/A
Default billing code #2 for two-call.
MaxErrors
Maximum number of errors allowed

(timeouts, invalid doc numbers, etc.)
If this number is exceeded, the caller
is disconnected.
MaxFaxes
32
The maximum number of faxes sent

out in one call by TeleConnect.
Multilingual
False
enabled/disabled.
TransferSequence N/A
PBX transfer sequence. If not blank,

TeleConnect transmits this
sequence just before hanging up. It
is a standard Brooktrout sequence
(TP!F,;WU%1234567890ABCD). 39
characters max.
TUIReportPath
The path for TeleConnect reports. If

a relative path-spec, it is relative to
the RFBoard folder.
TUILOG
Description

When retrieving your faxes via TeleConnect you can choose
to have all new faxes that have not yet been viewed or
printed sent to a specified fax machine, or you can retrieve a
specific fax by specifying its TeleConnect ID number. A
TeleConnect ID is assigned to every outgoing and incoming
fax processed by RightFax. After a fax is assigned a
TeleConnect ID, it keeps that ID.
Each faxs TeleConnect ID appears when you receive
notification of the faxs arrival. If you dont know the
TeleConnect ID of the specific fax you want, the TeleConnect
Main menu gives you the option of retrieving a list of all faxes
in your RightFax mailbox along with their TeleConnect IDs.
To access your RightFax mailbox with TeleConnect

1. Dial the phone number that you specified in the
Routing Code/Channel Ext. box of the TeleConnect
configuration (see Configuring TeleConnect on page
283).
290
Administrator Guide
2. When the system prompts you, enter your RightFax

voice mail subscriber ID and press the pound key (#).
Entering alphanumeric data via touch-tone phone

To enter an alphanumeric string (such as a recipient name for
a cover sheet), enter each character by pressing the button
for the character, then the position of the character on the
button. For example, the telephone button 6 has the letters
M, N, and O. To enter the letter N, you would press the 62
to indicate the second character on the number 6 button. To
enter a number instead of a letter, use position zero. To enter
a space, press 02. The exceptions to this method are the
letters Q (01) and Z (03). The following table lists all
characters available via this encoding method.
3. When the system prompts you, enter your RightFax

password and press the pound key (#).
4. If your RightFax password does not consist of numeric
digits only, you can enter alphanumeric characters by
pressing the keys on the telephone keypad that the
characters are on. For example, for the word
PASSWORD, the caller would enter 72779673. Any
digit will work for the letters Q and Z.
5. After TeleConnect validates your voice mail subscriber
ID and password, you are placed in the main menu
(described in the next section).
A = 21
I = 43
Q = 01
Y = 93
2 = 20
B = 22
J = 51
R = 72
Z = 03
3 = 30
The TeleConnect main menu
C = 23
K = 52
S = 73
Space = 02
4 = 40
The following table lists the options available from the

TeleConnect main menu. There may be additional prompts
and messages depending on your systems configuration.
D = 31
L = 53
T = 81
+ = 11
5 = 50
E = 32
M = 61
U = 82
- = 12
6 = 60
F = 33
N = 62
V = 83
. = 13
7 = 70
G = 41
O = 63
W = 91
0 = 00
8 = 80
H = 42
P = 71
X = 92
1 = 10
9 = 90
[1] Retrieve Faxes

[1] Retrieve all new faxes
[2] Retrieve a list of all inbound and outbound faxes
[3] Retrieve faxes by their TeleConnect ID
The decoded sequence is used in the To: field on the fax

cover sheet. You have 40 seconds to enter up to 60 digits,
which decodes to a maximum of 30 characters.
[2] Retrieve a List of All Faxes

Retrieve a list of all inbound and outbound faxes
[3] Fax Mailbox Statistics

Although you can enable automatic forwarding, automatic
printing, and alternate notification via TeleConnect, you must
first configure the forwarding, printing, and notification
destinations in your FaxUtil mailbox.
291
Administrator Guide
The RightFax Dashboard provides a view of RightFax server

status in your Web browser, including detailed status
information of services, WorkServers, and DocTransports.
The information is display-only and cannot be modified.
Address (server name or IP address) and User ID,

and if used, the Password.
3. To remove a server from the Dashboard, click x to the
left of the server address.
4. When the correct servers appear in the list, click Save.
Configuring the RightFax dashboard includes adding each

RightFax server for which information should appear on the
Dashboard. To add a server, you need to know its server
name or IP address and the RightFax credentials.
Viewing the RightFax Dashboard

The RightFax Dashboard is a web application that can be
opened from any remote system using Internet Explorer 9 or
later, Firefox 12 or later, Opera 12 or later, and Chrome 18
or later.
The Dashboard URL uses Windows authentication. Any

Windows user can access the URL and view the status of the
servers configured to appear on the Dashboard.
Errors generated by Dashboard are logged in the Application
Event Log.
To add or remove RightFax servers from the configuration

1. Browse to the Dashboard URL at http://RightFax
server/dashboard or https://RightFax
server/dashboard. If no servers have been added to
the dashboard, the Configuration page opens. If it
does not, click Edit server list to open it.
2. For each server that should be viewable in the
Dashboard, click +, and then enter the Server
292
Administrator Guide
To view the Dashboard

1. Browse to the Dashboard URL at http://RightFax
server/dashboard. The System Overview page of the
Dashboard opens, showing for each server whether the
items under Services, WorkServers, and
DocTransports are running:
l
Green. All items are running.
Orange. One item is not running.
Red. At least two items are not running.

Note For nodes in a shared services environment
the word (Node)appears after the server name or
IPaddress.
2. To add or remove a server from the list, see

Configuring the RightFax Dashboard on page 292.
3. To view detailed information about a server, click the
server address link. The Server Details page opens,
showing status information for all individual Services,
WorkServers, and DocTransports.
Server
Shows the percentage of HD (hard drive) used and the
percentage of CPUused. The color coding is as follows:
Green. Less than 80% of HD or CPU used.
Orange. 80% to 89% of HD or CPU used.
Red. More than 90% of HD or CPUused.
Services
Shows the status of each service.
293
Green. Service is running.
Orange. Service is starting up or stopping.
Red. Service is not running.
Administrator Guide
WorkServers
Pages Queued for Sending
Shows the status of each WorkServer.
Shows the total number of pages queued for sending.
Green. WorkServer is running.
Orange. WorkServer is starting up or stopping.
Red. WorkServer is not running.
To switch to a different server

In the Change server list, select the server you want to
view.
To view all nodes in a shared services environment
DocTransports
l
Green. DocTransport is running.
Orange. DocTransport is starting up or stopping.
On the Server Details page, click Overview of all nodes.

The Shared Services Overview page opens showing the
details for each node. The channels and work requests are
sums of all nodes taken together.
Red. DocTransport is not running.
To change the interval at which the dashboard is refreshed
Shows the status of each DocTransport.
In the Refresh Interval (minutes) box, enter a number for

the number of minutes.
Channels
Shows the total number of channels on the server. A
graph shows the sending, receiving, idle, and disabled
channels, with the actual numbers for each appearing
below the graph. The following color-coding is used:
l
Green. Sending
Purple. Receiving
Gray. Idle
Red. Disabled
To view a chart of fax volume and channel usage history

1. On the Server Details page, click Usage History.
The Usage History page opens showing a bar chart
for fax volume for the previous 30 days and one for
channel usage for the previous 24 hours.
Work Requests
Shows the total number of work requests. A graph
shows the WorkServer and Gateways work requests,
with the actual numbers for each appearing below the
graph. The following color-coding is used:
l
Light blue. WorkServer requests.
Dark blue. Gateway requests.
294
Administrator Guide
2. To view the value of a bar, hover over the bar. A tooltip

opens showing the actual value.
To return to the Server Details page, click Server
Details.
295
Administrator Guide
Creating a RightFax Internet Connector account
The RightFax Internet Connector (RIC) is an optional module

with which you can send faxes between trusted RightFax
servers as secure peer-to-peer transmissions over the
Internet, saving time and telephony expense. The receiving
server registers its destination fax numbers with a cloudbased registry. The sending server checks the destination fax
number against the registry, and if the number matches, the
transmission bypasses the telephone system and is sent over
the Internet. The fax is broken into secure packets for
transmission. The receiving RightFax server reassembles the
file and delivers the fax to the recipient associated with the
destination fax number.
Creating a RightFax Internet Connector

account
To create a RightFax Internet Connector account:
1. Open a web browser and browse to
http://www.rightfaxic.com/. The RightFax Internet
Connector site uses Microsoft Silverlight v4. If you
have not already installed Silverlight, you are
prompted to install Silverlight before continuing.
2. Click Create an Account.
3. On the RightFax Internet Connector - Account
Registration page, complete the company name and
address information fields, including the SUID (System
Unique ID or System ID) you received from OpenText
Fulfillment for the RightFax Internet Connector when
you purchased the RIC option. This is not the SUID
used to activate the RightFax10.6 system.
If for any reason the transmission cannot be completed

successfully over the Internet, the fax is sent over the
telephone system.
Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector includes:
1. Creating a RightFax Internet Connector account
2. Configuring the connector in the RightFax Sync module
4. Click Next.
3. Registering the Fax System
5. On the Administrator Details page, enter the email

address that is the primary login for accessing the
registered account, the name you want displayed for
the Administrator, and at least one phone number.
4. Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector Transport

5. Enabling the RightFax Internet Connector Dialing Rule
6. Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector Receiver
6. Click Finish to send the entered information to
296
Administrator Guide
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector in the RightFax Sync Module
name for the source, and then click OK.
OpenText.
7. OpenText sends a verification email to the specified
email address. Click the link in the email and follow the
instructions that appear to specify the Administrator
password and complete the registration process.
4. Click OK .
Configuring RightFax Internet Connector

in the RightFax Sync Module
Configuring the Sync mapping and schedule

To configure the Synch mapping and schedule
The RightFax Internet Connector uses the RightFax Sync

module to maintain a local list of registered destination fax
numbers. The synchronized fax numbers are stored as
encrypted strings.
1. Click the General tab.

2. In the Mappings section, click the New button.
3. In the Sync Mapping dialog box, Select RICS<YourName> in the Source list.
Creating the RIC source and destination

The source name you enter here will appear on the tab in the
Sync Module Configuration window preceded by RICS-; the
destination name will appear preceded by "RICD-."
4. Select RICD-<YourName> in the Destination list.

5. Click Browse.
6. Navigate to the Default RIC Source to RightFax
XSLT file and click Open. (This file is in
Rightfax\CapaSync\config.)
Note The Sync module cannot be configured from a

remote computer.
7. Select a Schedule option and specify any required

parameters. To disable RIC synchronization, select
Never. To synchronize immediately after the Sync
Module Configuration window is closed, select the
check box.
To add the RIC source and destination

1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, in the list of Service
Names, double-click RightFax Sync Module.
2. In the Sync Module Configuration window, on the
General tab, click Sources & Destinations.
8. Click OK to close the Sync Mapping dialog box.
3. In the Sync Sources and Destinations window,

specify the RICSource and Destination:
l
Configuring the RIC source
To specify the source, click New. In the Type list,

select RICFax Delivery (Source), enter a unique
To specify the destination, click New. In the Type

list, select RICFax Delivery (Destination),
enter a unique name for the destination, and then
click OK.
The RIC Source is the cloud-based OpenText RightFax

Internet Connector Registrar of verified fax numbers.
297
Administrator Guide
To configure your system to synchronize with the registrar
Note If your organization has purchased phone numbers

for faxing but these numbers are not yet in use, please
contact OpenText at
FaxNumberVerification@OpenText.com. OpenText staff will
retain these numbers in inactive status for future use.
1. Click the RICS-<YourName> tab. The Registrar URL

is provided, and Registration Code is initially blank.
2. Enter your local Area Code.
3. Select your Country Code from the list.
To register the fax system
4. By default, only recently added or modified fax

numbers are synced. To force a synchroinization of all
fax registered fax numbers, select the Force
synchronization of all numbers with the
registrar check box.
1. Open a web browser and browse to

http://www.rightfaxic.com/.
2. Log into your RightFax Internet Connector account.
3. Click the Add New Fax System link on the right side
of the Fax System Summary group.
5. To generate your registration code, click Apply.

6. To register or update your fax server on the RightFax
Internet Connector Web site, click Register Fax
System. For information about registering your fax
system, see Registering the fax system on page 298.
7. Click OK to save changes to the RightFax Sync Module
Configuration. The Sync module service restarts
automatically.

Before you begin the registration process, you must have
configured the Sync module and generated a Registration
Code. See Configuring the Sync mapping and schedule on
page 297.
4. Specify a Fax System Name and enter the

Registration Code in the Activation Code field.
5. If this Fax System is also receiving faxes, click the
Enable Receiver check box and indicate how the
public access point of the receiver is configured.
When first entered, each fax number appears as Non

Verified and Inactive. After OpenText verifies and
approves the fax numbers, the status will change to Verified
and Active.
298
Shared Receiver: The public access point is

created using the OpenText Microsoft Azure
Subscription.
Dedicated Receiver: The public access point is
Administrator Guide
Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector transport

8. Click Close to save the modifications and return to the
Account Summary screen.
created using your own Microsoft Azure

Subscription.
l
Intranet Receiver: Faxes are received through a

selected TCP port on the RightFax Server.
Configuring the RightFax Internet

Connector transport
6. After specifying the Fax System properties, click Save.
To configure the RightFax Internet Connector transport in

the RightFax DocTransport module
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, double-click RightFax
DocTransport in the list of Service Names.
2. On the DocTransport Configuration dialog box, click
Add Transport.
3. Under RightFax Internet Connector, click Peer to
Peer Device, and click Select.
4. On the DocTransport Configuration dialog box, expand
RightFax Internet Connector in the list, and click Peer
to Peer Channels.
7. Add one or more fax numbers to the system in one of

the following ways:
l
Click Single, choose a country code from the box,

and enter one fax number in the first text entry box.
Click Add to show the number in the System
Summary window.
5. Enter the Fax ID. The fax ID is transmitted to remote

fax machines to identify the sender. Usually, this is set
to your company name or general fax number.
6. The RightFax Internet Connector includes the
destination fax number with each transmission. In the
Number of Digits for Routing box, enter the
number of digits from the end of the destination fax
number that are used for routing received faxes.
Click Range, choose a country code from the box,

and enter the lowest numeric fax number in the first
text entry box and the highest numeric fax number
in the second text entry box. The two entered
numbers and all numbers between them are added
to the system. Click Add to show the range of
numbers in the System Summary window.
Enabling the dialing rule
Click Import and browse to a CSV file that contains

the fax numbers you want to add. The CSV file must
contain the fax numbers in the first column.
After installing the RightFax Internet Connector, a dialing rule

is installed that, when enabled, routes outbound faxes to the
RightFax Internet Connector Transport. For more information
about dialing rules, see Creating dialing rules and Least-Cost
Routing plans on page 185
299
Administrator Guide
Configuring the RightFax Internet Connector receiver
To enable the dialing rule

1. Open the RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager and
click Dialing Rules in the left pane.
2. Double click the dialing rule with +P2P in the Routing
column to edit it.
3. Click the Other tab and deselect the Rule Disabled
check box.
4. Click the OK button to close the dialing rule.
Creating additional dialing rules

The installed dialing rule only works with 12-digit fax
numbers. To support numbers of other lengths, you must
create additional dialing rules. To create new dialing rules for
the RightFax Internet Connector, copy the existing dialing
rule and make changes as needed.
To create additional dialing rules

1. Open RightFax Enterprise Fax Manager and click
Dialing Rules.
4. On the Number Adjustments tab, in the Prepend

this box, enter the appropriate country code (for
example 01 for United States).
2. Right-click the P2P Dialing Rule and select Duplicate.

The Rule Edit window opens.
5. Click OK.
3. On the Matching tab, in the Pattern box, enter ^

[P2P,10]+ (for a 10-digit number) or ^[P2P,7]+
(for a 7-digit number).
Configuring the RightFax Internet

Connector receiver
To enable the RightFax Internet Connector to receive
incoming faxes, you must configure a receiver. The type of
300
Administrator Guide
receiver was set when the Fax System was registered (see
Registering the fax system on page 298).
To configure the receiver
For a dedicated cloud receiver, enter the

information for your Windows Azure account.
4. Click Configure.
1. In Enterprise Fax Manager, double-click RightFax

Internet Connector in the list of Service Names. The
the RightFax Internet Connector Configuration window
appears with the selected receiver type displayed.
5. Click OK .
2. Enter the Service port number.
3. Enter the appropriate information for your receiver

type:
l
For an intranet receiver, no additional information is

required.
For a shared cloud receiver, no additional
information is required.
301
Administrator Guide
Chapter 35: Backing up and maintaining RightFax
Changing the connection to the SQL server
RightFax stores all of its data, including information on faxes,

users, and dialing rules in a SQL database (although fax
images are stored separately as graphic files in the
RightFax\Image folder). This database may be installed
directly on the RightFax server, or can be installed on an
existing SQL server. You select where the SQL database is to
be installed when you install the RightFax server software.
at any time you need to make changes to your existing SQL

installation.
To edit the SQL connection, you must change the connection
string in one of three places:
You can enable SSL encryption of the data sent between

RightFax and Microsoft SQL Server. For more information,
see the Microsoft SQL Server documentation.
RightFax Server configuration
DocTransport configuration
RightFax Remoting service
To view your current SQL connection information
The SQL Express server that is provided with RightFax

includes all of the SQL functionality required by the RightFax
software. However, this version of SQL does not include all of
the tools and administrative capabilities as the full version.

Server.
2. In the Server Configuration window, click the
Advanced tab. The SQL connection string appears in
It is strongly recommended that you do not make any

changes directly to the RightFax SQL database. A complete
schema of the RightFax database can be viewed using SQL
Administrator.
Changing the connection to the SQL

server
RightFax creates and links to a SQL database during
installation. The SQL database connection can be modified if
302
Administrator Guide
2. Click [...] to the right of this box.
the SQL Connection box.
3. In the RightFax Server Database Connection

String Editor window, click Modify.
Changing the SQL connection

The steps for changing the SQL connection are the same in all
three applications . Make sure that you set the same SQL
connection properties in all of these applications before
making the registry change described in the next section.
To change the SQL connection

1. Open each application and locate the SQL connection
string in the SQL Connection box.
4. In the General SQL Connection String Editor

window, enter the Server name, choose the
Authentication method, and specify a databse type.
303
Administrator Guide
Enabling RightFax to use SQL Server database mirroring
Depending on the type of authentication you choose,

you may also need to enter a User Name and
Password.
Important In the following procedure, you must stop the

RightFax services and validate that the SQL Server
database mirroring is working before you change any
RightFax settings.
5. Click OK. The new string appears in the SQL box.

6. To enter connection string information for a redundant
SQL connection, repeat steps 1 through 5 .
Note OpenText Customer Support cannot provide

assistance with setting up SQL Server Database Mirroring.
To configure SQL Server database mirroring for RightFax:
Enabling RightFax to use SQL Server

database mirroring
1. Install the Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Native Client. It

is a single dynamic-link library (DLL) containing both
the SQL Server OLE DB provider and SQL Server ODBC
driver. It also contains runtime support for applications
using native-code APIs to connect to Microsoft SQL
Server 2000, 2005, or 2008. You can download the
version of the Microsoft SQL Server 2012 Native Client
that is appropriate for your version of Windows at the
Microsoft Download Center.
Database mirroring is primarily a software solution for

increasing database availability. Database mirroring
maintains two copies of a single database that must reside on
different server instances of a SQL Server Database Engine.
One server instance serves the database to clients (the
principal server). The other instance acts as a hot or warm
standby server (the mirror server), depending on the
configuration and state of the mirroring session.
2. Stop the RightFax services and verify that SQL Server

mirroring is working properly before proceeding to the
next steps.Confirm that the SQL Server mirroring is
working before modifying a RightFax setting.
You can enable RightFax 10.0 and later to use SQL Server
database mirroring. After you have enable mirroring,
however, you can no longer use the RightFax interface to
make changes to your SQL Server connection string.
3. Modify your connection strings to use the SQL Native

Client and to specify the SQL Server mirror (failover)
instance. Enter the appropriate connection strings for
your configuration as described in the following
sections. Enter each string as a single line with no
carriage returns.
Requirements
l
You must be running RightFax 10.0 or later. Earlier

versions of RightFax do not support this functionality.
The Microsoft SQL Server Native Client (SNAC) must be
Connection string for 64-bit Windows using

ADO
Connections using the SNAC must be made to an instance

of SQL Server that does not run on the same computer as
RightFax.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\
RightFax\ADO SqlConnection
304
Administrator Guide
Backing up and restoringthe RightFax server and database
Value Data Source=myServerAddress;Failover

Partner=myMirrorServerAddress;Initial
Catalog=myDataBase;Integrated Security=True;
Data Source=SEDONA;Failover
Partner=Bisbee;Initial
Catalog=RightFax;Integrated Security=True
Example
Connection string for 32-bit Windows running

ODBC
Data Source=SEDONA;Failover
Partner=Bisbee;Initial
Catalog=RightFax;Integrated Security=True
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RightFax\ODBC
SqlConnection

ODBC
Value Driver={SQL Server Native Client

10.0};Server=myServerAddress;Failover_
Partner=myMirrorServerAddress;Database=myDataBa
se; Trusted_Connection=yes;
HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\RightFax\ODBC
SqlConnection
Example
Value Driver={SQL Server Native Client

10.0};Server=myServerAddress;Failover_
Partner=myMirrorServerAddress;Database=myDataBa
se; Trusted_Connection=yes;
Driver={SQL Server Native Client

10.0};Server=Sedona;Failover_
Partner=Bisbee;Database=RightFax; Trusted_
Connection=yes;
Example
Backing up and restoring

the RightFax server and database
Driver={SQL Server Native Client

10.0};Server=Sedona;Failover_
Partner=Bisbee;Database=RightFax; Trusted_
Connection=yes;
This section provides instructions for backing up and

restoring the RightFax server software and SQL database
using Microsoft's OSQL command-line utility. The OSQL utility
is automatically installed on your SQL server when you install
either the full version of SQL or the SQL Express database
provided with the RightFax server software. Backing up the
server requires a separate backup storage device or software
utility.

ADO
Entry HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RightFax\ADO
SqlConnection
Value Data Source=myServerAddress;Failover
Partner=myMirrorServerAddress;Initial
Catalog=myDataBase;Integrated Security=True;
OpenText does not provide support for third-party backup

tools. You should be familiar with your organization's
software backup tools and protocols before scheduling
regular backups.
Example
305
Administrator Guide
Backing up and restoring the RightFax server
Backing up the RightFax database
All of the RightFax server files can be backed up using any

standard disk or tape backup system. A complete backup of
the server can be performed at any time without shutting
down the server or stopping the RightFax services.So that
your backup software does not cause any disruption or
slowdown of the RightFax server, you should schedule
backups only at night or during off-peak hours.
RightFax stores most of its data in a SQL database which is

stored and maintained separately from the core server
software. Depending on how the RightFax server software
was installed, this database may be on a separate SQL server
on your network, or a SQL Express database installed on the
RightFax server computer. To perform a backup of the
RightFax database, you must know where this database is
installed, and you must have a user ID and password with
administrative access to the database.
To back up the RightFax server software, back up the

\RightFax folder and all of its subfolders. Because several
RightFax configuration settings are stored in the Windows
Registry, you should also back up the following registry keys:
l
Important If you upgraded from MSDE to SQL Server

2005 Express, the MSDB database has not been upgraded.
As a result, you may see error messages when attempting
to run OSQL backup and restore procedures. These errors
are cosmetic and do not cause any loss in functionality. For
more information, see Microsoft Knowledge base article
907284.
HKEY_CLASSES_ROOT\RightFax
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax
RightFax)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax Client
RightFax Client)
To back up the RightFax database using OSQL

1. Open a command prompt on the SQL server or on the
RightFax server if you are using SQL Express.
Refer to the documentation for your backup software and/or

Microsoft Windows for information on scheduling and
executing periodic backups of your software and the registry,
and for information on restoring from the backup.
2. Navigate to C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\

MSSQL\Binn
3. Enter the command:
osql -UUserID-PPassword-HServerName
Caution Because licensed RightFax features are tied to the

name of the computer on which the software is installed,
you must call OpenText Customer Support for assistance if
you restore the RightFax server to a machine other than the
one on which it was originally installed.
Where UserID is a SQL user ID with administrative

access, Password is the password for the specified
user, and ServerName is the machine name of the
server where the database is located. When SQL is
installed, the default user ID is sa and the default
306
Administrator Guide
password is blank. The commands and parameters are

case-sensitive.
default user ID is sa and the default password is blank.)

The commands and parameters are case-sensitive.
4. On the command line that follows, enter the following

command set:
Restoring the RightFax Database

To restore the RightFax database from a backup
BACKUP DATABASE rightfax TO DISK =

C:\Backup\rightfax.bak [Enter]
go [Enter]
exit [Enter]
1. Open a command prompt on the SQL server or on the

RightFax server if you are using SQL Express.
2. Navigate to C:\Program Files\Microsoft SQL Server\
MSSQL\Binn
Where C:\Backup is the name of the folder where you

want the backup file to be stored. This can be a local
folder or a folder on any mapped drive on the network.
The backup process may take several minutes,
depending on the size of the database. The commands
and parameters are case-sensitive.
3. Enter the command:

osql -UUserID-PPassword-HServerName
Where UserID is a SQL user ID with administrative
access, Password is the password for the specified
user, and ServerName is the machine name of the
server where the database is located. (When SQL is
installed, the default user ID is sa and the default
password is blank.)
To create a batch file for automating the database backup

To automate the database backup at a scheduled time, you
can create a batch file which executes the OSQL backup
command, and add the batch file to your Scheduled Tasks list
in Windows Control Panel.
4. On the command lines that follow, enter this command

set:
RESTORE DATABASE rightfax FROM DISK =
C:\Backup\rightfax.bak [Enter]
go [Enter]
exit [Enter]
Caution This batch file overwrites any existing backup file

in the target folder without prompting for confirmation.
The batch file should contain only the following command:
Where C:\Backup is the name of the folder where the

backup file was stored. The restore process may take
several minutes, depending on the size of the
database.
osql -UUserID-PPassword-HServerName-QBACKUP
DATABASE rightfax TO DISK =
'C:\Backup\rightfax.bak
Where UserID is a SQL user ID with administrative access,
Password is the password for the specified user, ServerName
is the machine name of the server where the database is
located, and C:\Backup is the name of the folder where you
want the backup file to be stored. (When SQL is installed, the
307
Administrator Guide
Purging deleted fax records from the database
database
Purging deleted fax records from the

database
RightFax stores records of all faxes, even if users have

deleted the faxes from their fax mailboxes. When a user
deletes a fax the fax record is saved and marked as
belonging to a deleted fax. This is how the fax server is able
to run reports on fax activity even when the fax images have
been deleted.
Removing deleted fax records from the database is called

purging. To keep the fax database to a manageable size,
RightFax purges deleted fax records after a set length of
time. The length of time fax records of deleted faxes are
saved before being purged can be customized for each
RightFax group.
Billing Codes Deletes Billing Code entries from the

database
Work Requests Deletes queued Work Requests
(notifications, Conversion jobs, print jobs, retries) from
the database
SQL Table Orphans Deletes orphaned records from the
SQL table.
Using DBPurge
To use DBPurge
1. Log in to the fax server as an administrator.
2. Open the \RightFax\SharedFiles folder and doubleclick DbPurge.exe.
To change the length of time RightFax keeps deleted fax

records
3. On the Open Server dialog, enter the RightFax server

name followed by your account name and password.
This account must have administrative access. You
may also choose the box to Use NT Authentication if
your RightFax account is linked to the account you are
logged into your network with. Click OK.
1. Run Enterprise Fax Manager and click Groups.

2. Select the group ID to modify.
3. Click the Basic Information tab.
4. In the Days to Keep Deleted Fax Records box,
enter the number of days to keep deleted fax records.
4. On the left side of the DBPurge dialog, enter the

records you wish to purge.
Purging fax records using DBPurge
5. Select the Preview button to view the total number of

records to be purged.
DBPurge is database utility purges fax records from the

RightFax database. The options are listed and explained
below.
6. Click the Purge button to begin purging fax records.
Faxes Deletes records of all faxes in the system
Deleted Faxes Deletes records of deleted faxes from the
7. Upon completion you can view a transaction log by

clicking the Log tab.
308
Administrator Guide

RightFax includes a feature called automatic fax aging that
you can use to delete fax images from users fax mailboxes
after a certain length of time. This can prevent older fax
images from occupying too much hard drive space on your
server. Automatic fax aging is only available if you have a
RightFax Enterprise or Satellite server. This feature is
configured separately for each group (see The Aging and
Archiving tab on page 127). Individual users can be excluded
from automatic fax aging by checking the Excluded from
Group Fax Aging permission in their RightFax user profiles
(The Permissions tab on page 110).
Removing orphaned faxes

Orphan.exe searches the RightFax server for fax image files
that do not have any references in the RightFax database.
The image files are called orphans because RightFax has no
record of their existence and cannot access them. Using
Orphan.exe, orphan image files can be deleted from the
server, or their records can be restored in the RightFax
database.
Option
Function
-a
Restore all orphan image files to a specified

RightFax user. Requires the -f and -u options.
-fcomputer
Specify the name of the RightFax computer that

contains the user ID that is assigned the recovered
fax images.
-i=path
Specify the full path to the RightFax\Image folder.

You must include the double-quotes around the path
if the path includes a space character.
-n
Skip all prompts.
-u userID
Specify the RightFax user ID that is assigned the

recovered fax images.
-z
Erase orphan file images from the disk.
Example
orphan -fjanescomputer i=c:\progra~1\rightfax\image -ujanedoe -a
Supported database collations

The RightFax database supports SQL Language and Accent
sensitivity collations. Case sensitivity and Kana
sensitivity collations are not supported and may prevent
RightFax services from starting.
Orphan.exe is located in the RightFax\Database folder on the

RightFax server. The Database and RPC services must be
running when executing this utility.
Syntax
Note You cannot change the collation after RightFax has

been installed.
orphan -fcomputer-i=path-uuserID [-a] [-n] [-z]

The following table shows the Orphan.exe Command Line
Options.
309
Administrator Guide

insert into fax-bound documents. You can use embedded
codes to address faxes, include fax cover sheet information,
attach library documents, add billing information, insert your
signature, and more.
Note If you send faxes via an SMTP gateway and use

embedded codes, you must select the Use PCL converter
for text files option in your email configuration.
ADDDOC
Format <ADDDOC:file>
To add an embedded code to a document, type the code you

want, along with any required parameters, between angle
brackets. For example, an embedded code that tells RightFax
the destination fax number is written as:
Adds a file to the end of the fax. The specified file is not
deleted after conversion. This additional file can be in one of
over 45 of the most popular IBM and Macintosh native
application file formats. If you have licensed the RightFax
PDF module, you can also attach PostScript and PDF files. For
a complete list of supported formats, see File formats that
convert to fax format on page 322.
<TOFAXNUM:555-1212>
The fax server removes all embedded codes from a
document when it converts the document to fax form, so they
dont appear in your final fax. Embedded codes can be
written in either upper or lower case. If you type an
embedded code incorrectly, it will not behave as expected
and the embedded code text itself will appear in your fax.
Specify the complete file path, including file name,

extension, drive, and directory, and verify that RightFax has
access privileges. You should use the UNC to specify the file
location (instead of a drive letter), because the mapping or
drive links may be different on the fax server and the
computer where the fax originated.
Embedded codes can be placed anywhere in the document

that you are faxing, and can be used in any document that
accepts text characters. Embedded codes cannot line wrap
and any embedded code statement that is so long that it
wraps to a second line will be ignored.
Note If the attachment is located on a client machine,

verify that the client directory allows sharing so that the
server can access the remote file and copy it to the fax.
Embedded codes that are followed by this envelope icon (+)

are compatible with RightFax email gateways.
310
Administrator Guide
ADDDOC2
More than one ADDDOC code can appear in a document. Each

file will be appended in the sequence that the embedded code
appears in the document.
ADDDOC3
Format <ADDDOC3:file>
Maximum field length: N/A.
Adds another file to the end of the fax. The original specified
file will be deleted after conversion. This additional file can
be in one of over 45 of the most popular IBM and Macintosh
native application file formats. If you have licensed the
RightFax PDF module, you can also attach PostScript and PDF
files. For a complete list of supported formats, see File
formats that convert to fax format on page 322.
Example <adddoc:x:\bin\xyz.tif>
Example <adddoc:\\server8\sys\bin\xyz.tif>
ADDDOC2

extension, drive, and directory. You should use the UNC to
specify the file location (instead of a drive letter), because
the mapping or drive links may be different on the fax server
and the computer where the fax originated.
Replaces the document containing this code with the specified

file. The original specified file is deleted after it is faxed. This
file can be in one of over 45 of the most popular IBM and
Macintosh native application file formats. If you have
licensed the RightFax PDF module, you can also attach
PostScript and PDF files. For a complete list of supported
formats, see File formats that convert to fax format on page
322.

ensure that the client directory allows sharing so that the

Example <adddoc3:x:\bin\xyz.tif>
Example <adddoc3:\\server8\sys\bin\xyz.tif>
ADDDOC4

verify that the client directory allows sharing so that the
Replaces the document containing this code with the specified
file. This file can be in one of over 45 of the most popular IBM
and Macintosh native application file formats. If you have
licensed the RightFax PDF module, you can also attach
PostScript and PDF files. For a complete list of supported
formats, see File formats that convert to fax format on page
322.

Example <adddoc2:x:\bin\123.tif>
Example <adddoc2:\\server8\sys\bin\123.tif>
311
Administrator Guide
ATDATE

Example <ATDATE:+2>
ATTIME
+
Format <ATTIME:time>
Schedules the fax to send at a specific time. The time can be

relative or absolute:

ensure that the client directory allows sharing so that the
Example <adddoc4:x:\bin\xyz.tif>
Example <adddoc4:\\server8\sys\bin\xyz.tif>
ATDATE
+
Format <ATDATE:date>
Schedules the fax to send on a specific date. Dates can be
expressed as relative or absolute:
l
Relative dates give the number of days from todays date,

such as +7 representing one week from today.
Relative time is the number of hours or minutes from the

current time. For example, +2 is two hours from now.
You can enter fractions of an hour in six-minute
increments. Valid fractions of an hour are 0.1 through 0.9.
You must enter at least one digit before and after the
decimal point. For example, 1.5 and 0.3 are valid, and
1.50 and .3 are not valid.
Absolute time can be entered in 12-hour or 24-hour
format. A colon separating hours and minutes is optional,
and an a or p can be used to indicate A.M. or P.M. The
fax server does not send the fax at exactly the minute
specified. Rather, the fax becomes eligible for scheduling
within 15 minutes of the specified time.
Specifying a time between the current time and midnight will

schedule the fax to send today. Specifying a time earlier than
the current time will schedule the fax tomorrow.
Absolute dates specify the exact date to send the fax.

Absolute dates must be written in one of these formats:
MM/DD/YY, MM-DD-YY, or MM-DD-YYYY.
Maximum field length: 9 characters

If no send time is specified with the ATTIME code, the send
time defaults to now (the current time of processing). For
example, if a fax is sent to the queue at 3:30 p.m. and it
contains only an <ATDATE:+1> code, it will be scheduled to
send at 3:30 p.m. tomorrow.
Example <ATTIME:10:00p>
Example <ATTIME:+2>
BILLINFO1 +
Format <BILLINFO1:code>
Example <ATDATE:9-15-99>
312
Administrator Guide
BILLINFO2 +
Assigns a billing code to the fax. If the RightFax

administrator has set up the system to require billing codes,
you must enter a valid billing code or the fax will not be sent.
Fine-tunes the server for sending fax broadcasts to multiple

recipients. Include this embedded code in the fax to eliminate
unnecessary server processes and increase the speed at
which a broadcast is sent. Using the <BROADCAST> code
increases the interval at which the server polls for and
returns status information. In addition, the server will not
process requests for notification or automatic printing of sent
faxes. However, the server will still automatically print failed
faxes, if that option is selected.
Note In order for a fax to be sent, embedded billing codes

must comply with the billing code verification rules as set
on the RightFax server (see Requiring billing codes on page
146). For example, if Verify Billing Codes is enabled and
requires both billing codes, a document that embeds only
BILLINFO1 would not be sent. You would need to include
both BILLINFO1 and BILLINFO2 to send the fax.
CHANNEL
Example <BILLINFO1:4444>
BILLINFO2 +
Format <CHANNEL:channel#>
Sends the fax only on the specified channel of the fax board.
This code is useful if your organization uses one channel for
priority faxing, and you want the fax to go out right away.
You can also use this code to limit fax broadcasts to one
channel only, leaving the other channels free for priority
faxing.
Format <BILLINFO2:code>
Assigns a second billing code to the fax. If the RightFax
administrator has set up the system to require billing codes,
you must enter a valid billing code or the fax will not be sent.
Note In order for a fax to be sent, embedded billing codes
must comply with the billing code verification rules as set
on the RightFax server (see Requiring billing codes on page
146). For example, if Verify Billing Codes is enabled and
requires both billing codes, a document sent that embeds
only BILLINFO2 would not be sent. You would need to
include both BILLINFO1 and BILLINFO2 to send the fax.
Although your servers first fax channel is listed as number 0

(zero) in the RightFax DocTransport module, a value of 0 in
this embedded code indicates that the server should use any
available channel. For this reason, any channel you specify in
this embedded code must be numbered one higher than the
channel as it is listed in the DocTransport (i.e., specify
<CHANNEL:5> to use channel 4 as shown in the RightFax
DocTransport. The DocTransports channel 4 is actually the
fifth channel because channels begin numbering at zero.)

Example <BILLINFO2:5555>
Maximum field length: N/A
BROADCAST
Example <CHANNEL:3>
Format <BROADCAST>
313
Administrator Guide
COMPLETEEVENT
COMPLETEEVENT
DELETEALL
Format <COMPLETEEVENT>
Enables complete events that can be serviced via the

RightFax API. The new events are useful when writing code to
send the status of the fax to a user, to a database, or to a
host application.
Format <DELETEALL>
Deletes the fax from the user's FaxUtil mailbox after it has
been sent or sending has been attempted. This code
overrides the default RightFax auto-delete setting.
COVER
DELETEFIRSTPAGE
Format <COVER>
Format <DELETEFIRSTPAGE>
Generates a RightFax cover sheet for the fax containing the

code. If the user sending the fax containing this code is
configured to automatically generate a cover sheet, only one
cover sheet will be generated.
Removes the first page of the fax. Use this code when you
want to put all production embedded codes on the first page
of a document, but not send that page to the recipient. This
code is typically used when it is easier to add a page to the
front of a document than to insert production embedded
codes into the print stream coming from the host.
Unless a cover sheet file name is specified using the

<FCSFILE> embedded code, this code will use the default
cover sheet file.
DELETELASTPAGE
DELETE
Format <DELETELASTPAGE>
Removes the last page of the fax. Use this code when you
want to put all production embedded codes on the last page
of a document, but not send that page to the recipient. This
code is typically used when it is easier to add a page to the
end of a document than to insert production embedded codes
into the print stream coming from the host.
Format <DELETE>
Deletes the fax from the users FaxUtil mailbox after it has
been successfully sent. This code overrides the default
RightFax auto-delete setting.
Note If youre using this code with mulitple fax recipients,
the <DELETE> code must precede the <NEWDEST> code
for each recipient.
314
Administrator Guide
FCSFILE
Specifies the senders fax number on the RightFax-generated

fax cover sheet. If no cover sheet is generated by RightFax,
this code will be ignored.
Format <FCSFILE:filename>
Uses the specified file as the RightFax-generated cover

sheet. The cover sheet file must exist in the RightFax\FCS
folder on the RightFax server and must end with the
extension .pcl. Do not specify a directory path.
Example <FROMFAXNUM:(520)555-1234>
Format <FROMGENFAXNUM:faxnumber>
Example <FCSFILE:MYCOVER1.PCL>
Specifies the companys general fax number to be placed on

the RightFax-generated fax cover sheet. If no cover sheet is
generated by RightFax, this code will be ignored.
FCSFILE
FROMGENFAXNUM
+
FINE
+
Note The PCL Cover sheet code for this embedded code is
<GENERALFAXNUM>.
Format <FINE>
Converts the body of the fax using fine resolution (200
200 DPI). This is recommended only for faxes with detailed
graphics or faxes that will be OCRed. This code overrides the
default fax resolution set in the users FaxUtil mailbox.

Example <FROMGENFAXNUM:(520)555-2345>
FROMGENPHONE
FORMTYPE
Format <FROMGENPHONE:phonenumber>
Format <FORMTYPE:formID>
Specifies the companys general phone number to be placed

on the RightFax-generated fax cover sheet. If no cover sheet
is generated by RightFax, this code will be ignored.
Overlays the fax onto the specified RightFax form.

Note The PCL Cover sheet code for this embedded code is
<OPERATORNUM>.
Example <FORMTYPE:LETTERHEAD>
FROMFAXNUM
Example <FROMGENPHONE:(520)555-3456>
Format <FROMFAXNUM:faxnumber>
315
Administrator Guide
FROMNAME
documents can be specified, each as a separate LIBDOC

code.
FROMNAME
Format <FROMNAME:name>
Important When used with email gateways, this

embedded code functions exactly the same as LIBDOC2.
Specifies the senders name to be placed on the RightFaxgenerated fax cover sheet. If no cover sheet is generated by
RightFax, this code will be ignored.
Example <LIBDOC:INFOPACK1>
Example <FROMNAME:Jane Doe>
LIBDOC2
FROMPHONE
Format <LIBDOC2:documentID>
Format <FROMPHONE:phonenumber>
Sends the specified RightFax library document in addition to

sending the document containing the code. Multiple library
documents can be specified, each as a separate LIBDOC2
code.
Specifies the senders phone number to be placed on the

RightFax-generated fax cover sheet. If no cover sheet is
generated by RightFax, this code will be ignored.
Example <LIBDOC2:INFOPACK1>
Example <FROMPHONE:(520)555-4567>
NEWDEST
IGNORE
Format <NEWDEST>
Tells RightFax that you want to send this fax document to

multiple recipients. The <NEWDEST> code must appear after
each and every destination, including the last one. The
<NEWDEST> code allows the following codes to be repeated
in a document:
Format <IGNORE>
Causes all subsequent embedded codes to be ignored.
LIBDOC
TONAME
TOFAXNUM
Format <LIBDOC:documentID>
TOCONTACTNUM
Sends the specified RightFax library document instead of

sending the document containing the code. Multiple library
TOCOMPANY
316
Administrator Guide
TOCITYSTATE
BILLINFO1
BILLINFO2
NEWLIB
document is created. The newly created library document is

automatically assigned LAN accessibility only.
Example <NEWLIB:novpricesheet,november_prices>
If <NEWDEST> is not used, only the last occurrence of any of

these embedded codes takes effect.
NEWLIB2
This code is not used to break one document into multiple

faxes, but rather faxes one entire document to multiple
recipients.
Format <NEWLIBW:libdocID,description,LFWC>
Automatically creates or updates a library document from the
document containing the code. Specify a new or existing
library document ID and description. If the specified
document ID already exists, that library document is
replaced. If no matching document ID exists, a new library
document is created. In addition, you can assign accessibility
attributes for each document. The library document is
automatically assigned accessibility rights based on the
following flags:
Note If youre using this code with either the <SAVE> or

<DELETE> embedded codes, that code must precede the
<NEWDEST> code for each recipient. See DELETE or SAVE.
Example
<TONAME:JOHN><TOFAXNUM:555-1234><NEWDEST>
<TONAME:MARY><TOFAXNUM:230-5000><NEWDEST>
<TOFAXNUM:555-3006><SAVE><NEWDEST>
l
l
l
l
The above example sends the same fax to three different fax
numbers. The ones sent to John and Mary uses their default
save or delete preferences. The one sent to 555-3006
overrides the preferences and saves the documents after
being sent.
L = LAN
F = Fax on Demand
W = Web
C = Catalog

Example
<NEWLIBW:novpricesheet,november_prices,LFWC>
NEWLIB
NOBODY
Format <NEWLIB:libdocID,description>
Format <NOBODY>
Automatically creates or updates a library document from the

document containing the code. Specify a new or existing
library document ID and description. If the specified
document ID already exists, that library document is
replaced. If no matching document ID exists, a new library
Tells RightFax to send only the cover sheet, and not include a
fax body document. Any embedded codes in the document
that are not used for the production of the cover sheet are
ignored.
317
Administrator Guide
NOCOMPLETEEVENT
NOCOMPLETEEVENT
NOTE
Format <NOCOMPLETEEVENT>
Format <NOTE:text>
Disables complete events. For more information, see

COMPLETEEVENT on page 314.
Adds comments to your cover sheet. You can use as many as

21 <NOTE> codes in a single document if you want to enter
multi-line comments. The comments are not reformatted or
line wrapped by RightFax.
NOCOVER
Maximum field length: Up to 21 <NOTE> codes per

document, each code having up to 69 characters.
Example <NOTE:THE QUICK BROWN FOX JUMPS OVER

THE><NOTE:LAZY DOG.>
Format <NOCOVER>
Turns off automatic RightFax cover sheet generation for the
document containing this code.
NOTIFY_ERROR
Format <NOTIFY_ERROR>
NORMAL
+
Notifies the sender when the fax is abandoned due to

transmission errors using the Notification Info setting in
the users RightFax user account.
Format <NORMAL>
Converts the body of the fax using normal resolution

(200100 DPI). Normal resolution faxes can be transmitted
much faster than fine resolution faxes, saving time and
phone charges. This code overrides the default fax resolution
set in the users FaxUtil mailbox.
NOTIFY_OK
Format <NOTIFY_OK>
Notifies the sender upon successful transmission of the fax
using the Notification Info setting in the users RightFax
user account.
NOSMARTRESUME
Format <NOSMARTRESUME>
NOTIFY_RETRY
Disables the Smart-resume feature.
Format <NOTIFY_RETRY>
318
Administrator Guide
PREVIEW
Notifies the sender when a transmission error is encountered

and the fax is being resent. This uses the Notification Info
setting in the users RightFax user account.
human answered line). A value of 0 (zero) tells the fax server

to use the system defaults.
Maximum field length: 2 numeric digits
Example <RETRYCOUNT:3>
PREVIEW
RETRYINTERVAL
Format <PREVIEW>
Format <RETRYINTERVAL:#>
Holds the fax for preview in your FaxUtil mailbox. You must
view the fax in FaxUtil and select Release from the File
menu before it will send.
Specifies the length of time in minutes between retry

attempts when transmission errors (such as a busy signal or
human answered line) are encountered.
Maximum field length: 2 numeric digits
PRIORITY
Example <RETRYINTERVAL:2>
SAVE
Format <PRIORITY:priority>
Sets the priority of the outgoing fax. Allowed settings are:

Low (L), Normal (N), and High (H). If a user specifies high
priority and does not have the Can use high priority
permission, the fax will be sent with normal priority.
Format <SAVE>
Instructs RightFax to not delete the fax image from the users
FaxUtil mailbox after being sent. This overrides any default
auto-delete setting.
Note If youre using this code with mulitple fax recipients,

the <SAVE> code must precede the <NEWDEST> code for
each recipient. See .
Example
<PRIORITY:HIGH><PRIORITY:N><PRIORITY:LOW>
RETRYCOUNT
SIGNATURE
+
Format <RETRYCOUNT:#>
Note Signature files are currently not supported in

outbound PDF documents.
Specifies the number of times the fax will be retried after

encountering transmission errors (such as a busy signal or
Format <SIGNATURE:signatureID>
319
Administrator Guide
SMARTRESUME
Specifies a signature image to place in the document. The

signature is inserted into the document at the exact location
of the <SIGNATURE> embedded code. You can include an
unlimited number of <SIGNATURE> codes in each document.
If you are not listed as an authorized user of the signature
file, the fax is failed by the fax server. For information on
creating and using signature files, see Creating signatures on
page 132.
city and state of the recipient, but the full street address as
well.
Specifies the fax recipients company name for display on the

cover sheet.

Example <TOCITYSTATE:TUCSON, AZ>
TOCOMPANY
Format <TOCOMPANY:company>
Example <SIGNATURE:BOB>
SMARTRESUME
Example <TOCOMPANY:ACME, INC.>
+
Format <SMARTRESUME>
TOCONTACTNUM
Enables the Smart-resume feature.
Format <TOCONTACTNUM:phonenumber>
Specifies the fax recipients voice number for display on the

cover sheet.
TOALTFAXNUM
Format <TOALTFAXNUM:faxnumber>
Example <TOCONTACTNUM:520-555-1212>
Specifies an alternate fax number that is tried if the server is

unable to send the document to the primary fax number. This
number does not appear on the fax anywhere, it is only used
if the primary fax number fails. See TOFAXNUM on page 320.
TOFAXNUM
Format <TOFAXNUM:faxnumber>
Specifies the fax recipients fax number for dialing and also
for display on the cover sheet.
Example <TOALTFAXNUM:520-555-1212>
TOCITYSTATE
Example <TOFAXNUM:520-555-1212>
Format <TOCITYSTATE:city, state>
TONAME
Specifies the fax recipients city and state information for

display on the cover sheet. This code can include not only the
Format <TONAME:name>
320
Administrator Guide
UNIQUEID
Specifies the fax recipients name for display on the cover

sheet. If the name matches one of your individual or group
RightFax phonebook entries, RightFax uses the corresponding
fax addressing information to send the fax. To use an entry
from another users RightFax phonebook, use the syntax:
UserID!Entry
Only published entries of other RightFax users can be
referenced this way.
Example <TONAME:JANE DOE>
UNIQUEID
Format <UNIQUEID:faxID>
Specifies a unique ID for the fax instead of having one
automatically generated by RightFax. Custom unique IDs can
be used for external document tracking systems.
Example <UNIQUEID:XYZ120396>
321
Administrator Guide
Chapter 37: File formats that convert to fax format
Before conversion, RightFax checks the whitelist.txt file (in

the RightFax/bin directory) to determine whether
attachments should be converted to fax format. By default,
this file contains all supported file types. To prevent a file
type from converting, you can either delete the file type from
whitelist.txt, or turn it into a comment by preceding the file
type with a comma in the whitelist.txt file. Conversions
handled through PCL will always be processed, regardless of
the white list contents.
Application or
file format
Supported versions
Common
Extension
ANSI text (7 & 8 bit)
All versions
.TXT
ASCII text (7 & 8 bit)
All versions
.TXT
Bitmap
Windows versions
.BMP
Multi-page PCX
Microsoft Fax
.DCX
EPS
If TIFF image is embedded .EPS
The following table lists the supported software applications

and document file formats that can be converted to faxes by
the built-in conversion engine on the RightFax server. These
file types can be converted from their native format by
sending as file attachments to a fax message or by using the
Send To function in Windows
G3
All versions
.BG3
Common
Extension
Ami Pro
All versions
.SAM
All versions
.GIF
HTML
Versions through 4.0
.HTM
JPEG
All versions
.JPG
.JPEG
Important For information about the software required to

perform server-side application conversions (SSA), see
About the RightFax Conversion Engine on page 88.
Supported versions
GIF
.HTML
Important Conversion of PDF attachments and Postscript

requires the RightFax PDF module.
Application or
file format
.G3
.EXIF
322
Lotus 1-2-3
All versions
.123
Lotus Wordpro
All versions
.LWP
Microsoft Excel
Versions 2000 through

2010
.XLS
.XLSX
Administrator Guide
Application or
file format
Supported versions
Common
Extension
Application or
file format
Supported versions
Common
Extension
Microsoft PowerPoint
Versions 2000 through

2010
.PPT
vCard
All versions
.VCF
.PPTX
Visio
All versions
.VSD
Microsoft Rich Text Format All versions
.RTF
XML
All versions
.XML
Microsoft Visio
2000 through 2010
.VSD
Microsoft Word
(see note below)
2000 through 2010
.DOC
Microsoft WordPad
All versions
.DOCX
.TXT
.WPC
Microsoft Works
Versions through 8.0
.WPS
Microsoft XML Paper

specification
All versions
.XPS
MIME
All versions
.MHTML
PCX bitmap
All versions
.PCX
Portable Document Format All versions

(see note below)
.PDF
Portable Network Graphic
All versions
.PNG
Post Script
All versions
.PS
.EPS
Text-based configuration
files
Varies by product
.FTP
.FRM
.WPC
TIFF CCITT Group 3 & 4
All versions
.TIFF
Unicode Text
UNI, UTF-8, UTF-8E
.TXT
UUEncode
No specific version
.TXT
323
Administrator Guide

This section describes error and status messages.
A new fax has arrived from remote ID: (remote ID)
Answer tone detected
You have received a new fax. You continue to be notified for

one hour (or other period specified by your administrator). If
you do not view or print the fax, your groups administrator is
notified. If the primary administrator does not print or view
the fax, the groups alternate administrators are notified.
RightFax could not connect with the remote (receiving) fax

machine due to communication errors between it and
RightFax.
Bad FCS information

Incorrect information was entered on the cover sheet using
the Fax Information screen or embedded codes.
A new fax has arrived for (user ID) which hasnt been
viewed or printed
Bad formtype
A member of the group for which you are the RightFax

administrator or an alternate administrator has received a
fax and has not viewed or printed it within the time
configured for reminder notifications.
You specified a form that does not exist or is corrupt in the

Fax Information screen or through embedded codes.
Bad phone number
A new fax has arrived from remote ID: (remote ID)
You entered an incorrect or nonexistent fax phone number.
You have received a new fax. You continue to be notified for

one hour (or other period specified by your administrator). If
you do not view or print the fax, your groups administrator is
notified. If the primary administrator does not print or view
the fax, the groups alternate administrators are notified.
Bad signature code

The signature code is not recognized as a valid signature
identifier because it is corrupt or does not exist.
Call answered before one full ring

RightFax did not receive a normal length ring-back signal
from the phone companys central office.
An outgoing fax is ready for previewing

The fax you requested be held for preview has been
processed by RightFax and is waiting in your FaxUtil mailbox.
You must select Release from the File menu to start the
sending process.
Cant access scans

RightFax cant access the documents you scanned with the
scanner.
324
Administrator Guide
Carrier not detected
Duplicate
RightFax did not detect a dial tone when it tried to dial out.
The fax is a duplicate. It has been forwarded to you by

another user.
Command time exceeded
Equipment busy tone detected
This is a timing related error, possibly when the fax card

waits for or sends a command (T30 protocol handshaking
commands) and doesnt get a response within a required
period of time.
The remote (receiving) fax machines phone line is busy.
Fax blocked from dialing phone number

One or more dialing rules disallow sending faxes to the
specified phone number.
Command time too short

commands) and doesnt get a response within a given period
of time.
Fax discarded
Command timeout
RightFax has tried to send your fax the required number of

times (default=5 times) and each time the phone number
was busy.
RightFax deleted your fax job. Contact your administrator.
Fax number busy

commands) and doesnt get a response within a given period
of time.
Fax to (name) abandoned, too many retries

RightFax tries to successfully send your fax a specified
number of times (determined by the administrator) stop
trying. The default value is five tries.
Communications line failure

The fax card was unable to make a valid connection with the
remote machine.
Fax to (name), (error )

Your outgoing fax encountered the error listed. (See the error
listed for more information.)
Conversion Error Record

Attachment type PARTTYPE_BINARY is not allowed. This error
typically occurs when you try to attach executable or
password-protected files, or attempt to add invalid file types
to the white list.
FCS create failed

The cover sheet of your fax could not be created due to a
corrupt or incompatible cover sheet format.
Conversion failed
Function not implemented
RightFax was unable to convert your document to Group III

format.
An operation was attempted that is not currently supported

by your fax card software.
Dial failure or no dial tone
G2 fax machine
RightFax cannot detect a dial tone because there is a problem

with the phone line or the fax card is configured incorrectly.
You have attempted to send a fax to a Group II machine,

rather than a Group III machine.
325
Administrator Guide
Held for preview
In validation
You specified in the Fax Information screen or through

embedded codes that you want to preview this fax before
sending it. You must select Release from the File menu in
FaxUtil to start the sending process.
The signature and/or billing codes in your fax are being

validated against the RightFax database.
Info not complete

You have not completed all the required fields (in the Fax
Information screen or through embedded codes) for
RightFax to send the fax.
Human answered
RightFax detected an unknown sound after it dialed the fax
number. The unknown sound could be a human voice,
recording, or line noise.
Initial processing
Illegal line number
RightFax is checking your document for embedded codes and

counting the number of pages in your fax.
You have attempted to send a fax on a fax channel that does

not exist.
Invalid billing code

You entered a billing code that is incorrect or does not exist.
Illegal option in call
Invalid embedded code
This error occurs if an invalid parameter is given for one of

several different commands, including: LOG, DEBUG, XFER,
SEND.
You included a misspelled or nonexistent embedded code in

your fax.
Line in use
Illegal parameter value
RightFax was not able to send your fax because there were
no outgoing phone lines available.
This error occurs if an invalid parameter is given for one of

several different commands, including: LOG, DEBUG, XFER,
SEND.
Loop current detected

When RightFax attempts to go off-hook to send a fax, it finds
that the phone is already off-hook. This can occur when two
devices are sharing a phone line and attempt to use it at the
same time. It might also be a fax card configuration error.
Illegal sig. use

You included a signature in your fax that you are not
authorized to use.
Imaging error encountered, fax abandoned
Loop current failed
RightFax was unable to convert your document to Group III

format for transmission.
The fax card did detect current on the line, but did not detect
a valid value for Loop Current.
In conversion
Loop current not detected
RightFax is converting your document to fax format for

transmission.
The fax card looded for Loop Current before it attempted to

dial the fax number, but didnt find any.
326
Administrator Guide
Network congestion detected
One of your outgoing faxes needs attention
The network may be running inefficiently and causing traffic,

or an invalid fax number may have been dialed.
You did not complete all the required fields in the Fax
Information screen or through embedded codes for the fax
to be sent.
Network high and dry (no ring)

The fax card does not detect any type of telephone interface
available. This is a very serious error. Contact your RightFax
administrator immediately.
P2 was not detected at the end of training
No answer at fax #
Phone line problems
The fax machine at the receiving end didnt answer or a

wrong number was dialed.
There is a problem with the phone lines at the fax server.
No answer tone detected
There was too much line noise for the fax to be transmitted
correctly. The fax may have been sent, but it may be difficult
to read.
This is a training error indicating a performance problem with

the fax server and the number of fax cards that it contains.
Poor quality
The phone is ringing at the destination, but the fax machine is

not answering within the specified time. This is especially
prevalent in international calling when it can take up to a
minute to connect to the remote station.
Printing
Your fax is printing.
Non-G3 modem detected
Printing error
RightFax has detected a non-Group III fax modem on the

remote (receiving) fax machine, and cannot communicate
with it.
An error occurred during printing.
Protocol reject message

This is a generic protocol error code that can have several
meanings. In general, your fax card is having difficulty
talking to the remote fax machine because it is not getting
the signals it expected.
OCR error
An error occurred as a document was being sent to or was at
the Optical Character Recognition module of RightFax.
OCR in process
Protocol timeout
Your fax has been queued and is being processed by the OCR
module.
This is a generic protocol error code that can have several

meanings. In general, your fax card is having difficulty
talking to the remote fax machine because it is not getting
the signals it expected in the appropriate time frame.
OK
RightFax successfully sent your fax over the phone lines. This
does not guarantee successful receipt of the fax at its
destination.
Queued for OCR

The fax has been queued and is waiting for the OCR module
to convert it.
327
Administrator Guide
Queued for printing
Thermal record
The fax has been queued and is waiting to be printed.
You recorded a fax that was sent or received on a

conventional fax machine for database purposes only.
Ringback signal detected

A ring-back signal was detected in error. This may be due to
interrupting a call in process on a shared line or noise on a T1
phone line.
Training algorithm detected FSK
Ringback, but no answer tone
Training algorithm found on PN
The phone rang at the destination, but it was never

answered. This might be because the receiving fax machine
is off-line or unable to receive faxes.
This training error indicates a performance problem with the

fax server and the number of fax cards it contains.
Ringback, then busy condition

The fax number dialed went off-hook and then went on-hook
very quickly, generating a fast busy signal.
This transmission/reception error indicates that the receiving

fax machine was experiencing difficulties or excessive line
noise.
Scheduled for send
Unknown error
Your fax was successfully converted to the RightFax Group

III format and is now being sent to the fax card to await
sending. If you specified a date and time to send the fax,
RightFax waits to send it.
An error condition reported to RightFax from another device

is not supported or not recognized.
This training error indicates a performance problem with the

fax server and the number of fax cards it contains.
Tx/Rx error
Unknown error code
Scheduling failed
An error condition reported to RightFax from another device

is not supported or not recognized.
Your fax was converted correctly, but it couldnt be correctly

queued to be sent.
Unknown status code

An unknown status code has been returned to RightFax from
your fax card.
Sending
RightFax is transmitting your fax.
Voice response to call
Sending fax to (name) at (faxnumber )
RightFax detected a sound that it didnt expect after it dialed

the fax number. The sound could be a human voice,
recording, or line noise.
Your fax is being sent to the name and fax number specified.
Sig needs authorization
Waiting for conversion
You must be authorized to use the signature you included in

your fax.
RightFax is busy with another process and has queued your

fax to be converted.
328
Administrator Guide
Waiting to be sent
The fax has not yet been scheduled for faxing.
Your fax has been successfully sent to (name) at

(faxnumber )
Your fax was successfully sent over the phone lines. This
does not guarantee successful receipt of the fax at its
destination.
Your outgoing fax contains an invalid billing code

You have either not entered a required billing code, or
entered one that does not exist.
329
Administrator Guide
You use the RightFax Alerting and Monitoring service to

monitor and receive alerts about statistics relating to your
RightFax server. The statistics are divided into several
categories with different statistics available for each. See the
following for information about the statistics in the different
categories, their definition and if alerts can be generated for
them:
l
Fax Server Statistics on page 330
Database Statistics on page 331
Workserver Statistics on page 333
Gateway Statistics on page 334
Local BoardServer Statistics on page 335
All BoardServers Statistics on page 339
RPC Server Statistics on page 340
Paging Server Statistics on page 340
Local Document Transport Server Statistics on page 341
For information editing the properties of an alert, see Editing

Alert Properties on page 168.
For information about using Alerting and Monitoring, see
Using the Alerting and Monitoring service on page 165.
330
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Newest activity index
The total number of activities No

since the RightFax Server
module was last started.
Activities can be viewed
using FaxStat.exe.
Information version
Version of the shared

No
memory map used by the fax
server.
Time running
The length of time since the No

Fax Server service was last
started.
Maximum events in
queue
The current maximum size

of the internal event queue.
(See The RightFax queues
on page 16).
No
Events in queue
The number of events

waiting to be processed by
the fax server.
No
Administrator Guide
Database Statistics
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Events processed

No
since the Fax Server module
was started.
Number of activity
records
The total number of activity No

records currently stored by
the RightFax Server module.
using FaxStat.exe.
Percentage of disk space The percentage of free drive Yes

available on image drive space on the drive used for
storing fax images,
Percentage of disk space The percentage of free drive Yes
available on database
space on the drive used for
drive
storing the RightFax
database,
Activity
The time and description of

the specified activity
number.
No
Total timed events by

type
Total number of timed

events in the Fax Server
event queue (described on
46). Specify the type of
timed event in the Event
Timer box.
No
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Ticks remaining by type
Time remaining before the

Fax Server module fires a
specified timed event.
Specify the type of timed
event in the Event Timer
box.
No
Frequency of timed
events by type
The frequency with which a No

timed event is fired,
measured in ticks. Specify
the type of timed event in the
Event Timer box.
Current frequency
relative to original as
percentage
For events whose timing is

dynamically scalable
depending on fax server
activity, this is the current
frequency measured as a
percentage of the normal
frequency. Specify the type
of timed event in the Event
Timer box.
No
Database Statistics
331
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Information version

No
server to communicate with
the RightFax database.
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Number of database
threads
Total number of threads that No

the Database module has
managing database queries
and changes.
Number of file I/O

threads
Total number of threads that No

the Database module has
managing files.
Time running
The length of time since the

Database service was last
started.
No
Database server thread

info
This statistic is reserved for

future use.
No
File I/O thread info

future use.
No
Current Database
operation
The current database activity No

by thread.
Statistic
Number of Database
write failures
The total number of errors

Yes
that have occurred during the
read process since the
Database module was last
started.
The total number of errors
Yes
that have occurred during the
write process since the
started.
Can trigger
alert
Client Database I/O type This statistic is reserved for

future use.
Last Database command Last RightFax API command No

performed on the database
by thread.
Number of Database
read failures
Description
332
No
Total Database bytes

read
The total number of bytes

No
read from the database since
the Database module was
last started.
Total Database bytes

written

No
written to the database since
the Database module was
last started.
Total Database
commands processed
Total number of API

No
commands performed by the
database since the
started.
Time last Database

command took
The length of time for the last Yes

database command to be
processed.
User ID of last Database The NT user account used

command
for the last database
command.
No
Current File I/O operation The current file activity by

thread.
No
Last File I/O command
The last file I/O API

command performed on the
database by thread.
No
Number of File I/O open

failures
The total number of failed file Yes

open commands by thread
since the database module
was started
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Number of File I/O read

failures

read commands by thread
was started
Number of File I/O write

failures

write commands by thread
was started
Client File I/O type

future use.
No
Total File I/O bytes read

read from files by thread
No
Total File I/O bytes

written

written to files by thread
No
The length of time for the last Yes

file I/O command to be
processed.
Statistic
Description
Information version

No
the WorkServer.
Description
Can trigger
alert

since the RightFax
WorkServer module was last
started. Activities can be
viewed using FaxStat.exe.
Archival requests
processed
The total number of fax

archive functions since the
WorkServer module was
started.
No
Conversion requests
processed

conversions since the
started.
No
CVL conversion requests The total number of CVL

No
processed
things since the WorkServer
module was started.
Total File I/O commands The total number of API

No
processed
commands performed for file
I/O since the Database
Time last File I/O
command took
Statistic
Delete requests
processed
The total number of deleted No

faxes since the WorkServer
module was started.
File route requests

processed

No
routed to network directories
since the WorkServer
module was started.
OCR requests processed The total number of faxes

No
that have been converted to
text since the WorkServer
module was started.
Can trigger
alert
Overlay requests
processed
333
The total number of overlay

forms generated since the
started.
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Print requests processed The total number of printed No

faxes since the WorkServer
module was started.
Last request
The last work request

processed by the
WorkServer
No
Postscript conversion
requests processed
Time for last command
The length of time required to Yes

complete the last command
Queues being serviced
The services that are being

managed by the selected
WorkServer.
No
Activity

the specified WorkServer
activity number.
No
Time spent on current

command
The length of time that the

WorkServer has spent
processing the current
command
Yes
Network broadcast
requests processed
InterConnect requests
processed
Description
Gateway Statistics
Can trigger
alert

No
conversion using Postscript
since the WorkServer
module was started.
The total number of network No
messaging events using
Postscript since the
started. Network Broadcasts
is no longer functional with
any of the currently
supported Windows
operating systems.
routed to other RightFax
servers on the network via
InterConnect since the
started.
No
Time running

WorkServer service was last
started.
Activity records
The total number of activity

the RightFax WorkServer
module. Activities can be
Gateway Statistics
No
334
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Information version

No
the email gateway.
Gateway type
The type of email system

that the gateway supports.
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description

since the RightFax Gateway
using FaxStat.exe.
Activity records
The total number of activity

the RightFax Gateway
module. Activities can be
Can trigger
alert
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Time running

local BoardServer service
was last started.
No
Num channels
Total number of fax channels No

supported by the local
BoardServer.
Send queue depth

currently waiting to be
transmitted.
Yes
Send pages depth

transmitted.
Yes
Availability index
The relative availability of

Yes
the servers fax boards. The
higher the number, the more
available the server for
sending faxes. RightFax
uses this value when an
equally weighted dialing
rules that send it to two
different servers. In such a
case, RightFax sends the
fax via the server with the
highest availability index.
Channel type
Shows whether the specified No

channel uses a loop-start or
DID line.
No
Time running

Email Gateway service was
last started.
Events processed

since the Gateway module
was started.
No
Activity

the specified activity
number.
No

Statistic
Description
Information version

No
the local BoardServer.
Can trigger
alert
335
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Capabilities

channel is set to send faxes,
receive faxes, or both.
Routing code
The routing code of the fax

currently being received on
the specified channel.
No
State
The current sending or

receiving state of the
specified channel.
No
Current page
The page number of the fax

currently being sent or
received on the specified
channel.
No

pages sent on the specified
channel since the
BoardServer was last
started.
No

pages received by the
specified channel since the
started.
No
Total pages sent
Total pages received
Total calls answered
Can trigger
alert
The total number of incoming No

calls picked up by the
started.
336
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Total calls placed
The total number of outgoing No

calls placed by the specified
channel since the
started.
Total hang ups

calls on the specified
channel that received a
transmission error due to
hang up since the
started.
ROM ID
The ROM ID of the fax board No

used by the specified fax
channel.
Current remote ID
The remote ID of the

currently sending or
receiving phone line.
No
Is currently sending
Indicates whether the

specified fax channel is
currently sending a fax.
No
Is currently doing
TeleConnect

No
currently doing TeleConnect.
Is currently receiving

currently receiving a fax.
No
Is currently doing Docs

on Demand

currently doing Docs-onDemand.
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Statistic
Description
Group threshold left
The number of fax pages

remaining before a fax
grouping is sent.
No
Send info pages in fax
Group faxes
The current number of faxes No

that are grouped for sending
but have not yet reached the
required number of pages.
The number of pages in the No

outbound fax currently being
sent by the specified
channel.
Send info pages done
The number of pages that

have already been
transmitted for the fax
currently being sent by the
specified channel.
Send info to name
The intended recipients

No
name associated with the
channel.
Send info to company

company name associated
with the outbound fax
specified channel.
Send info bill code 1
The first billing code value

No
associated with the
channel.
The second billing code

No
value associated with the
channel.
Pages in call
Specifies the total number of No

fax pages queued to be sent
during the current call.
Current rate
Specifies the transmission

baud rate of the current call.
Current compression
Specifies the data

No
compression type being
used for the currently sent or
received fax.
Estimated minutes left
Send info phone number
Send info user ID
The estimated number of

minutes remaining for the
specified channel to send
the current fax.
No
No
The sending phone number No

associated with the
channel.
The RightFax user ID
No
associated with the
channel.
337
Can trigger
alert
No
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Send info secure CSID
The required CSID of the

No
receiving phone line
associated with the
channel.
Send info unique ID
Can trigger
alert
The unique RightFax ID

No
associated with the
channel.
Current operation
The operation currently being No

performed by the specified
channel.
Number of queued
transmission checks
The number of Doc Plus

No
faxes that need to have their
status queried.
Activity counters start

date
The start date that was set

for the all-time statistics.
No
All time pages sent

pages that have been sent
since the activity counter
start date.
No
All time send attempts

No
transmission attempts since
the activity counter start
date.
All time pages received

pages that have been
received since the activity
counter start date.
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
All time faxes received

that have been received
since the activity counter
start date.
No
All time pages sent

remotely

No
pages that have been sent
via remote fax servers since
the activity counter start
date.
All time send attempts

remotely

No
transmission attempts via
remote fax servers since the
activity counter start date.
All time pages received

remotely

pages that have been
received from remote fax
servers since the activity
counter start date.
All time faxes received

remotely

No
that have been received from
remote fax servers since the
activity counter start date.
No
No
338
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Is server down

specified BoardServer
service stopped.
Yes
Down time
The time at which the

specified BoardServer
service was stopped.
Yes
Number of board servers The total number of

No
BoardServer modules (local
and remote) being accessed
by the server.
Down error
The error code that was

generated when the
specified BoardServer went
down.
No
Board server name
The computer name of the

specified BoardServer.
No
Is server local
No
Pipe name
The pipe used to

communicate with the
specified Boardserver.
No
Specifies whether the

specified BoardServer is
local or remote.
Unique ID
The unique RightFax ID for

the specified BoardServer.
No
Availability index
The relative availability of the Yes

specified BoardServers fax
boards. The higher the
number, the more available
the server for sending faxes.
RightFax uses this value
when an outgoing fax
number has two equally
weighted dialing rules that
send it to two different
servers. In such a case,
RightFax sends the fax via
the server with the highest
availability index.

Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Information version

No
the BoardServers.
Image directory
The directory used for storing No

fax images by the specified
BoardServer.
Send queue depth

transmitted.
Yes
Send pages depth

transmitted.
Yes
Number of channels
The total number of hardware No

channels on the specified
BoardServer.
339
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Statistic
Description
Availability index time

stamp
The time at which the

Availability index was last
reported.
No
Commands processed
The total number of API

No
commands performed since
the RPC server was started.
Time for last command
The length of time required to Yes

complete the last command.
Time running

RPC Server service was
last started.

Statistic
Description
Information version

No
the RPC server.
Last command
The last file I/O API

command performed on the
RPC server.
Can trigger
alert
The total number of file open Yes

failures since the RPC
server was started.
Read failures
The total number of file read

server was started.
Write failures
The total number of file write Yes

server was started.
Bytes written

read since the RPC server
was started.
Yes
Statistic
Description
Information version

No
the Paging server.
Time running

Paging service was last
started.
No
Send queue depth
Total number of pages

waiting to be transmitted.
Yes
Pages sent via modem
Total pages sent via modem No

since the Paging service
was started.
Pages sent via SMTP
Total pages sent via SMTP

was started.
No

No
written since the RPC server
was started.
No
Paging Server Statistics

Can trigger
alert
No
Open failures
Bytes read
Can trigger
alert
340
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
SMTP failures
Local Document Transport Server Statistics
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Total number of failed SMTP Yes

connections since the
Paging service was started.
Last SMS fail code

generated for the last failed
SMS connection.
Yes
Last SMTP fail code

SMTP connection.
Current SMS server
No
Modem page failures
Total number of failed

Yes
modem transmissions since
the Paging service was
started.
The computer name or IP

address of the current SMS
(Push Proxy Gateway)
server.
Last SMS error

description
The error message that was

SMS connection.
No
Last modem fail code
Current SMTP server

modem transmission.
Can trigger
alert
Yes
Yes
The computer name or IP

No
address of the current SMTP
server.
Last modem error

description

modem transmission.
No
Last SMTP error

description

SMTP connection.
No
Pages sent via SMS
Total pages sent via SMS

was started.
No
Total number of failed SMS

connections since the
Paging service was started.
Yes
SMS failures
Local Document Transport Server

Statistics
341
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Information version

No
the DocTransport.
Time running

local DocTransport service
was last started.
Num channels
Total number of fax channels No

supported by the local
DocTransport.
Channel type

channel uses a loop-start or
DID line.
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Capabilities

channel is set to send faxes,
receive faxes, or both.
Routing code
The routing code of the fax

currently being received on
the specified channel.
No
State
The current sending or

receiving state of the
specified channel.
No
Current page
The page number of the fax

currently being sent or
received on the specified
channel.
No

pages sent on the specified
channel since the
DocTransport was last
started.
No

pages received by the
started.
No
Total pages sent
Total pages received
Total calls answered
Can trigger
alert

calls picked up by the
started.
342
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Total calls placed
The total number of outgoing No

calls placed by the specified
channel since the
started.
Total hang ups

calls on the specified
channel that received a
transmission error due to
hang up since the
started.
ROM ID
The ROM ID of the fax board No

used by the specified fax
channel.
Current remote ID
The remote ID of the

currently sending or
receiving phone line.
No
Is currently sending

currently sending a fax.
No
Is currently doing
TeleConnect

No
currently doing TeleConnect.
Is currently receiving

currently receiving a fax.
No
Is currently doing Docs

on Demand

currently doing Docs-onDemand.
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Statistic
Description
Group threshold left
The number of fax pages

remaining before a fax
grouping is sent.
No
Send info pages in fax
Group faxes
The current number of faxes No

that are grouped for sending
but have not yet reached the
required number of pages.
The number of pages in the No

channel.
Send info pages done
The number of pages that

have already been
transmitted for the fax
specified channel.
Send info to name

No
name associated with the
channel.
Send info to company

company name associated
with the outbound fax
specified channel.
The first billing code value

No
associated with the
channel.
The second billing code

No
value associated with the
channel.
Pages in call
Specifies the total number of No

fax pages queued to be sent
during the current call.
Current rate
Specifies the transmission

baud rate of the current call.
Current compression
Specifies the data

No
compression type being
used for the currently sent or
received fax.
Estimated minutes left
Send info phone number
Send info user ID
The estimated number of

minutes remaining for the
specified channel to send
the current fax.
No
No
The sending phone number No

associated with the
channel.
The RightFax user ID
No
associated with the
channel.
343
Can trigger
alert
No
No
Administrator Guide
Statistic
Description
Send info secure CSID
The required CSID of the

No
receiving phone line
associated with the
channel.
Send info unique ID
The unique RightFax ID

No
associated with the
channel.
Current operation
The operation currently being No

performed by the specified
channel.
Transport name
Name of the current

transport.
Docs sent via transport
Number of faxes sent by the No

currently-selected transport
Docs received via

transport
Number of faxes received by No

the currently-selected
transport
Queue name
Name of the queue.
No
Queue depth

transmitted.
Yes
Can trigger
alert
Statistic
Description
Can trigger
alert
Queue availability index
The relative availability of

Yes
the servers fax boards. The
higher the number, the more
available the server for
sending faxes. RightFax
uses this value when an
equally weighted dialing
rules that send it to two
different servers. In such a
case, RightFax sends the
fax via the server with the
highest availability index.
No
344
Administrator Guide
Some RightFax functionality is defined using the Windows

Registry. To make changes to the registry, youll need to use
a tool such as regedit.exe to manually find the registry key
and add or modify the values in it.
l
l
l
l
The section DocTransport Registry Entries on page 346

describes the following values:
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ANIStripCount on page 346

BlockedNumbers on page 346
BlockingFlags on page 346
Change (in SFC Key) on page 347
CheckDNISforNortelRouteCode on page 347
DIDWhitelistFilename on page 347
DisableDialingRuleOnTimeout on page 348
DoDigitalChanRoute on page 348
Entries (in ANI Key) on page 348
Extensions (in SFC Key) on page 349
HAF_CancelIfNoResponse on page 349
TTI_IncludeToNumber on page 349
ValidPatternChars on page 349
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
The section Gateway Registry Entries on page 354 describes

the following values:
l
l
l
The section FaxServer Registry Entries on page 350 describes

the following values:
l
l
l
l
l
AllowMultipleGatewayNotifications on page 350

DBRecovery_Post_CheckLookEvent on page 350
DeleteImagesOnPurge on page 350

GatewayEnforceRequiredCoversheetFields on page 350
Notify_Freq on page 350
PageSrv_LogLevel on page 350
Porthand_LogLevel on page 351
PrescanTimeoutSeconds on page 351
QueueSize on page 351
ReceiveStampFontSize on page 352
ReceiveStampFormat on page 352
ReceiveStampLocation on page 353
StampReceivedPages on page 353
UseCompanyforCSID on page 353
UseReceiveStampUnique on page 353
WebDeliveryURLOverride
AllowSubjectAsOwnAttachment on page 354

DoNotStripPlusSign on page 354
ExcludeHeaders on page 354
ExtraHeaders on page 354
IncludeHeaders on page 354
SkipEmptyAttachments on page 355
The section RightFax RightFaxRegistry Entries on page 355

345
Administrator Guide
l
l
l
Image on page 355

rpc_loglevel on page 355
TeleConnect Registry Configuration on page 355
ANIStripCount
By default, 31 characters of ANI data are stored in the
database. In some cases, the information at the end of long
ANI data strings may be truncated. Use this value to specify
a number of digits you want to remove from the beginning of
the string (allowing the end of the string to be stored).
The section WorkServer Registry Entries on page 357

l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
ControlPCLFileName on page 357

FileRouteRetryDelay on page 357
FileRouteRetryDuration on page 357
GhostDownScaleFactor on page 357
GSPostScriptCode on page 358
InterconnectSetTZ on page 358
KillServiceTimeout on page 358
PCL6_DeviceName on page 358
PCL6_DownscaleFactor on page 358
PCL6_FineMode_RParam on page 358
PCL6_GetResolutionFromPCL on page 358
PCL6_Normal_Mode_RParam on page 359
PCL6_TwoPass on page 359
PCL6AdditionalParams on page 359
PrintTimeReverse on page 359
ShrinkToView on page 359
UseReceiveStampUnique on page 359
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not strip leading characters)
BlockedNumbers
By default, DocTransports blocks outgoing faxes to any
number that begins with 911 (the standard emergency
number throughout the United States). To block additional
numbers, edit the BlockedNumbers value to enter the prefix,
full number, or partial number of each phone you want to
block. Separate multiple entries with carriage returns.
This function can also be performed through the RightFax
interface with Dialing Rules as described in Editing dialing
rules on page 186.
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
Default: blank (no numbers are blocked)
See also BlockingFlags to turn the blocking feature on or off.
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\
DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrout
BlockingFlags
If you create a manual list using the BlockedNumbers
registry entry, you can enable or disable the blocking
function by setting BlockingFlags as follows:
or, for 64-bit:

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\
Wow6432Node\RightFax\DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrou
t
346
Administrator Guide
Data
want RightFax to read the values again (if you added,

removed, or changed any of the stand-alone fax extensions),
reset the Change value to 1 hex.
Value
Prevent transmission to anything starting 0

with 911, and prevents transmission to all
numbers listed in the BlockedNumbers list
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not read extensions, stand-alone fax is not
changed)
Allow transmission to the

1
BlockedNumberslist and allow
transmission to numbers starting with 911
Allow transmission to the
BlockedNumbers on page 346 list and
allow transmission to numbers starting
with 911
See the value for Extensions (in SFC Key) on page 349to
specify the extensions that match the Routing Codes for each
stand-alone fax connector, or Connecting a stand-alone fax
machine to the RightFax server on page 142 for more
information.
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
CheckDNISforNortelRouteCode
Default: 0 (blocks 911 and numbers on the BlockedNumbers

list)
To parse DNIS digits from Nortel CS1000 SIP invites, set this
entry to 1.
Change (in SFC Key)
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (Nortel route codes are not parsed)
There are several ways to connect a stand-alone fax machine

to your RightFax server. In each case, a RightFax user ID is
created to host the Standalone Fax Connector and is assigned
a unique Routing Code value (called the Extension). The
user dials into this extension from the fax machine (exactly
how this is accomplished depends on your phone system) to
access the RightFax server.
DIDWhitelistFilename
You can restrict incoming fax calls to a specific list of fax
numbers. If a call is received that is not on the list, that call
will not be answered. Ordinarily, if a call is received for an
unknown routing code, the fax is routed to the administrator.
To enable this feature, set the DIDWhitelistFilename to the
UNC path and filename of a text file containing allowed
numbers.
The Change value is part of the Registry subkey SFC located

at HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\DocTransport\
Transports\Brooktrout\SFC, or, for 64-bit, HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\Software\ Wow6432Node\RightFax\
DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrout\SFC). If this subkey
does not yet exist, you may need to create it.
You are responsible for manually maintaining this list of

allowed DID, DNIS, or DTMF routing codes. Create a text file
with one routing code per line. Anything after a semicolon is
considered a comment. Save this file in a location accessible
to the DocTransport service account. A cache of the file is
maintained in case the file becomes inaccessible. If the time
To force the DocTransport to read the Extensions value, set

the Change value to 1 hex .After it is read, the
DocTransport returns the Change value to 0 hex. When you
347
Administrator Guide
and date on the file changes, the server will automatically

reload the new version.
Entries (in ANI Key)

You can block or route faxes based on ANI (or DNIS) number.
You can use a complete number or enter a partial number
followed by an asterisk (*) to block or route all calls from
numbers that start with the specified numbers:
Type: String
Default: blank (does not restrict calls)
DisableDialingRuleOnTimeout
This value enables Fax Over IP Failover in a multi-router

environment. To configure FoIP, you must also set the dialing
rules as described in Configuring Fax over IP failover on page
78. To enable FoIP, set the DisableDialingRuleOnTimeout
value to 1.
To block calls, enter one of the following:

ANI
partial ANI*
Type: REG_DWORD
To route calls, enter one of the following where the ANI

number is followed by a comma and then the routing code
of the RightFax user account to which to route the faxes:
Default: 0 (the Failover is not enabled)
ANI,routing code
DisableP2Prules
partial ANI*,routing code
If a fax cannot be sent through the RightFax Internet

Connector, the P2P rules are disabled for 60 minutes. Faxes
are sent over the telephone lines. To change the length of
time to wait before enabling P2P rules again, set this value to
the desired number of minutes.
There is no limit to the entries you can make.

Example An organization with 4-digit routing codes makes
the following entries in the ANI subkey:
Type: REG_DWORD
5551212 to block all calls from 5551212.
520* to block all calls from numbers starting with 520.
Default: 60 (the number of minutes the P2P rules are

disabled)
DoDigitalChanRoute
By default, channel routing (where incoming faxes are routed

by the channel on which they arrive into the RightFax
system) does not work with digital fax boards. To enable a
digital fax board for use with channel routing, set this value
to 1.
520*,1111 to route all calls from numbers starting with

520 to the RightFax user account with the routing code
1111.
The Entries value is part of the Registry subkey ANI located

at HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\Software\RightFax\DocTransport\ANI or, for 64bit, HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not route faxes based on channel)
5553333,9999 to route all calls from 5553333 to the

RightFax user account with the routing code 9999.
348
Administrator Guide
Wow6432Node\RightFax\DocTransport\ANI). If this subkey

HAF_CancelIfNoResponse
To cancel a fax transmission if a human voice is detected, set
the HAF_CancelIfNoResponse value to 1. For more
information, see Configuring the Human Answered Fax
feature on page 73.
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
Default: blank (faxes are not routed anywhere)
For more information, see Blocking calls and handling spam
on page 200 and Routing inbound faxes on page 220
Type: DWORD
Extensions (in SFC Key)
Default: 0 (does not cancel the fax)
There are several ways to connect a stand-alone fax machine

to your RightFax server. In each case, a RightFax user ID is
created to host the Standalone Fax Connector and is assigned
a unique Routing Code value (called the Extension). The
user then dials into this extension from the fax machine
(exactly how this is accomplished depends on your phone
system) to access the RightFax server.
TTI_IncludeToNumber
To include the "To" address on the TTI line without using
quickheaders, set this value to 1. The headerID and the word
"PAGE" are removed. "TO:" and the fax number appears (up
to 32 characters). If the To address includes an "@" symbol,
possible in FoIP configurations, everything after and
including the "@" is truncated.
The Extensions value is part of the Registry subkey SFC

located at HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\Software\RightFax\DocTransport\
Transports\Brooktrout\SFC, or, for 64-bit, HKEY_LOCAL_
MACHINE\Software\ Wow6432Node\RightFax\
DocTransport\Transports\Brooktrout\SFC). If this subkey
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not change the TTI line)
ValidPatternChars
Dialing rules are entered as a string of characters and wild
cards. RightFax ignores any hyphens, parentheses, or spaces
in the pattern string. By default, the pattern can include the
digits 09, as well as the pound [#] and asterisk [*] keys,
and the wildcard characters plus [+], tilde [~] and slash [\]
keys. See Creating dialing rules and Least-Cost Routing plans
on page 185 for more information on Dialing Rules. To add
additional symbols such as a comma or period to the list of
supported characters, add the characters to the end of the
ValidPatternChars value.
Within the SFC key, enter one value for each Extension,
separating multiple entries with a carriage return. The values
must match the Routing Code value set in each dedicated
RightFax user ID.
Data Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
Default: blank, stand-alone fax is not enabled.
See the value for Change (in SFC Key) on page 347to specify
when RightFax should read in new extensions, or Connecting
a stand-alone fax machine to the RightFax server on page
142 for more information.
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0123456789*#+~\
349
Administrator Guide
Note To use this option when also using the XML Generator
module, set the Forward, Route, Delete option for External
Document Connector in server configuration to Disabled.

FaxServer keywords are
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\FaxServer
Type: REG_DWORD
or for 64-bit:
Default: 0 (if the DWORD is in the key, the default is to

delete images. If the DWORD is not in the key, the default
system behavior is to retain the images.)
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\RightFax
\FaxServer)
After adding the registry values, stop and start the RightFax
server for the settings to take effect.
GatewayEnforceRequiredCoversheetFields
By default, required coversheet information does not apply to
outbound faxes that originate from email gateways. To
enforce coversheet field requirements when sending from an
email gateway, set this value to 1.
AllowMultipleGatewayNotifications
Each user can customize notifications about failed faxes. By
default, only the sending user gets this type of notification.
To send a second notification to the email address configured
on the notficiations tab of the default user, set this entry to 1.
Type: REG_DWORD
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (disabled. Required cover sheet information is not

enforced for faxes that originate from an email gateway.)
Default: 0 (does not send duplicate failed notifications)
Notify_Freq
DBRecovery_Post_CheckLookEvent
By default, the RightFax server sends periodic notifications to

users every five minutes. The Notify_Freq value specifies the
number of minutes between notifications. See Reminder
notifications settings on page 33.
Set this value to 0 to prevent large databases with many

documents from taking a long time to complete the
DBRecovery cycle. A value of 1 generates notifications for
each document. A value of 0 does not send notifications.
Type: REG_DWORD
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 5 (notifications sent every 5 minutes)
Default: 1 (notifications are sent).
PageSrv_LogLevel
DeleteImagesOnPurge
Specify the event log level for the Page Server module:
By default, RightFax will retain the image files of faxes that

have been deleted from FaxUtil until all corresponding
database records have been removed. To configure RightFax
to immediately delete fax images, set this value to 0.
350
Administrator Guide


Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 = None
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 = None
Value
Action
None . No information is saved.
Terse. Records critical errors only.
Normal. Records errors and major events

only.
Verbose. Records all significant events and is

most useful for tracking and resolving
problems.
None . No information is saved.
Terse. Records critical errors only.
Normal. Records errors and major events

only.
Verbose. Records all significant events and is

most useful for tracking and resolving
problems.
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (no time out, processing continues as long as
necessary)
QueueSize

Prescanning very large Print-to-Fax files for embedded codes

can cause the RightFax server to appear unresponsive. Use
this entry to set the number of seconds after which the
RightFax server stops processing embedded codes.
Specify the event log level for the Queue Handler:

Action
PrescanTimeoutSeconds
Porthand_LogLevel
l
Value
By default, the RightFax internal event queue has a limit of

2000 events. If too many events require attention of the
RightFax Server module, the server generates an alert and
stops running.
351
Administrator Guide
To increase the event queue size, change the QueueSize

value to 3000. A modest increase to the event queue size
does not have any adverse effects on the RightFax server
itself.
Variable
Definition
~4
The name of the fax server that received the fax (up to 30
characters).
Type: REG_DWORD
~5
The number of the fax channel that received the fax.
~6
The fax recipients DID number.
~7
The fax senders caller subscriber ID (CSID).
~8
Duration of the fax transmission in minutes and seconds.
~9
The fax recipients RightFax user ID (if applicable).
~0
The fax recipients RightFax user name (if applicable).
~A
The unique ID assigned to the fax by the fax server. This

variable is case-sensitive.
Default: 2000 (limit of 2000 events may be in the queue)
ReceiveStampFontSize
This value specifies the font size (in points) for the text that
appears on the optional RTI line. Set ReceiveStampFontSize
to any decimal number. Use the StampReceivedPages value
to turn the RTI on or off; use the ReceiveStampFormat value
to specify which data appears.
Type: REG_DWORD
Caution Do not use this variable if you assign unique

ID numbers to fax file names. Using ~A in this case
changes the unique ID of the fax to reflect the RTI line
value.
Default: 14 (RTI appears as 14-point type)

See Also:
l
StampReceivedPages to turn the RTI on or off
ReceiveStampFormat to specify which data appears
ReceiveStampLocation to specify where the RTI appears
~B
The current date formatted as a two-digit year followed by

three digits for the absolute day of the year. For example,
00001 means January 1, 2000.
This variable is case-sensitive.
ReceiveStampFormat
~C
The total page count on the fax server. The number is

reset each day at midnight and increments by one for
each received fax page.
This value specifies which information to show in the optional

RTI line. The following table lists the variables that can be
included in your RTI line text.
This variable is case-sensitive.

Variable
Definition
~1
The current page number.
~2
The total number of fax pages received.
~3
The date and time that the fax was received (as reported
by the fax server).
Example The following ReceiveStampFormat entry:

Page ~1 of ~2 received on ~3 on server ~4.
prints as:
352
Administrator Guide
Page 2 of 4 received on 02-01-01 12:11:59 [US Mountain

Standard Time] on server RIGHTFAX
UseCompanyforCSID
The TTI (Transmission Terminal Information) is a line of text
that is printed across the top of each sent fax page, usually
containing the date, time, page number, total pages, and fax
ID (or CSID). You can replace the CSID with the senders
company name by setting the UseCompanyforCSID value to
1.
ReceiveStampLocation
Specify where on the fax page to print the optional RTI line.
Valid options are TOP, BOTTOM, LEFT, or RIGHT.
TYPE: REG_SZ
Default: BOTTOM (prints the RTI across the bottom of each
page)
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not change the TTI)
See Also:
l
StampReceivedPages to turn the RTI on or off
ReceiveStampFontSize to specify how large the RTI is
To add the Company Name for each user

1. Open FaxUtil.
2. On the Tools menu, click Options and the User
Options dialog box opens.
3. On the User Information tab, in the Company field,
enter the company name.
StampReceivedPages
The RTI (Receipt Terminal Information) line is a line of text
that can be printed on each received fax page. The RTI line
includes information about the fax that supplements the TTI
line such as the total number of pages received, the name of
the fax server that received the fax, and the senders caller
ID. To enable the RTI line, set StampRecievedPages to 1.
UseReceiveStampUnique
To instruct RightFax to use the unique ID as the file name for
the fax, set this value to 1. You must set the value in the
registry for each WorkServer and for the FaxServer.
Type: REG_DWORD
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 1 (the RTI line is enabled)
Default: 0 (unique ID is not used as the fax file name)
See Also:
See Assigning unique ID numbers to fax file names

androutingtoanetwork folder on page 226 for additional
setup requirements when using this registry value.
ReceiveStampLocation to specify where to show the RTI
ReceiveStampFontSize to specify how large the RTI is
WebDeliveryURLOverride
TYPE: REG_SZ
Default: None
353
Administrator Guide
You can override the web delivery URL set on the Advanced
tab in Server Configuration. The URL can include the
following macros that are replaced at runtime:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\Gateway
\Gateway#
or for 64-bit:
Macro
Description
WebUtil
Web
Client
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software
\Wow6432Node\RightFax\Gateway\Gateway#
{WebServer}
Name of the IIS server

hosting the web application
Yes
Yes
AllowSubjectAsOwnAttachment
{RFServer}
Name of the RightFax server Yes
Yes
{handle}
Handle of the fax
Yes
Yes
Set this to 0 to prevent Unicode email subject lines from

appearing as a separate fax page.
{UniqueID}
Fax unique ID
Yes
No
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (keeps Unicode email subject lines on same page.
Example The following shows a WebUtil URL and a Web

Client URL:
http://{WebServer}/WebUtil/
default.aspx?Action=ShowDocument({handle})&Server=
{RFServer}
http://{WebServer}/WebClient/
fuwww.dll/?X=LNKFX&SERVER={RFServer}&HFAX={handle}
&FAXUID={UniqueID}
DoNotStripPlusSign
Prevents the + character from being stripped from the
dialing string. 0=disabled, 1=enabled.
Type: REG_DWORD
ExcludeHeaders
Any headers listed here are removed from the fax cover
sheet Notes area. Values in this field are not case-sensitive.
The following registry keys can be added to further configure

your SMTP/POP3 gateway. RightFax creates one overall key
for the Gateways:
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\Gateway
Text entered here is added to the headers of all mail-bound

faxes going to the SMTP server.
ExtraHeaders
or for 64-bit:
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\RightFax\
Gateway)
IncludeHeaders
There is also a subkey for each additional gateway, indicated

by the gateway number (such as Gateway1 or Gateway2) as
follows:
Only the headers listed here are added to the fax cover sheet
Notes area. Leaving this blank allows all headers to be
included. Values in this entry are not case-sensitive.
354
Administrator Guide
Type: REG_MULTI_SZ
SkipEmptyAttachments
The gateway scans the bodies of fax-bound mail attachments
and discard empty ones. This registry key prevents blank fax
pages from being sent. 0=disabled, 1=enabled.
Type: REG_DWORD

Default: 0 (disabled)
RightFax keywords are
Type: REG_DWORD
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax
Default: 0 = None
or for 64-bit:
Value
Action
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\RightFax
None
After adding the registry values, stop and start the RightFax
server for the settings to take effect.
Terse
Normal
Image
Verbose
By default, RightFax stores fax images in the RightFax\Image

folder on the server. You can change the location of image
storage by entering a valid path name for the Images value.
See Critically low disk space on page 182 for more
information.
TeleConnect Registry Configuration

TeleConnect is configured primarily via multi-string (Reg_
Multi_SZ) registry entries. Each channel dedicated to
TeleConnect has its own configuration registry entry. The
TeleConnect configuration registry entry is located at HKEY_
LOCAL_MACHINE\Software
\RightFax\Doctransport\Transports\Brooktrout\TUI\Extensio
ns
RightFax\Doctransport\Transports\Brooktrout\TUI\Extension
s).
The multi-string registry entries for TeleConnect use this
format:
Type: REG_SZ
Default: C:\Program Files\RightFax\Image
rpc_loglevel
Specify the event log level for the RPC module:
355
Administrator Guide
extension`keyword(value)`keyword(value)`...
Keyword
Default
Description
Where extension is the phone number extension or DID

channel assigned to TeleConnect, ` is the grave character
located on the same key as the tilde (~), keyword is one of
the configuration setting keywords from the following table,
and value is an optional value setting for the keyword. The
phone number extension or DID channel assigned to
TeleConnect is always the first entry. The extension and all
keywords must be separated by an accent grave (`)
character.
DefaultBI1
N/A
Default billing code #1 for a two-call

fax TeleConnect. If a fax is being
forwarded from a users mailbox, the
system attempts to use the billing
codes from the source fax. If no
billing codes are present in the
source fax, the value specified here,
and that of DefaultBI2, is used.
DefaultBI2
N/A
Default billing code #2 for two-call.
MaxErrors
Maximum number of errors allowed

(timeouts, invalid doc numbers, etc.)
If this number is exceeded, the caller
is disconnected.
MaxFaxes
32
The maximum number of faxes sent

out in one call by TeleConnect.
Multilingual
False
enabled/disabled.
The following table lists all available TeleConnect keywords,

and includes the default settings (if any) and descriptions.
Keyword
Default
Description
900Agree
N/A
900 caller agreement sequence.
900Enable
False
900 telephone processing.
AppType
Application type:
0 = TeleConnect
2 = One-Doc Poll
AskAlphaNumeric False
Ask caller for alpha-numeric

sequence.
AskVoiceNumber True
Ask caller for voice number.
CallType
Default call type:
0 = Prompt
1 = One-call
2 = Two-call
CSID
N/A
TransferSequence N/A
PBX transfer sequence. If not blank,

TeleConnect transmits this
sequence just before hanging up. It
is a standard Brooktrout sequence
(TP!F,;WU%1234567890ABCD). 39
characters max.
TUIReportPath
The path for TeleConnect reports. If

a relative path-spec, it is relative to
the RFBoard folder.
TUILOG
CSID to use during a one-call

transaction. If blank, it uses the
channel default.
356
Administrator Guide
Keyword
Default
VoicePath
MainApp\ The path(s) for voice prompt files.

voices;
The system searches one or more
voices
folders to play a voice file. Folders
are separated with a semicolon. A
relative folder specification is
relative to the RFBoard folder. Any
recorded message is recorded to the
first folder listed.
Description
ControlPCLFileName
Specifies a file containing PCL commands that may be
necessary for the proper conversion of PCL print jobs.
Type: REG_SZ
Default:none
FileRouteRetryDelay
VoicePath0
N/A
By default, faxes that fail to route are retried every 10

seconds for 10 minutes.
VoicePath2
VoicePath9
N/A
Language #2 voice folder(s)

To change the retry parameters, set this value to the number

of milliseconds to continue between each retry attempt.
Type: REG_DWORD
Default:10,000 (10 seconds).
RightFax creates one overall key for the workservers:
FileRouteRetryDuration
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\Workserver
By default, faxes that fail to route are retried every 10

seconds for 10 minutes.
or for 64-bit:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Wow6432Node\RightFax\
Workserver)
To change the retry parameters, set this value to the number

of milliseconds to continue between each retry attempt.
There can also be a subkey for each additional workserver,

indicated by the workserver number (such as Worksrv1 or
Worksrv3) as follows:
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 600,000 (10 minutes).
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\RightFax\Workserver
\Worksrv#
GhostDownScaleFactor
Downscale factor for PostScript and PDF conversions. The
page will be downscaled by the given factor on both axes
before error diffusion takes place. The output device
"tiffscaled" will be used instead of the default device or that
specified in PCL6_DeviceName. The same output device is
used when the "Photos and Images" PDF attachment type is
selected in FaxUtil.
or for 64-bit:
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software
\Wow6432Node\RightFax\Workserver\Worksrv#
357
Administrator Guide
The value must be greater than 1 and less than or equal to 4.
Type: REG_SZ
conversion, and set the fax status to conversion failed. Set

the data value of KillServiceTimeout to the length of time in
milliseconds that you want to attempt conversion before
timing out. For example, set the data value to 600000 for 10
minutes.
Default: 0
This must be set for each workserver.
GSPostScriptCode
Type: REG_DWORD
Example Rendering with -r600 and then specifying

GhostDownScaleFactor=3 will produce a 200dpi image.
Default: no time out. RightFax continues to attempting to

convert the fax indefinitely.
Certain PDF files may not convert legibly. To correct this, you
can include the following PostScript string in the
GSPostScriptCode registry value on each Workserver that
performs conversions.
PCL6_DeviceName
You can specify to use a specific PCL device. For a list of
devices, see www.ghostscript.com/doc/current/Devices.htm.
<</Install {{0.90 gt {1}{0} ifelse} settransfer}

>>setpagedevice
If GhostDownScaleFactor is used, "tiffscaled" is used instead

of the device specified here.
Type: REG_SZ
Default: blank (does not improve PDF conversion quality)
Type: REG_SZ
InterconnectSetTZ
Default: tiffg3
By default, faxes routed from one RightFax server to another

RightFax server in a different time zone has the time and
date stamp from the originating server. To change this so
that faxes have the time and date of the receiving server, set
the InterconnectSetTZ value to 1.
PCL6_DownscaleFactor
Downscale factor adjustment. Maximum value is 4.
Type: REG_DWORD
Default:0.
Type: REG_DWORD
PCL6_FineMode_RParam
Default: 0 (faxes keep the time and date stamp of the

originating server)
Resolution adjustment for Fine mode fax conversion, in lines

per inch.
See Configuring RightFax for CSID routing on page 223 for

more information about this type of routing.
Type: REG_DWORD
KillServiceTimeout
Default:200.
In case server-side application conversion fails, you can

configure RightFax to automatically time out, stop the
PCL6_GetResolutionFromPCL
Get resolution from the PCL file header.
358
Administrator Guide
Type: REG_DWORD
PrintTimeReverse
Default:0 (disabled)
By default, a time strip is printed on the first page of each fax

as black text. Set the PrintTimeReverse value to 1 to cause
the time strip to print in white text on a black background.
PCL6_Normal_Mode_RParam
Resolution adjustment for Normal mode fax conversion, in
lines per inch.
Type: REG_DWORD
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (the time strip prints in black text)
Default:100.
ShrinkToView
PCL6_TwoPass
By default, PDF conversion adds a small margin around the

edge of each page. If the incoming fax images go to the edge
of the page, part of the image may be cut off by this margin.
Set this value to 1 on each Workserver to reduce the size of
the page slightly before conversion so that the margin does
not cut off any content.
With a licensed and enabled PDF module, you can set this
value to 1 to pass faxes through conversion twice. First
PCLfiles are converted to PostScript and then to TIFF fax
images.
Though this improves the quality of the output image, it also
takes longer than a single-pass conversion.
Type: REG_DWORD
Default: 0 (does not shrink PDF pages)
Caution If you set this value to 1 and did not license and
enable the PDF module, conversion will fail.
UseReceiveStampUnique
Default: 0 (faxes go through conversion just one time)
To instruct RightFax to use the unique ID as the file name for

the fax, set this value to 1. You must set the value in the
registry for each WorkServer and for the FaxServer.
PCL6AdditionalParams
Type: REG_DWORD
You can add open-ended PCL parameters to pass options that

RightFax does not offer access to. Use under the direction of
Customer Support for diagnostics or to try new options that
might exist in newer versions.
Default: 0 (unique ID is not used as the fax file name)
Type: REG_DWORD
See Assigning unique ID numbers to fax file names

androutingtoanetwork folder on page 226 for additional
setup requirements when using this registry value.
The value will be passed to the PCL6 engine without

interpretation.
Type: REG_SZ
Default:none
359
Administrator Guide

With the Web Services API, you can send and receive simple faxes from a webpage and inquire about their status.
To use the Web Services API:
1. Enable the SharePoint Web Services module. You do

not need to have SharePoint to use the Web Services
API.
In your program, you must start the three services. If you

are using a tool like Visual Studio, you can point to the
services at:
2. Write a program that starts the required services. The

services are stored at:
/RFMOSS/SendingService
/RFMOSS/SendingService
/RFMOSS/RightFaxAPIService
/RFMOSS/RightFaxAPIService
/RFMOSS/ImportService
/RFMOSS/ImportService
To test each service
3. Create a webpage that calls the program and accepts

user input. Users must enter at least the following
information:
Create a client and use it to call the service. You can do this
using the svcutil.exe tool from the command line with the
following syntax:
Server Name
svcutil.exe http://localhost/RFMOSS/servicename?wsdl
RightFax User Name
Password
This generates a configuration file and a code file that

contains the client class. Add the two files to your client
application and use the generated client class to call the
Service.
4. Enable a Submit button on the webpage that sends the

web service commands to the server.
Example In C#, the code might be:

class Test
{
static void Main()
360
Administrator Guide
Fax methods
RightFaxApiServiceClient client = new

RightFaxApiServiceClient();
In addition to the methods available in Sharepoint for sending

and receiving simple faxes, you can use the following
methods to get track faxes using the Web Services API:
// Use the 'client' variable to call operations on the service.

// Always close the client.
GetFax
client.Close();
Returns a Brief Fax for the specified fax handle.
GetFullFax
Returns a Full Fax for the specified fax handle.
Example In Visual Basic, the code might be:
GetUsersFaxHandles
Class Test
This method returns all fax handles for the specified user.
Shared Sub Main()
GetUsersFaxes
Returns a list of Brief Faxes for the specified user.
Dim client As RightFaxApiServiceClient = New

RightFaxApiServiceClient()
GetUsersFullFaxes
' Use the 'client' variable to call operations on the service.
Returns a list of Full Faxes for the specified user.
' Always close the client.
FullFax properties
client.Close()
The following properties are available for FullFax.
End Sub
Attachments
End Class
Data type: Attachments Collection
Read-only
Returns the Attachments collection associated with the
current fax object. See Attachment object or Attachments
collection for more information.
You can use the following fax objects to track the sending of
faxes:
l
FullFax. Use to obtain detailed information about a fax.
AutoForwardCount
BriefFax. Use to obtain basic information about a fax.
Data type: Integer

Read-only
Returns the number of times that the fax has been forwarded
using the AutoForward feature. This number is tracked for
361
Administrator Guide
each fax to prevent infinite forwarding loops. By default the

maximum number of allowed AutoForward events is 5.
CertifiedDeliveryPassword
BFTFilename
Read/Write
Data type: String
If a password is desired when creating document for Certified

Delivery, specify the password as a string. This property is
only used when creating a new email message.
Data type: String
Read-only
Returns the file name of the binary file transfer information
file if one exists. Binary file transfers have been replaced by
the fax image attachment, but this property remains
available for backwards compatibility.
ChannelToSendOn
Data type: Integer
Read/Write
BFTFileSize
Specifies the channel for sending the current fax.
Data type: Long
CoverSheetNotes
Read-only
Data type: String
Returns the size of the binary file transfer information file if

one exists. Binary file transfers have been replaced by the
fax image attachment, but this property remains available
for backwards compatibility.
Read/Write
Data type: BillingCode
Specifies a specific note line for the cover sheet. Each line of
notes is a string and can include up to 69 characters. The
cover sheet can include up to 24 note lines, each identified by
an index number starting with 1 (cannot exceed 24). See also
the CoverSheet object.
Read-only
CoverSheetSizeInBytes
Returns the BillingCode object associated with the fax, if any.

See the BillingCode object for more information.
Data type: Long
BillingCode1
Returns the size of the fax cover sheet in bytes.
BillingCode
Read-only
Data type: String
DelayFaxSendDateTime
Read/Write
Data type: Date
Returns the Billing Code 1 field as a string.
Read/Write
BillingCode2
Data type: String
Specifies the date and time that the fax should be sent in
Visual Basic variant format.
Read/Write
EmailSubject
Data type: String

Read/Write
362
Administrator Guide
Specifies the Subject line of a new email message. This

property is only used when creating a new email message.
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
FaxDisposition
fecBadConvert
The fax was not

converted to an image file
Read-only
fecMakeFCS
Returns an integer that indicates the disposition of the fax.

This property has been replaced by information in the
FaxStatus property, but remains available for backwards
compatibility.
Error occurred creating

Fax Cover Sheet
fecCantSchedule
Fax was not sent

because fax transmission
schedule full
FaxErrorCode
fecUnknown
Unknown error report by

fax board
Read-only
10
fecHuman
Returns the FaxErrorCodeType. A zero indicates that there

was no error. The FaxErrorCodeType is one of the following
enumerated values.
A human answered the

phone
11
fecGroup2
Reached a Group2
machine
12
fecLocalInUse
The destination fax

number is unable to
receive
13
fecLineProblem
Communications line
between the two fax
numbers not working
correctly
14
fecBadPaper
Invalid FormType
specified
15
fecBadSignature
Invalid signature file

specified
16
fecNoSignatureAuthorization The fax required but did

not receive signature
authorization
18
fecDiscarded
Data type: Integer
Data type: FaxErrorCodeType enumerated value
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
fecNone
No error
fecBusy
Fax number was busy
fecTransmissionError
Fax was not

sent/received
fecPoorQuality
The fax board returned a

message indicating that
although the fax was
received, it contained
errors
fecNoAnswer
The destination number

did not answer the phone
fecBadFCS
Bad File Cover Sheet
363
Canceled by user
Administrator Guide
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
Returns the ID assigned to the fax by the fax hardware when

the fax is schedule to be sent.
19
Invalid characters in fax

number
FaxPagesInFront
fecBadPhone
Data type: Integer
21
fecInvalidCode
Invalid BillingCode
Read-only
22
fecBadCode
Error in an embedded
code
Returns the number of fax pages in the queue preceding the

current fax.
23
fecBadOCR
OCR operation failed
FaxRecordDateTime
24
fecBadPrint
Print operation failed
Data type: Date
25
fecNoLibraryDocument
Authorization
Unauthorized user
attempting to create a
new library document
26
fecViewStar1
ViewStar imaging system

import error
FaxStatus
27
fecDisapproved
The fax was disapproved

for transmission
Read-only
28
fecEmailDeliveryError
The fax document was

not sent to the specified
email address
Read-only
Returns the date and time that the fax was created in Visual
Basic variant format.
Data type: FaxStatusType enumerated value
Returns the status of the fax as a FaxStatusType. This is one
of the valid FaxStatusType enumerated values.
Numeric
equivalent
Name
Notes
FaxFilename
fsUnborn
Not yet created
Data type: String
fsNeedsFCS
Needs fax cover sheet
fsNeedsConversion
Needs conversion to an image

file
fsNeedsToBeSent
None
fsInConversion
In the process of being

fsInSend
usPagesInFront indicates how

many pages sent so far
Read-only
Returns the name of the image file associated with an
incoming fax. The image file is stored in the image folder on
the fax server. This property returns the file name, not the
image object.
FaxID
Data type: Integer
Read-only
364
Administrator Guide
Specifies the name of the fax cover sheet image in the

servers image folder. See also the OriginalFCSFilename
property.
Numeric
equivalent
Name
Notes
fsDoneOK
Successfully sent or received
fsManualFCS
Uses a manual fax cover sheet
fsInSchedule
Awaiting scheduled send time
fsDoneError
Too many errors, is not retried
10
fsDuplicate
None
11
fsError
None
12
fsNeedsAttention
None
Read-only
13
fsNeedsAttachment
None
14
fsHeldForPreview
None
Returns a new fax that has all of the same properties as the
previous fax except the FaxID.
15
fsInOCR
None
FromFaxNumber
16
fsInPrint
None
Data type: String
17
fsQueuedForPrinting
None
Read/Write
18
fsQueuedForOCR
None
Specifies the senders personal fax number.
19
fsInValidation
None
FromGeneralFaxNumber
20
fsInApproval
None
Data type: String
Folder
Data type: Folder
Read/Write
Specifies the Folder object for this fax.
ForwardToNewFaxNumber
Data type: Fax
Read/Write
FaxTerminationStatus
Specifies the senders general fax number.
Data type: Integer
FromGeneralVoiceNumber
Read-only
Data type: String
Returns an integer indicating the termination status of the

fax. The information available through this property has been
moved to the FaxHistory object but this property remains
available for backwards compatibility. See the Histories
collection or the FaxStatus property.
Read/Write
FCSFilename
Read/Write
Data type: String
Specifies the senders name.
Specifies the senders general voice telephone number.

FromName
Data type: String
Read/Write
365
Administrator Guide
FromVoiceNumber
Indicates whether the fax has a cover sheet. It is only valid

for outgoing faxes. True or 1 indicates there is a cover sheet;
False or 0 indicates there is no cover sheet. The cover sheet
is stored as a file on the server and can be specified using the
FCSFilename property. Each user can specify a default cover
page setting with the IsCoverPageDefaultedOn property, or a
group can be required to use a cover sheet based on the
MustHaveCoversheet property.
Data type: String

Read/Write
Specifies the senders personal voice telephone number.
GenerateCompletionEvent
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
HasHotlink
Specifies whether to generate a completion event after the

fax has been sent. Set this property to True or 1 to generate
the CompletionEvent. Set it to False or 0 if you dont want to
generate a CompletionEvent.
Data type: Boolean

Read/Write
Indicates whether the fax has a hotlink.
Handle
HasPDF
Data type: Long
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
Read-only
The handle is used internally by the RightFax system to

identify each unique object. If you specify a value without
specifying a property name, the system assigns that value as
the object Handle.
Indicates whether the fax has a rich PDF document

associated with it.
HideFromWeb
Data type: Boolean
HasBFT
Read-only
Data type: Boolean
Hides the fax from the certified delivery Web interface when
the recipient deletes it. (The original fax cannot be deleted
from the fax database by the recipient, so it is hidden
instead.)
Read-only
Indicates whether the fax uses binary file transfer. The
property returns True or 1 if the fax has BFT; it returns False
or 0 if it does not. Binary file transfers have been replaced by
the fax image attachment, but this property remains
available for backwards compatibility.
Histories
Data type: FaxHistories Collection
HasCoversheet
Read-only
Data type: Boolean
Returns the FaxHistories collection associated with the fax.

The collection contains one or more history objects.
Read/Write
ImageSizeInBytes
Data type: Long
366
Administrator Guide
Read-only
Read-only
Returns the size of the fax body in bytes.
Indicates whether the sender requests a call from the

recipient. True or 1 indicates that a callback is requested;
False or 0 indicates that no such request has been made. This
property only applies to sent faxes. The default setting for
callback request is set with the IsCallbackRequested property
in the User object.
InputFilename
Data type: String
Read-only
Returns the name of the file that appears in the outgoing
folder. This property has been replaced by functionality in the
Attachment object. See also Attachments Collection.
IsCertifyDelivered
Data type: Boolean
IsApproved
Read/Write
Data type: Boolean
Indicates whether the fax was sent via certified delivery.
Read-only
IsCoversheetConversionNeeded
Indicates whether the fax has been approved. True or 1

indicates it has been approved; False or 0 indicates it has not
been approved.
Data type: Boolean

Read/Write
Specifies whether the cover sheet for the fax needs to be
converted to a TIFF format image file. True or 1 indicates
that conversion is required; False or 0 indicates that it is not
required.
IsBillingCodesVerified
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
Indicates whether the BillingCode attachment has been
checked against the list of valid billing codes. True or 1
indicates the BillingCodes have been checked and are valid.
False or 0 indicates that they are not valid billing codes.
IsCoversheetFine
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
Specifies whether the cover sheet is in Fine mode. True or 1
indicates that the cover sheet is in Fine mode (200200 dots
per inch resolution); False or 0 indicates that it is in normal
mode (100100 dots per inch resolution). See also the
IsFineMode property.
IsBroadcastFax
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax is a broadcast fax. True or 1
indicates that the fax is a broadcast fax, and the status is
updated when the entire job is complete (saving machine
overhead).
IsDeleted
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
IsCallbackRequested
Data type: Boolean
367
Administrator Guide
Specifies whether the fax has been deleted. True or 1

indicates that the fax has been deleted from the server. False
or 0 indicates that it has not been deleted.
object. True or 1 indicates that this fax was automatically

printed. False or 0 indicates that this fax was not forwarded.
IsDeletedAfterAnySend
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
IsFCSCompleted
Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax cover sheet has been completed.

True or 1 indicates that the cover sheet is complete. False or
0 indicates that the cover sheet is not complete.
Specifies whether the fax is deleted from the server after the
Send event, regardless of whether the fax is sent
successfully. Set this to True or 1 to show the fax is deleted.
Set it to False or 0 to show that it is not deleted. See also the
IsDeletedAfterSuccessfulSend property.
IsFineMode
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
IsDeletedAfterSuccessfulSend
Specifies whether the body of the fax is in Fine mode. True or

1 indicates that the fax is in Fine mode (200200 dots per
inch resolution); False or 0 indicates that it is in normal mode
(100100 dots per inch resolution). See also the
IsCoversheetFine property.
Data type: Boolean

Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax is deleted from the server after a
successful Send event. Set this to True or 1 to show the fax is
deleted. Set it to False or 0 to show the fax is not deleted.
See also the IsDeletedAfterAnySend property.
IsForwarded
Data type: Boolean
IsFaxAutoForwarded
Read-only
Data type: Boolean
Specifies whether the fax was manually forwarded. True or 1

indicates that the fax was forwarded. False or 0 indicates that
the fax was not forwarded. Use the ForwardToUsers method
to specify manual forwarding.
Read-only
Specifies whether the fax was automatically forwarded. The
AutoForward feature is set and type of forwarding defined in
the User object. True or 1 indicates that the fax was
automatically forwarded. False or 0 indicates that the fax
was not forwarded. See also the IsForwarded property.
IsGatewayGenerated
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
IsFaxBodyAutomaticallyPrinted
Specifies whether the fax was generated by the RightFax

email gateway. True or 1 indicates that the fax was
generated by an email gateway. False or 0 indicates that it
was not.
Data type: Boolean

Read-only
Specifies whether the fax was automatically printed. The
Autoprint feature is set and the printer defined in the User
IsGenericFlag1On
368
Administrator Guide
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax is an INL job.
Specifies whether the user customizable API flag Generic1 is

on.
IsLCRTimeDelayed
IsGenericFlag2On
Read-only
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Specifies whether the fax was delayed because of a leastcost routing rule. True or 1 indicates that the fax was
delayed. False or 0 indicates that the fax was not delayed.
Read/Write
Specifies whether the user customizable API flag Generic2 is
on.
IsNeedingApproval
IsHeld
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Read-only
Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax is being held for preview before
being sent by the user. True or 1 indicates that the fax is held
for preview. False or 0 indicates that it is not.
Specifies whether the fax is being held until it is approved.

True or 1 indicates that the fax is awaiting approval. False or
0 indicates that it is not. Use the Approve method to send the
fax.
IsInDelaySend
IsPrinted
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Read-only
Specifies whether the fax is being held until the date and time
specified by the DelayFaxSendDateTime property. True or 1
indicates that the fax is awaiting the specified time. False or
0 indicates that it is not.
Specifies whether the fax was successfully printed. True or 1

indicates that the fax was printed. False or 0 indicates that
the fax was not printed. See also the PrintFax method.
IsInitialized
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Read-only
Specifies whether the fax was generated by the RightFax

Production module.
IsProductionFax
Specifies whether the fax was initialized. True or 1 indicates

that the fax was initialized. False or 0 indicates that the fax
was not initialized.
IsReceived
Data type: Boolean
IsINLJob
Read-only
Data type: Boolean
369
Administrator Guide
Specifies whether the fax is an incoming or outgoing fax.

True or 1 indicates that the fax was received (incoming).
False or 0 indicates that the fax was sent (outgoing).
Read/Write
Indicates whether the fax needs to be scanned for embedded
codes before conversion.
IsViewed
NeedsPrescan
Data type: Boolean
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies whether the fax was viewed. True or 1 indicates

that the fax was viewed. False or 0 indicates that the fax was
not viewed.
Indicates whether the fax requires PDF conversion. When

PDF conversion is complete, this property is automatically
set to False or 0.
IsWasDNDBlockedOn
OriginalBFTFilename
Data type: Boolean
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read-only
Specifies whether the fax was blocked by Do Not Dial.
Returns the name of the binary file transfer file before it was
renamed by the fax server. Binary file transfers have been
replaced by the fax image attachment, but this property
remains available for backwards compatibility.
LastHistoryChangeDateTime
Data type: Date
Read-only
OriginalFCSFilename
Returns the date and time that the most recent history
element was added to this fax. It is updated every time an
element is added to any of the fax history objects. See also
the Histories collection.
Data type: String

Read/Write
Returns the name of the original file that was converted to
use as the fax cover sheet. This is the name as it appears in
the server folder. The converted file name is accessible
through the FCSFilename property.
MaximumRetries
Data type: Integer
Read/Write
Owner
Specifies the maximum number of times the system will

attempt to deliver the fax if the phone number is not
responding. If this is set to 1, the system stops after the first
failed attempt. Set this to zero (0) to use the default setting
on the RightFax server. Use the TryInterval property to
specify the length of time between retries.
Data type: User

Read/Write
Returns the User object for the owner of the fax.
OwnerID
Data type: String
NeedsPDFConversion
Read/Write
Data type: Boolean
370
Administrator Guide
Returns the UserID for the owner of the fax.
Returns the secure caller subscriber identification of the

senders fax machine, if any. This applies only to received
faxes.
Priority
Data type: FaxPriorityType enumerated value
SendTime
Read/Write
Data type: Long
Sets the priority for the fax using one of the valid
FaxPriorityType enumerated values from the following table.
For the user to send a fax with High priority, set the
IsAbleToUseHighPriority property to True or 1 and the
HighestAvailablePriority property to fpHigh in the User
object.
Numeric
equivalent
Name
fpNormal
fpLow
fpHigh
Read-only
Returns the total length of transmission time it took to send
or receive the fax. This is available for all received faxes. It
is only available for sent faxes after successful completion.
StatusDescription
Data type: String
Read-only
Returns the current status of the fax in text format. For a
numeric code indicating the status, see the FaxStatus
property.
ToCityState
Data type: String
Recipients
Read/Write
Data type: PhoneItemGroup Collection
Specifies the city and state of the recipient. See also the
DefaultToCityState property in the User object.
Read/Write
Specifies multiple users receiving faxes. Define the users in a
PhoneItemGroup. Specify that group as recipients. See also
the PhoneItemGroup object.
ToCompany
Data type: String
RemoteID
Read/Write
Data type: String
Specifies the recipients company name. See also the

DefaultToCompany property in the User object.
Read-only
Returns the ID of the senders fax machine. This applies only
to received faxes.
ToEmailAddress
SecureCSID
Read/Write
Data type: String
Specifies an email address for the fax destination.
Data type: String
Read/Write
371
Administrator Guide
ToFaxNumber
Data type: Integer
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies how long to wait, in seconds, between attempts to

send the fax. Set the MaximumRetries property to greater
than 0 for this to have any effect.
Specifies the telephone number of the recipients fax

machine. See also the DefaultToFaxNumber property in the
User object.
TypeOfPrintJob
ToName
Data type: PrintJobType enumerated value
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies the type of data in the print job. Use one of the
following PrintJobType enumerated values.
Specifies the recipients name. See also the DefaultToName

property in the User object.
TotalLinkCount
Data type: Integer
Read-only
Returns the total number of links associated with this fax.
Links are generated when a RightFax user sends or forwards
a fax to another RightFax user. Rather than duplicate the
image file of the fax for each user, the system creates a link
to a single instance of the image.
Numeric
equivalent
Name
pjPCL
pjPostScript
pjPCL2
pjPostScript2
pjCVL
TotalPages
UnicodeCoverSheetNotes
Data type: Integer
Data type: String
Read-only
Read/Write
Returns the total number of pages in the fax. The fax must be
converted for this to be valid.
The cover sheet notes as a unicode text block.

UniqueID
ToVoiceNumber
Data type: String
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies the unique ID for this specific print job. This can be
defined by either the system or the user.
Specifies the telephone number of the recipient. See also the

DefaultToVoiceNumber property in the User object.
UserComments
TryInterval
Data type: String
372
Administrator Guide
Read/Write
Data type: String
Comment text added to the fax by the fax sender.
Read/Write
UseSmartResume
Data type: Boolean
ChannelToSendOn
Read/Write
Data type: Integer
Indicates whether the fax uses the Smart Resume feature of

the RightFax system. True or 1 indicates the fax uses Smart
Resume. False or 0 indicates it does not.
Read/Write
Specifies the channel for sending the current fax.
CoverSheetNotes
Example The following example sends a fax with an

attached library document.
Data type: String

Read/Write
Set oFax = MyFaxServer.CreateOjbect(coFax)

oFax.Owner = oUser
oFax.Toname = tofaxname
oFax.ToFaxNumber = tofaxnum
Specifies a specific note line for the cover sheet. Each line of
notes is a string and can include up to 69 characters. The
cover sheet can include up to 24 note lines, each identified by
an index number starting with 1 (cannot exceed 24). See also
the CoverSheet object.
If 1stLibDocs.Text = Then
oFax.Send
DelayFaxSendDateTime
Else
libdoc=1stLibDocs.Text
oFax.Attachment.Add
MyFaxServer.LibraryDocuments(libdoc)
oFax.Send
Data type: Date
EndIf
EmailSubject
Read/Write
Specifies the date and time that the fax should be sent in
Visual Basic variant format.
Data type: String
BriefFax properties
Read/Write
The following properties are available for BriefFax.

BillingCode1
Specifies the Subject line of a new email message. This

property is only used when creating a new email message.
Data type: String
FaxDisposition
Read/Write
Data type: Integer
Read-only
BillingCode2
373
Administrator Guide
Returns an integer that indicates the disposition of the fax.

This property has been replaced by information in the
FaxStatus property, but remains available for backwards
compatibility.
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
fecUnknown
Unknown error report by

fax board
10
fecHuman
A human answered the

phone
11
fecGroup2
Reached a Group2
machine
12
fecLocalInUse
The destination fax

number is unable to
receive
13
fecLineProblem
Communications line
between the two fax
numbers not working
correctly
14
fecBadPaper
Invalid FormType
specified
15
fecBadSignature
Invalid signature file

specified
16
The destination number

did not answer the phone
fecNoSignatureAuthorization The fax required but did

not receive signature
authorization
18
fecDiscarded
Canceled by user
FaxErrorCode
Data type: FaxErrorCodeType enumerated value
Read-only
Returns the FaxErrorCodeType. A zero indicates that there
was no error. The FaxErrorCodeType is one of the following
enumerated values.
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
fecNone
No error
fecBusy
Fax number was busy
fecTransmissionError
Fax was not

sent/received
fecPoorQuality
The fax board returned a

message indicating that
although the fax was
received, it contained
errors
fecNoAnswer
fecBadFCS
Bad File Cover Sheet
19
fecBadPhone
fecBadConvert
The fax was not

Invalid characters in fax

number
21
fecInvalidCode
Invalid BillingCode
fecMakeFCS
Error occurred creating

Fax Cover Sheet
22
fecBadCode
Error in an embedded
code
fecCantSchedule
Fax was not sent

because fax transmission
schedule full
23
fecBadOCR
OCR operation failed
24
fecBadPrint
Print operation failed
374
Administrator Guide

FaxStatus
Numeric
Name
equivalent
Notes
25
fecNoLibraryDocument
Authorization
Unauthorized user
attempting to create a
new library document
26
fecViewStar1
ViewStar imaging system

import error
Numeric
equivalent
Name
Notes
27
fecDisapproved
The fax was disapproved

for transmission
fsUnborn
Not yet created
28
fecEmailDeliveryError
The fax document was

not sent to the specified
email address
fsNeedsFCS
Needs fax cover sheet
fsNeedsConversion
Needs conversion to an image

file
fsNeedsToBeSent
None
fsInConversion
In the process of being

Read-only
fsInSend
Returns the name of the image file associated with an

incoming fax. The image file is stored in the image folder on
the fax server. This property returns the file name, not the
image object.
usPagesInFront indicates how

many pages sent so far
fsDoneOK
Successfully sent or received
fsManualFCS
Uses a manual fax cover sheet
fsInSchedule
Awaiting scheduled send time
fsDoneError
Too many errors, is not retried
Read-only
10
fsDuplicate
None
Returns the ID assigned to the fax by the fax hardware when

the fax is schedule to be sent.
11
fsError
None
12
fsNeedsAttention
None
FaxRecordDateTime
13
fsNeedsAttachment
None
Data type: Date
14
fsHeldForPreview
None
Read-only
15
fsInOCR
None
Returns the date and time that the fax was created in Visual
Basic variant format.
16
fsInPrint
None
Data type: FaxStatusType enumerated value

Read-only
Returns the status of the fax as a FaxStatusType. This is one
of the valid FaxStatusType enumerated values.
FaxFilename
Data type: String
FaxID
Data type: Integer
375
Administrator Guide
Numeric
equivalent
Name
Notes
17
fsQueuedForPrinting
None
18
fsQueuedForOCR
None
19
fsInValidation
None
20
fsInApproval
None
FromGeneralVoiceNumber
Data type: String
Read/Write
Specifies the senders general voice telephone number.
FromName
Data type: String
Read/Write
FaxTerminationStatus
Specifies the senders name.
Data type: Integer
FromVoiceNumber
Read-only
Data type: String
Returns an integer indicating the termination status of the

fax. The information available through this property has been
moved to the FaxHistory object but this property remains
available for backwards compatibility. See the Histories
collection or the FaxStatus property.
Read/Write
FCSFilename
Read-only
Data type: String
The handle is used internally by the RightFax system to

identify each unique object. If you specify a value without
specifying a property name, the system assigns that value as
the object Handle.
Specifies the senders personal voice telephone number.

Handle
Data type: Long
Read/Write
Specifies the name of the fax cover sheet image in the
servers image folder. See also the OriginalFCSFilename
property.
IsReceived
Data type: Boolean
FromFaxNumber
Read-only
Data type: String

Specifies the senders personal fax number.
Specifies whether the fax is an incoming or outgoing fax.

True or 1 indicates that the fax was received (incoming).
False or 0 indicates that the fax was sent (outgoing).
FromGeneralFaxNumber
IsViewed
Data type: String
Data type: Boolean
Read/Write
Read/Write
Read/Write
Specifies the senders general fax number.
376
Administrator Guide
Specifies whether the fax was viewed. True or 1 indicates

that the fax was viewed. False or 0 indicates that the fax was
not viewed.
Returns the current status of the fax in text format. For a

numeric code indicating the status, see the FaxStatus
property.
OwnerID
ToCityState
Data type: String
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read/Write
Returns the UserID for the owner of the fax.
Specifies the city and state of the recipient. See also the
DefaultToCityState property in the User object.
RemoteID
ToCompany
Data type: String
Data type: String
Read-only
Read/Write
Returns the ID of the senders fax machine. This applies only

to received faxes.
Specifies the recipients company name. See also the

DefaultToCompany property in the User object.
SecureCSID
ToEmailAddress
Data type: String
Data type: String
Read/Write
Read/Write
Returns the secure caller subscriber identification of the

senders fax machine, if any. This applies only to received
faxes.
Specifies an email address for the fax destination.

ToFaxNumber
Data type: String
SendTime
Read/Write
Data type: Long
Specifies the telephone number of the recipients fax

machine. See also the DefaultToFaxNumber property in the
User object.
Read-only
Returns the total length of transmission time it took to send
or receive the fax. This is available for all received faxes. It
is only available for sent faxes after successful completion.
ToName
Data type: String
StatusDescription
Read/Write
Data type: String
Specifies the recipients name. See also the DefaultToName

property in the User object.
Read-only
TotalPages
377
Administrator Guide
Sample Web.config
Data type: Integer
<connectionStrings>
<add name="ApplicationServices"
connectionString="data
source=.\SQLEXPRESS;Integrated
Security=SSPI;AttachDBFilename=|DataDirectory|\aspne
tdb.mdf;User Instance=true"
providerName="System.Data.SqlClient"/>
</connectionStrings>
Read-only
Returns the total number of pages in the fax. The fax must be
converted for this to be valid.
ToVoiceNumber
Data type: String
Read/Write
<system.web>
Specifies the telephone number of the recipient. See also the

DefaultToVoiceNumber property in the User object.
<compilation debug="true" targetFramework="4.0"/>

<authentication mode="Forms">
<forms loginUrl="~/Account/Login.aspx"
timeout="2880"/>
</authentication>
UniqueID
Data type: String
Read/Write
Specifies the unique ID for this specific print job. This can be
defined by either the system or the user.
<membership>
<providers>
<clear/>
<add name="AspNetSqlMembershipProvider"
type="System.Web.Security.SqlMembershipProvider"
connectionStringName="ApplicationServices"
enablePasswordRetrieval="false"
enablePasswordReset="true"
requiresQuestionAndAnswer="false"
requiresUniqueEmail="false"
maxInvalidPasswordAttempts="5"
minRequiredPasswordLength="6"
minRequiredNonalphanumericCharacters="0"
passwordAttemptWindow="10" applicationName="/"/>
</providers>
</membership>
UserComments
Data type: String
Read/Write
Comment text added to the fax by the fax sender.
Sample Web.config
The following sample was created using Visual Studio.
<?xml version="1.0"?>
<!-For more information on how to configure your ASP.NET
application, please visit
http://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?LinkId=169433
<profile>
<providers>
<clear/>
<add name="AspNetSqlProfileProvider"
-->
<configuration>
378
Administrator Guide
Sample Web.config
type="System.Web.Profile.SqlProfileProvider"
applicationName="/"/>
</providers>
</profile>
messageEncoding="Text" textEncoding="utf-8"
transferMode="Buffered" useDefaultWebProxy="true">
<readerQuotas maxDepth="32"
maxStringContentLength="8192"
maxArrayLength="2147483647"
maxBytesPerRead="4096"
maxNameTableCharCount="16384" />
<roleManager enabled="false">
<providers>
<clear/>
<add name="AspNetSqlRoleProvider"
type="System.Web.Security.SqlRoleProvider"
<add name="AspNetWindowsTokenRoleProvider"
type="System.Web.Security.WindowsTokenRoleProvider"
</providers>
</roleManager>
<security mode="None">
<transport clientCredentialType="None"
proxyCredentialType="None" realm="" />
<message clientCredentialType="UserName"
algorithmSuite="Default" />
</security>
</binding>
<binding name="Http1" closeTimeout="00:01:00"
openTimeout="00:01:00" receiveTimeout="00:10:00"
sendTimeout="00:01:00" allowCookies="false"
bypassProxyOnLocal="false"
hostNameComparisonMode="StrongWildcard"
maxBufferSize="65536" maxBufferPoolSize="524288"
maxReceivedMessageSize="65536"
</system.web>
<system.webServer>
<modules
runAllManagedModulesForAllRequests="true"/>
</system.webServer>
<system.serviceModel>
<bindings>
<basicHttpBinding>
<binding name="Http" closeTimeout="00:01:00"
bypassProxyOnLocal="false" hostNameComparison
Mode="StrongWildcard" maxBufferSize="65536"
maxBufferPoolSize="524288"
379
Administrator Guide
Sample Web.config
listenBacklog="10" maxBufferPoolSize="524288"
maxBufferSize="65536" maxConnections="10"
maxReceivedMessageSize="65536">
</security>
</binding>
<binding name="Http2" closeTimeout="00:01:00"

bypassProxyOnLocal="false"
maxBufferSize="65536" maxBufferPoolSize="524288"
<reliableSession ordered="true"
inactivityTimeout="00:10:00" enabled="false" />
<security mode="Transport">
<transport clientCredentialType="Windows"
protectionLevel="EncryptAndSign" />
<message clientCredentialType="Windows" />

</security>
</binding>
<binding name="NetTcpBinding_IImportService"
closeTimeout="00:01:00" openTimeout="00:01:00"
receiveTimeout="00:10:00" sendTimeout="00:01:00"
transactionFlow="false" transferMode="Buffered"
transactionProtocol="OleTransactions"
listenBacklog="10" maxBufferPoolSize="524288"
maxBufferSize="65536" maxConnections="10"
maxReceivedMessageSize="65536">
</security>
</binding>
</basicHttpBinding>
<netTcpBinding>
<binding name="NetTcpBinding_ISendingService"
closeTimeout="00:01:00" openTimeout="00:01:00"
receiveTimeout="00:10:00" sendTimeout="00:01:00"
transactionFlow="false" transferMode="Buffered"
transactionProtocol="OleTransactions"
380
Administrator Guide
Sample Default.aspx
<reliableSession ordered="true"
inactivityTimeout="00:10:00" enabled="false" />
<userPrincipalName value="username@domain.com"
/>
</identity>
</endpoint>
<security mode="Transport">
<transport clientCredentialType="Windows"
protectionLevel="EncryptAndSign" />
<endpoint
address="http://RFax1/RFMOSS/ImportService"
binding="basicHttpBinding" bindingConfiguration="Http"
contract="ImportService.IImportService"
name="Http" />
<message clientCredentialType="Windows" />

</security>
</binding>
<endpoint
address="http://RFax1/RFMOSS/RightFaxApiService"
contract="RightFaxApiService.IRightFaxApiService"
name="Http" />
</netTcpBinding>
</bindings>
<client>
<endpoint address="net.tcp://rightfax1:9000/RFMOSS/
SendingService" binding="netTcpBinding"
bindingConfiguration="NetTcpBinding_ISendingService
contract="SendingServiceTester.ISendingService"
name="NetTcpBinding_ISendingService">
<identity>
<userPrincipalName value="username@domain.com"
/>
</identity>
</endpoint>

</client>
</system.serviceModel>
</configuration>
<endpoint
address="http://RFax1/RFMOSS/SendingService"
contract="SendingServiceTester.ISendingService"
name="Http" />
Sample Default.aspx
<%@ Page Title="Home Page" Language="C#"
MasterPageFile="~/Site.master" AutoEventWireup="true"
CodeFile="Default.aspx.cs" Inherits="_Default" %>
<endpoint address="net.tcp://righfax1:9000/RFMOSS/
ImportService" binding="netTcpBinding"
bindingConfiguration="NetTcpBinding_IImportService"
contract="ImportService.IImportService"
name="NetTcpBinding_IImportService">
<identity>
<asp:Content ID="HeaderContent" runat="server"

ContentPlaceHolderID="HeadContent">
</asp:Content>
<asp:Content ID="BodyContent" runat="server"
ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent">
381
Administrator Guide
Sample Web.config
<h2> Rightfax Server Information</h2>
<p>
<asp:Button ID="SendFaxButton" runat="server"
onclick="SendFaxButton_Click" Text="Send a Fax" />
</p>
<p>
<asp:Label ID="Label1" runat="server" Text="RightFax
Server:"></asp:Label>
<asp:Label ID="StatusLabel" runat="server"

ForeColor="Red"></asp:Label>
<asp:TextBox ID="RightFaxServerBox"
runat="server"></asp:TextBox>
<p></p>
<asp:Label ID="Label2" runat="server" Text="RightFax

User:"></asp:Label>
<h2>Check Fax Status</h2>

<p>
<asp:TextBox ID="RightFaxUserBox"
Fax Handle: '<asp:Label ID="lblFaxHandle"

runat="server"></asp:Label>'
<asp:Label ID="Label3" runat="server"

Text="Password:"></asp:Label>
Fax Record Date and Time is:
<asp:TextBox ID="PasswordBox"
'<asp:Label ID="lblFaxRecordDateTime"
runat="server"></asp:Label>'
</p>
</p>
<h2>Send a Fax </h2>
<h2> Get a User's Faxes</h2>
<p>
Name:<asp:TextBox ID="NameBox"
<p>
<asp:Button ID="GetUserFaxesButton" runat="server"
onclick="GetUserFaxesButton_Click" Text="Get User's
Faxes" />
</p>
Number:<asp:TextBox ID="NumberBox"
Comment: <asp:TextBox ID="CommentBox"
runat="server" Width="295px"></asp:TextBox>
</p>
<div style="width: 750px; height: 300px; overflow:

auto">
<asp:GridView CssClass="MyClass" ID="GridView1"
runat="server" BorderStyle="Solid">
</asp:GridView>
</div>
<p>
<asp:Label ID="FaxAttachmentlabel" runat="server"
Text="Attachment:"></asp:Label>
</asp:Content>
<asp:FileUpload ID="FaxAttachment" runat="server"

Height="32px" Width="367px" />
</p>
382
Administrator Guide

OpenText RightFax 10.6 FP2 Administrator Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

OpenText RightFax 10.6 FP2 Administrator Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OpenText RightFax 10.

OpenText RightFax 10.6 Feature Pack 2

About the RightFax System

RightFax Server options

Chapter 2: User assistance

Using this guide

Getting help online

Editing contact information in FaxUtil

RightFax training services

OpenText professional services

Chapter 3: How RightFax works

Chapter 4: Managing fax servers with RightFax

Starting Enterprise Fax Manager

Using the Enterprise Fax Manager window

Opening RightFax servers

Viewing RightFax server information

Working with objects

Monitoring the status of RightFax servers and services24

Copying service configuration settings to other nodes 27

Changing service accounts

Synchronizing the RightFax server with external

Running Enterprise Fax Manager Web Edition

Chapter 5: Configuring the RightFax Server

Fax image files

The RightFax queues

RightFax client programs

Configuring the general settings

Installing the RightFax server

Configuring the advanced settings

OpenText RightFax 10.6 Feature Pack 2

Configuring feature activation

Configuring T.37 Fax over IP

Configuring custom messages

Configuring Fax over IP failover

Configuring user messages

Configuring SMS via the Push-Proxy Gateway

Configuring admin messages

Configuring RightFax Internet Connector channels

Configuring data sharing

Configuring RightFax Connect

Configuring Automated Billing Codes

Starting and stopping the RightFax server

Running DocTransport on remote computers

Chapter 6: Configuring the WorkServer modules 48

InterConnect retry settings

Selecting a service account

Adding and deleting WorkServers

Printing a time strip on faxes

Configuring Kofax NetScan

Installing WorkServers on remote computers

Chapter 7: Configuring the DocTransport

Chapter 8: Configuring server-side application

Configuring global DocTransport settings

Brooktrout Fax Board configuration

About server-side application conversion

About the RightFax Conversion Engine

Configuring the service account

To configure timeout on a failed conversion

Controlling server-side application conversion

Troubleshooting the Conversion Engine

Chapter 9: Enabling and using the RightFax Sync

Adding transport methods

About the Sync module

Defining data sources and destinations